The new readings contained in Hermann's posthumous edition of Aeschylus translated and considered by George Burges. : forming an appendix to the prose translation. of Aeschylus

Denon ott ee δι δ νδῳ σεν

IAQ μι μαι

B 4 O36 b2é

UC-NRLF

pee pirate atl

Aer σαμεν

ΠΡ yer ee

Anaesth Okt

wag

STANDARD WORKS PUBLISHED BY

Dr. WEBSTER’S DICTIONARY

Nore.—The only authorized Editions of the above celebrated

Dictionary are those here described: no other Editions

published in England contain the Derivations and Etymolo-

gical Notes of Dr. Mahn, who devoted several years to this

portion of the Work. See Notice on page 4.

WEBSTER’S GUINEA DICTIONARY

OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. Thoroughly revised and improved
by Cuauncey A. Goopricu, D.D., LL.D., and Noa Porter, D.D.,

of Yale College.

The peculiar features of this volume, which render it perhaps the most useful
Dictionary for general reference extant, as it is undoubtedly one of the cheapest

books ever published, are as follows :—

1, Completeness.—It contains 114,900
words—more by 10,000 than any other
Dictionary; and these are, for the most
part, unusual or technical terms, for the
explanation of which a Dictionary is most
wanted.

2. Accuracy of Definition.—In this

_ department the labours of Dr. Webster
were most valuable, in correcting the faulty
and redundaut definitions of Dr. Johnson,
which bad previously been almost univer-
Sally adopted. In the present edition all
the definitions have been carefully and
methodically analysed by W. G. Webster,
Esq., the Rev. Chauncey Goodrich, Prof.
Lyman, Prof. Whitney, and Prof. Gilman,

with the assistance and under the super-.

intendence of Prof. Goodrich.

3. Scientific and Technics1 Terms.—
In order to secure the utmost completeness
and accuracy of definition, this department
has been subdivided among eminent
Scholars and Experts, including Prof.Dana,
Prof. Lyman, &c.

4. Etymology.—The eminent philo-

logist, Dr. C. F. Mann, has devoted five
years to perfecting this department.

5. The Orthography is based as far as
possible on Fixed Principles. In all cases
of doubt an alternative spelling ts given.

6. Pronunciation.—This has been en-
trusted to Mr. W. G. WEBSTER and Mr.
WHEELER, assisted by other scholars. The
pronunciation of each word is indicated by
typographical signs, which are explained
by reference to a Key printed at the bottom
of each page.

7. The Illustrative Citations.—No
labour has been spared to embody such
quotations from standard authors as may
throw light on the definitions, or pos-
sess any special interest of thought or
language.

8. The Synonyms.—These are sub-
joined to the words to which they belong,
and are very complete.

9. The Illustrations, which exceed 3000,
are inserted, not for the sake of ornament,
but to elucidate the meaning of words
which cannot be satisfactorily explained
without pictorial aid.

The Volume contains 1580 pages, more than 3000 Illustrations, and is sold
for One Guinea, It will be found, on comparison, to be one of the cheapest

Volumes ever issued.
31s, Od,; russia, £2.

Cloth, 21s. ; half-bound in calf, 30s.; calf or half-russia,

To be obtained through all Booksellers. Published by
GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON.
2

GHORGE BELL ἃ SONS.

WEBSTER’ COMPLETE DICTIONARY
OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE, AND GENERAL BOOK

OF LITERARY REFERENCE.. With 3000 Illustrations.

Tho-

roughly revised and improved by Cuacnory A. Goopricu, D.D.,

LL.D., and Noau Porrsr, D.D., of Yale College.

In One Volume, Quarto, strongly bound in cloth, 1931 pages. price £1 115. 6d.; half-calf,
£2; calf or half-russia, £2 23.; russia, £2 10s.

Besides the matter comprised in the WessTer’s Guinea ViIcTIONARY, this

volume contains the following Appendices, which will show that no pains have

been spared to make it'a complete Literary Refereae-book :—

A Brief History of the English Lan-
By Professor James HapLer,
ork shows the Philclogical Rela-
tions of the English Language, and traces
the. progress and influence of the causes
which have brought it to its present con-
dition.
Principles of Pronunciation. By
Professor GOODRICH and W. A. WHEELER,
M.A. Including a Synopsis of Words
differently pronounced by different an-
thorities.

A Short Treatise: on.

By AgtHur W. WRIGHT. Sngnelignsrs a
Cana List. of Words. that are spelt in.
two or more ways.

An Explanatory and Pronouncing

Vocabulary of the Names of Noted Fic-
titious Persons and Places, ἄσε. By W. A.
WHEELER, M.A. This Work includes not
only persons aod pisces noted in Fiction,
whether narrative, poetical, or dramatic,
but Mythological and Mythical names,
names referring to the Angelology and De--
monology of various races, and those:
found in the romance. writers; Psen-
donyms, Nick-names of eminent persons
and parties, &c., ὅσο In fact, it is best
described as explaining every name which:
is not strietly historical. A reference is
given to the originator of ‘each name, and
where the origin’ is nnknown ἃ quotation
is given to some well-known writer in
which the word occurs.

This valuable Work may also be had

separately, post 8υο., 5s.

A Pronouncing Vocabulary of Greck
and Latin Proper Names. By Professor
THACHER, of Yale College. ‘

guage.
This.

A Pronouncing Vocabulary of Serip-
ture Proper Names. By W. A. WHEELER,
M.A Including a List of the Variations
= eccur in the Douay version of the

ible.

An Etymological Vocabulary of Mo-
dera Geographical Sames. By the Rev.
6. ΒΞ. WareLex. Containing:—1. A List
of Prefixes, Terminations, and Formative
Syilablesin.various Lan with their
meaning an: derivation; u. A brief List
of Geographical Names (not explained by
the forego'ng List), with their derivation
and signilic:tion, all doubtial and obscure
Gerivations being exciuded.

Rinse: Vocabularies of Modern
pape aud, Biographical. Names.
By J. Tuomas, MLD.

A Pronouncing Vocabulary of Com-
mon Engiish Christian Names, with their
derivations, signiication, and diminutives
(or nick-wames), and their equivalents in
several other languages.

A Dictionary of Quotations: Selected
and translated by ΑΜ G. WEBSTER,
Containing all Words, Phrases, Proverbs,
and Colloquial. Expressions from: the
Greek, Latin, and. Modern Foreign Lan-
guages, which are frequently met with in
literature and conversation.

A List of Abbreviations, Contrac-
tions, and Arbitrary Signs used in Writing
and Printing.

A Classified Selection of Pictorial
illustrations (10 pages), With references
to the text. τ΄

“ The cheapest. emma ever pnblished, as it is-confessedly one of.the best.. The intro-
technical

duction of small. woodcut illustrations of
utility of the Dictionary.”—Churchman.

and scientific. terms adds greatly to the

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN,

δ Ἢ

ὩΣ

STANDARD WORKS PUBLISHED BY
WEBSTER’S DICTIONARY.

From the QuarTserty Revirw, Oct. 1879,

“Seventy years passed before Jounson was followed by Webster, an
American writer, who faced the task of the English Dictionary with a
full appreciation of its requirements, leading to better practical results.”

“ His laborious comparison of twenty languages, though never pub-
lished, bore fruit in his own mind, and his training placed him both in
knowledge and judgment far in advance of Johnson as a philologist.
Webster’s ‘American Dictionary of the English Language’ was pub-
lished in 1828, and of course appeared at once in England, where
successive re-editing has as yet kept it in the highest place as a practical
Dictionary.”

“The acceptance of an American Dictionary in England has itself
had immense effect in keeping up the community of speech, to break
which would be a grievous harm, not to English-speaking nations
alone, but to mankind. The result of this has been that the common
Dictionary must suit both sides of the Atlantic.” ....

“The good average business-like character of Webster’s Dictionary,
both in style and matter, made it as distinctly suited as Johnson’s was
distinctly unsuited to be expanded and re-edited by other hands.
Professor Goodrich’s edition of 1847 is not much more than enlarged
and amended, but other revisions since have so much novelty of plan
as to be described as distinct works.” ....

“The American revised Webster’s Dictionary of 1864, published in
America and England, is of an altogether higher order than these last
[The London Imperial and Student’s]. It bears on its title-page the
names of Drs. Goodrich and Porter, but inasmuch as its especial im-
provement is in the etymological department, the care of which was
committed to Dr. Maun, of Berlin, we prefer to describe it in short as
the Webster-Mahn Dictionary. Many other literary men, among them
Professors Whitney and Dana, aided in the task of compilation and
revision, On consideration it seems that the editors and contributors
have gone far toward improving Webster to the utmost that he will
bear improvement. The vocabulary has become almost complete, as
regards usual words, while the definitions keep throughout to Webster's
simple careful style, and the derivations are assigned with the aid of
good modern authorities.” :

“On the whole, the Webster-Mahn Dictionary as it stands, is most
respectable, and CERTAINLY THE BEST PRACTICAL ENGLISH
DICTIONARY EXTANT.”

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET COVENT GARDEN.
4

GEORGE BELL & SONS.

SPECIAL DICTIONARIES AND WORKS
OF REFERENCE.

Dr. Richardson’s Philological Dictionary of the
ENGLISH LANGUAGE. Combining Explanation with Etymology,
and copiously illustrated by Quotations from the Best Authorities.
New Edition, with a Supplement containing additional Words and
further Illustrations. In 2 vols. 4to. £4 14s. 6d. Half-bound in
Russia, £5 15s. 6d. Russia, £6 12s.

The Words, with those of the same family, are traced to their
origin. The Explanations are deduced from the primitive meaning
through the various usages. The Quotations are arranged chrono-
logically, from the earliest period to the present time.

The Supplement separately. 4to. 12s.

An 8vo. edition, without the Quotations, 15s. Half-russia, 20s.

Russia, 24s.

Synonyms and Antonyms of the English Language.
Collected and Contrasted. By the late Ven. C. J. ὅμιτη, M.A.
Post 8vo. 5s.

Synonyms Discriminated. A Catalogue of Synonymous
Words in the English Language, with their various Shades of Mean-
ing, ἄορ. Illustrated by Quotations from Standard Writers. By the
late Ven. C. J. Stu, M.A. Demy 8vo. 16s.

A New Biographical Dictionary. By Txompson Coopnr,
F.S.A., Editor of “‘ Men of the Time,” and Joint Editor of “ Athens
Cantabrigienses.” Ilvol. 8vo. 12s.

This volume is not a mere repetition of the contents of previous works,
’ but embodies the results of many years’ laborious research in rare publica-
tions and unpublished documents. Any note of omission which may be
sent to the Publishers will be duly considered.

“It is an important original contribution to the literature of its class by a painstaking
scholar. .... it seems in every way admirable, and fully to justify the claims on its
behalf put forth by its editor.”—British Quarterly Review.

“The mass of information which it contains, especialy as regards a number of authors
more or less obscure, is simply astonishing.” —Spectator.

“Comprises in 1210 pages, printed very closely in double columns, an enormous amount
of information.”— Zxaminer.

“Mr. Cooper takes credit to himself, and is, we think, justified in doing so, for the great
care bestowed upon the work to insure accuracy as to facts and dates; and he is right
perhaps in saying that his dictionary is the most comprehensive work of its kind in the
English language.’—Pall vall Gazette.

A Biographical and Critical Dictionary of Painters
and Engravers. With a List of Ciphers, Monograms, and Marks.
By Micuaet Bryan. Enlarged Edition, with numerous additions, by
GerEoRGE STANLEY. Imperial 8vyo. £2 2s.

A Supplement of Recent and Living Painters. By
Henry OTTiey. 12s.

The Cottage Gardener’s Dictionary. With a Supple-
ment, containing all the new plants and varieties to the year 1869.
Edited by Grorcz W. Jonnson. Post 8vo. Cloth. 6s. 6d.

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STI EET, COVENT GARDEN,
5

STANDARD WORKS PUBLISHED BY

THE ALDINE SERIES OF THE BRITISH POETS.

CHEAP EDITION.

In Fifty-two Volumes, Bound in Oloth, at Eighteenpence each
Volume,

Akenside, with Memoir by the Rev.
A. Dyce, and additional Letters. 1s. 6d.

Reattie, with Memoir by the Rev.
A. Dycn. 1s. 6d.

Burns, with: Memoir by Sir Harris
Nicos, and additional Copyright Pieces.
3 vols. 4s. 6d.

Butler, with Memoir by the Rev. J.
Mirrorp. 2 vols. 3s.

Chaucer, edited by R. Morris, with
Memoir by Sir Harris Niconas. 6 vols.
9s.

Churchill, Tooke’s Edition, revised,
with Memoir, by JAMES HANNAY. 2 vols.
3s.

Collins, edited, with Memoir, by W.
Moy Tuomas, 1s. 6d.

Cowper, including his Translations.
Edited, with Memoir, and Additional
Copyright Pieces, by Joun Bruce, ¥.S.A.
3 vols. 4s.6d. ~ ᾿

Dryden, with Memoir by the Rev.
ΒΕ. Hooprr, F.S.A. Carefully revised,
δ vols. ‘7s. 6d.

Falconer, with Memoir by the Rev.
J. Mitrorp. 18. 6d.

Goldsmith, with Memoir by the Rev..

Revised. 1s. 6d,

Gray, with Notes and Memoir by the

Rev. ΘΟῊΝ Mirrorp. 18. θά,

J. ΜΊΤΕΟΕΡ.

Kirke White, with Memoir by Sir H.
NICOLAS, and additional Notes, Oarefully
revised. 1s. θά,

Hilton, with Memoir by the Rev. J,
MITFORD, 3 vols. 48. 6d.

Parnell, with Memoir by the Rev.
J. Mitrorp. 18. θά.;

Pope, with Memoir by the Rev. A.
Dycze. 3vols. 4s. 6d.

Prior, with Memoir by the Rev. J:
MirForD. 2 vols. 3s.

Shakespeare, with Memoir by the
Rev. A. Dyce. 18. 6d.

Spenser, edited, with Memoir, by
J. Payne CoLuier. 5 vols. 17s. 6d.

Surrey, edited, with Memoir, by
JAMES YEOWELL. Is. 6d.

Swift, with Memoir by the Rev. J.
Mirrorp, 3vols. 48. 6d.

Thomson, with Memoir by Sir H.
NicoLas. Annotated by PETER CuUNnnING=
HAM, F.S.A., and additional Poems, care-
fally revised. 2 vols. 3s.

Wyatt, edited, with Memoir, by
JAMES YEOWELL. 18. θά.

Young, with Memoir by the Rev. J.
MITFORD, and additional Poems. 2 vols,
35.

. Complete sets may be obtained, bound in half-morocco. £9 9s.

N.B.—Copies of the Fine Paper Edition, with Portraits, may still be bad, price 5s, per

volume (except Collins, 3s. 6d.).

LONDON: GEORGE BELL ἃ SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN,
6

GEORGE BELL & SONS.

THE ALDINE EDITION OF THE BRITISH POETS,

SUPPLEMENTARY SERIES,

Tue fifty-two volumes which have hitherto formed the well-known
Aldine Series, embody the works of nearly all the more popular English
poetical writers, whether lyric, epic, or satiric, up to the end of the
eighteenth century. But since that time the wonderful fertility of English
literature has produced many writers equal, and in some eases far superior,
to the majority of their predecessors; and the widely augmented roll of
acknowledged English poets now contains many names not represented
in the series of “ Aldine Poets.”

With a view of providing for this want, and of making a series which
has long held a high place in public estimation a more adequate represen-
tation of the whole body of English poetry, the Publishers have deter-
mined to issue a second series, which will contain some of the older poets,
and the works of recent writers, so far as may be practicable by arrange-
ment with the representatives of the poets whose works are still copyright.

_One volume, or more, at a time will be issued at short intervals; they
_ will be uniform in binding and style with the last fine-paper edition of the

Aldine Poets, in feap. 8vo. size, printed at the Chiswick Press. Price
5s. per volume.

Each volume will be edited with notes where necessary for elucidation of
the text; a memoir will be prefixed, and a portrait, where an authentic
one is accessible.

The following are already published :—

THe Poems or WitLiam Buake. With Memoir by W. M. Rossetti,
and portrait by Jeens.

Tue Poems or βάσει, Rocers. With Memoir by Edward Bell, and
portrait by Jeens.

Tue Porms or Tuomas CHATTERTON. 2 vols. Edited by the Rev.
W. Skeat, with Memoir by Edward Bell.

Tue Porms or Sir WALTER RALEIGH, Sin Hucn Corton, and Selec-
tions from other Courtly Poets. With Introduction by the Rev. Dr.
Hannah, and portrait of Sir W. Raleigh.

Tue Porms or TxHomas CAMPBELL, With Memoir by W. Allingham,
and portrait by Jeens.

Tue Poems or Georce Herserr. (Complete Edition.) With Memoir
by the Rev. A. B. Grosart, and portrait.

_ Tue Poems or Jouxn Keats, With Memoir by Lord {Houghton, and
portrait by Jeens.

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEY,
7

STANDARD WORKS PUBLISHED BY

In Ten Volumes, price 2s. 6d. each ; in half-morocco, £2 10s.
the set.

CHEAP ALDINE EDITION OF

SHAKESPEARE’S DRAMATIC WORKS.

Epitep ΒΥ 8. W. SINGER.
Uniform with the Cheap Edition of the Aldine Poets.

Tue formation of numerous Shakespeare Reading Societies has created
a demand for a cheap portable edition, with LEGIBLE TyPEz, that shall pro-
vide a sound text with such notes as may help to elucidate the meaning
and assist in the better understanding of the author. The Publishers
therefore determined to reprint Mr. Singer’s well-known Edition, published
in 10 vols., small 8vo., for some time out of print, and issue it in a cheap
form, uniform with the well-known Aldine Kdition of British Poets.

CONTENTS.

Vol, I. The Life of Shakespeare. The Tempest. The Two Gentlemen
uf Verona. The Merry Wives of Windsor. Measure for
Measure.

Vol, II. Comedy of Errors. Much Ado about Nothing. Love’s Labour
Lost. Midsummer Night’s Dream. Merchant of Venice.

Vol. III. As You Like It. Taming of the Shrew. All’s Well that
Ends Well. Twelfth Night, or What You Will.

Vol. IV. Winter’s Tale. Pericles. King John, King Richard II.
Vol. V. King Henry IV., Parts I. and 11. King Henry Y.

Vol. VI. King Henry VI., Parts I. II. and III. King Richard III.
Vol. VII. King Henry VIII. Troilus and Cressida. Coriolanus.

Vol. VIII. Titus Andronicus. Romeo and Juliet. Timon of Athens,
Julius Ceesar,

Vol. IX. Macbeth. Hamlet. King Lear.
Vol. X. Othello. Antony and Cleopatra. Cymbeline.

Uniform with the above, price 2s. 6d; in half-morocco, 5s.
CRITICAL ESSAYS ON THE PLAYS OF SHAKESPEARE,
By Witu1am Warkxiss Luoyp;

Giving a succinct account of the origin and source of each play, where

ascertainable and careful criticisms on the subject-matter of each.

A few copies of this Work have been printed to range with the fine-paper Edition of the
Aldine Poets. The price for the Eleven Volumes (not sold separately) is £2 165s.

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN,
8

GEORGE BELL & SONS.

POCKET VOLUMES.

A Series of Select Works of Favourite Authors, adapted for general reading, moderate in
price, compact and elegant in form, and executed in a style fitting them to be perma-
nently preserved. Imperial 32mo., cloth, gilt top,

Bacon's Essays, 2s. 6d. | Tales of a Traveller. By WAsHING-
Burns’s Poems. 3s. | TON IRvING. 38. θά,
Songs, 3s. | Charles Lamb’s Tales from Shak-

: jpeare, 35.
Coleridge’s Poems. 3s. is llow’s E line and Voi
Eredar Ἐν σποῖτος Mallaia, |. ota ee ee λρορ νος

Fe μους Sea-side, and Poems on Slavery. 3s.
nd others. 3s. - ; -
Midship Papa Acteatiegraphigal | Milton’s Paradise Lost. 3s.

Sketches of his own early Career, by Cap- ~ Regained, & other Poems, 3s.
εἶ ἜΘΥΣΕ F.RBS. a tts | Robin Hood Ballads. 3s.

ieutenant an ommander, | :

Captain Baar Hart, BN, FBS. 26. ae | δουίμογτα Life of Nelson. 3s.
George Herbert’s Poems. 25. θά. — τ pore eso ἰρρο Por
Remains. 2s. | Lives of Donne, Wotton,
Works. 3s. 6d. | Hooker, &. 3s. θά.

The Sketch Book. By WasHINGTON | White’s Natural History of Sel-

Irvine. 3s. 6d. | borne. 3s. 6d.

Shakspeare’s Plays & Poems, KrIGHTLEY’s Edition, 13 Vols, in cloth case, 21s,

ELZEVIR SERIES.
Small fcap. 8vo.

THESE Volumes are issued under the general title of “Ex~zEvrr Series,” to distinguish
them from other collections. This general title has been adopted to indicate the spirit in which
they are prepared ; that is to say, with the greatest possible accuracy as regards text, and
the highest degree of beauty that can be attained in the workmauship.

They are printed at the Chiswick Press, on fine paper, with wide margins, and issued in
ὃ. neat cloth binding.

Longfellow’s Evangeline, Voices, | Irving’s Sketch Book. 5s, With
Sea-side and Fire-side. 45. 6d. With | Portratt.

Portrait.
Hiawatha, and The Golden Tales of a Traveller. 5s.

Legend. 4s. 6d. _ Milton’s Paradise Lost. 4s, 6d. With

WaysideInn, MilesStandish, | Portrait.

Spanish Student. 4s. 6d. | Regained. 4s. 6d.

Burns’s Poetical Works, 4s. 6d. Shakspeare’s Plays and Poems,
With Portrait. Carefully edited by Tuomas KEIGHTLEY.

Songs and Ballads. 4s.6d, | -—=s Im seven volumes. ὅδ. each,

These Editions contain all the copyright | Southey’s Life of Nelson. 45, 6d,
pieces published in the Aldine Edition. With Portrait of NELSON.

Cowper’s Poetical Works. 2 vols, | Walton’s Angler. 4s. 6d. With a
each 48. θά. With Portrait. Frontispiece.

Coleridge’s Poems. 4s. 6d. With | Lives of Donne, Hooker,
Portrait. ] Herbert, &c. 5s. With Portrait.

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN,
9

STANDARD WORKS PUBLISHED BY

HISTORY AND TRAVELS.

Rome and the Campagna. A Historical and Topo-
graphical Description of the Site, Buildings,and Neighbourhood of ancient Rome. By
the Rev. Rosrrt Bury, late Fellow and Tutor of Trinity College, Cambridge. With
eighty engravings by JEWwITT, and numerous Maps and Plans. Demy 4to. £3 3s.

ie additional Plan and an Appendix, bringing this Work down to 1876, bas been

a -

Ancient Athens; its History, Topography, and Re-
MAINS. By Tuomas Henry Dyer, LL.D., Author of “The History of the Kings of
Rome.” Super-royal 8vo. Llustrated, cloth. £1 5s.

The History of the Kings of Rome. By Dr. T. H.

Dyerr, Author of the “ History of the City of Rome;”’ “Pompeii: its History,
Antiquities,” &c., with a Prefatory Dissertation on the Sources and Evidence of Early
Roman History. 8vo. 16s.

Modern Europe, from the Fall of Constantinople in
1453. By Tuomas Henry Dyer, LL.D. Second Edition, Revised and Continued.
In 5 vols. £2 12s. 6d.

The Decline of the Roman Republic. By Grorar Lone,
M.A., Editor of ‘‘ Cxsar’s Commentaries,” “ Cicero’s Orations,” &c. 8vo.
Vol. I. From the Destruction of Carthage to the End of the Jugurthine War. 14s.
Vol. If. To the Death of Sertorius. 14s.
VoL III. Including the third Mithridatic War, the Catiline Conspiracy, and the Con-

sulship of C. Julius Cesar. 14s.

Vol IV. History of Czsar’s Gallic Campaigns and of contemporaneous events. 14s.
Vol. V. From the Invasion of Italy by Julius Cesar to his Death. 14s,

A History of England during the Early and Middle
AGES. By C. H. Pearson, M.A., Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford, and late Lecturer
in History at Trinity College, Cambridge. Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 8vo.
Vol. I. to the Death of Coeur de Lion. 16s. Vol. II. to the Death of Edward I. 14s.

Historical Maps of England. By C. H. Pearson, M.A.
Folio. Second Edition, revised. 31s. 6d.
An Atlas containing Five Maps of England at different periods during the Early and
Middle Ages,

The Footsteps of our Lord and His Apostles in
PALESTINE, SYRIA, GREECE, AND ITALY. By W. H. Barriert. Seventh
Edition, with numerous Engravings. In one 4to. volume. Handsomely bound in
walnut, 18s. Cloth gilt, 10s. 6d.

Forty Days in the Desert on the Track of the
ISRAELITES; or, a Journey from Cairo to Mount Sinai and Petra. By W.H.Barrt-
LETT. 4to. With 25 Steel Engravings. Handsome walnut binding, 18s. Cloth gilt,
10s. 6d.

The Nile Boat; or, Glimpses in the Land of Egypt.

By W.H. Bartitert, New Edition, with 33 Steel Engravings. 4to. Walnut, 18s.
Cloth gilt, 10s. 6d.

The Desert of the Exodus. Journeys on Foot in the
Wilderness of the Forty Years’ Wanderings, undertaken in connection with the
Ordnance Survey of Sinai and the Palestine Exploration Fund. By E. H. Pater, M.A.,
Lord Almoner’s Professor of Arabic and Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge,
Member of the Asiatic Society, and of the Société de Paris. With Maps, and numerous
Illustrations from Photographs and Drawings taken on the spot by the Sinai Survey
Expedition and C. F. TyrwuitT DRAKE, 2 vols, 8vo. 28s.

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YOKK STREET, COVENT GARDEN,
10

GEORGE BELL & SONS.

STANDARD WORKS.

Corpus Poetarum Latinorum. Edited by Εἰ. Watxer.
One thick vol. 8vo. Cloth, 18s.

Containing :—Catullus, Lucretius, Virgilins, Tibullus, Propertius, Ovidius, Horatius,
Phaedrus, Lucanus, Persius, Juvenalis, Martialis, Sulpicia, Statius, Silius Italicus, Valerius
Flaccus, Calpurnius Siculus, Ausonius, and Claudianus.

Cruden’s Concordance to the Old and New Testament,
or an Alphabetical and Classified Index to the Holy Bible, specially adapted for Sunday
School Teachers, containing nearly 54,000 references. Thoroughly revised and con-
densed by G. H. Hannay. Feap. 2s.

Perowne (Canon). The Book of Psalms. A New
Translation, with Introductions and Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By the Rev.
J.J. Stewart Perowne, B.D., Canon Residentiary of Llandaff, and Fellow of Trinity
College, Cambridge. 8vo. Yol. I., Fourth Edition, 18s.; Vol. IL, Third Edition, 16s.

Adams (Dr. Ἐπ). The Elements of the English Lan-

GUAGE. By Ernest Apams, Ph.D. Fifteenth Edition. Post 8vo. 4s. 6d.

Whewell(Dr.). Elements of Morality, including Polity.
By W. WHEwELt, D.D., formerly Master of Trinity College, Cambridge. Fourth
Edition. In1lvol. 8vo. 15s.

Gilbart (J. W.). The Principles and Practice of
BANKING. By the late J. W. Gizeart. New Edition, revised (1871). 8Vvo. 16s.

BIOGRAPHIES BY THE LATE SIR ARTHUR HELPS, ΚΒ.
The Life of Hernando Cortes, and the Conquest of

MEXICO. Dedicated to Thomas Carlyle. 2 vols. Crown 8vo. 165s.

The Life of Christopher Columbus, the Discoverer of
AMERICA. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s.

The Life of Pizarro. With Some Account of his Asso-

ciates in the Conquest of Peru. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s.

The Life of Las Casas, the Apostle of the Indies.

Second Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s. -

The Life and Epistles of St. Paul. By Tuomas Lewry,
Esq., M.A., F.S.A., Trinity College, Oxford, Barrister-at-Law, Author of “ Fasti
Sacri,” “Siege of Jerusalem,” ‘“Czsar’s Invasion,” “Treatise on Trusts,” &c. Third
Edition, revised. With upwards of 350 Illustrations finely engraved on Wood, Maps,
Plans, &. In 2 vols., demy 4to. £2 2s.

“This is one of those works which demand from critics and from the public, before
attempting to estimate its merits in detail, an unqualified tribute of admiration. The first
glance tells us that the book is one on which the leisure of a busy lifetime and the whole
resources of an enthusiastic author have been lavished without stint. . . . . This work isa
kind of British Museum for this period and subject in small compass. It is a series of
galleries of statues, gems, coins, documents, letters, books, and relics, through which the
reader may wander at leisure, and which he may animate with his own musings and reflec-
tions. It must be remembered throughout that this delightful and instructive collection is
the result of the devotion of a lifetime, and deserves as much honour and recognition as
es a@ museum or picture-gallery which has preserved its donor’s name for generations.”
—Times.

LONDON : GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
11

STANDARD WORKS PUBLISHED BY

ILLUSTRATED OR POPULAR EDITIONS OF
STANDARD WORKS.

Dante’s Divine Comedy. Translated by the Rev. Henry
Francis Cary. With all the Author’s Copyright Emendations. Post 8vo. 3s. 6d.

Shakespeare. Shakespeare’s Plays and Poems. With
Notes and Life by CHARLES KnicHT, and 40 engravings on wood by Harvey. Royal
8vo. Cloth. 10s. 6d.

Fielding. Works of Henry Fielding, complete. With
Memoir of the Author by THomas Roscor, and 20 Plates by GEORGE CRUIKSHANE.
Medium 8vo. 14s.

Fielding. The Novels separately. With Memoir by

Tuomas Roscoz, and Plates by GEorGrE CRUIKSHANK. Medium 8vo. 7s. θά.

Swift. Works of Jonathan Swift, D.D. Containing

interesting and valuable passages not hitherto published. With Memoir of the Author
by Tuomas Roscoz. 2 vols. Medium 8vo. 24s.

Smollett. Miscellaneous Works of Tobias Smolleti.
Completein 1 vol. With Memoirof the Author by THomas Roscoz. 21 Plates by
GEORGE CRUIKSHANK. Medium 8vo. 14s.

Lamb. The Works of Charles Lamb. With a Memoir

by Sir Tomas Noon TatrourpD. Imp. 8vo. 10s. 6d.

Goldsmith’s Poems. Illustrated. 16mo. 2s. 6d.

Wordsworth’s White Doe of Rylstone; or, the Fate of
THE NORTONS, Illustrated. 16mo. 3s. 6d.

Longfellow’s Poetical Works. With nearly 250 Illustra-

tions by Brrxet Foster, TENNIEL, Gopwin, THomas, &. Inl1vol. 218.
Longfellow’s Evangeline. Illustrated. 16mo. 3s. 6d.
Longfellow’s Wayside Inn. Illustrated. 16mo. 3s. 6d.
Washington Irving’s Sketch-Book. (The Artist’s Edi-

tion.) Illustrated with a Portrait of the Author on Steel, and 200 Exquisite Wood-
Engravings from the Pencils of the most celebrated American Artists. Crown 4to.
21s.

Adelaide Anne Procter’s Legends and Lyrics. The
Illustrated Edition. With Additional Poems, and an Introduction by CHARLES
Dickens, a Portrait by JEENS, and 20 Illustrations by Eminent Artists, Feap. 4to.
Ornamental cloth, 21s,

Mrs. Gatty’s Parables from Nature. A Handsomely
Iilustrated Edition ; with Notes on the Natural History, and numerous Full-page
Illustrations by the most eminent Artists of the present day. Fcap. 4to. 218, Also
2 volumes, 10s. 6d. each.

The Book of Gems. Selections from the British
POETS. Illustrated with upwards of 150 Steel Engravings. Edited by S.C. Hatt.
3 vols. Handsomely bound in walnut. 21s. each.
F rest SeRIeES—CHAUCER TO DRYDEN,
Srconp SERIES—SWIFT TO Burns,
ΤῊΙΒΡ SERIES—WoORDSWORTH TO TENNYSON.

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN,
12

GEORGE PELL ἃ SONS.

BOOKS FOR THE YOUNG.

CAPTAIN MARRYAT’S BOOKS FOR BOYS,
Poor Jack. With Sixteen Illustrations after Designs by

CLARKSON STANFIELD, R.A. Twenty-second Edition. Post 8vo., 3s. 6d. Gilt, 4s. 6d.

The Mission; or, Scenes in Africa. With Illustrations
by JoHn GILBERT. Post 8vo., 35, θώ. Gilt, 4s. θά.

The Settlers in Canada. With Illustrations by GILBERT
and DALZIEL. Post 8vo., 3s. 6d. Gilt, 4s. 6d.

The Privateers Man. Adventures by Sea and Land
IN CIVIL AND SAVAGE LIFE, ONE HUNDRED YEARS AGO, Illustrated
with Eight Steel Engravings. Post 8vo., 3s.6d. Gilt, 4s. 6d.

Masterman Ready; or, the Wreck of the Pacific.
Embellished with Ninety-three Engravings on Wood. Post 8vo., 3s, 6d. Gilt, 45. 6d.

The Pirate and Three Cutters. Illustrated with Hight
Steel Engravings from Drawings by CLARKSON STANFIELD, R.A. With a Memoir
of the Author. Post 8vo., 3s.6d. Gilt, 4s. 6d.

A Boy’s Locker. A Smaller Edition of the above Tales,

in 12 volumes, enclosed in a compact cloth box. 21s. »

Hans Christian Andersen’s Tales for Children. With
Forty-eight Full-page Illustrations by Wehnert, and Fifty-seven Small Engravings
on Wood by W. THomas. A new Edition. Very handsomely bound. 6s.

Hans Christian Andersen’s Fairy Tales and Sketches.
Translated by C. C. PEAcHEy, H. Warp, A. PLESNER, &c. With 104 Illustrations by
Otro SPECKTER and others. 6s.
This volume_contains several tales that are in no other Edition published in this
country, and with the above volume it forms the most complete English Edition.

Mrs. Alfred Gatty’s Presentation Box for Young
PEOPLE. Containing “Parables from Nature,” “ Aunt Judy’s Tales,” and other
Popular Books, 9 volumes in all, beautifully printed, neatly bound, and enclosed in
a cloth box. 31s.6d. Any single volume at 3s. 6d.

Anecdotes of Dogs. By Epwarp Jrsse. With Illustra-
tions. Post 8vo. Cloth. 5s, With Thirty-four Steel Engravings after ΟΟΟΡΕΒ,
LANDSEER, &c, 173. 6d.

The Natural History of Selborne. By Gitpert Wuitte.
Edited by Jesse. Illustrated with Forty Engravings, Post 8vo. 5s.; or with the
Plates Coloured, 7s. 6d. :

A Poetry Book for Schools. Illustrated with Thirty-
seven highly-finished Engravings by C. W. Cops, R.A., HELMSLEY, PALMER, SKILL,
Tuomas, and H. Wer. Crown 8vo. 18.

Select Parables from Nature. By Mrs. Garry. For

the Use of Schools. Fcap. 1s.

Besides being reprinted in America, selections from Mrs. Gatty’s Parables have
been translated and published in the German, French, Italian, Russian, Danish, and
Swedish languages.

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN,
12

STANDARD WORKS PUBLISHED BY

SOWERBY’S ENGLISH BOTANY:

Containing a Description and Life-size coloured Drawing of every
British Plant. Edited and brought up to the Present Standard of
Scientific Knowledge by T. BoswEuu (formerly Sym), LL.D. F.LS.,
&c. With Popular Descriptions of the Uses, History, and Traditions
of each Plant, by Mrs. Lanxester, Author of “ Wild Flowers Worth
Notice,” “The British Ferns,’ &. The Figures by J. E. SowsRsy,
James Sowersy, F.L.S., J. Dr. ©. Sowersy, F.L.S., and J. W.
Sattrer, A.L.S. In Eleven Volnmes, super-royal 8vo.

“Under the editorship of T. Boswell Syme, F.L.S., assisted by Mrs. Lankester, ‘Sowerby’s
English Botany,’ when finished, will be exhaustive of the subject, and worthy of the
branch of science it. illustrates. . . . In turning over the charmingly executed hand-
coloured plates of British plants*which encumber these volumes with riches, the reader
cannot help being struck with the beauty of many of the humblest flowering weeds we tread
on with careless step. We cannot dwell upon many of the individuals grouped in the
splendid bouquet of flowers presented in these pages, and it will be sufficient to state that
the work is pledged to contain a figure of every wild flower indigenous to these islea.”—
Times.

“Will be the most complete Flora of Great Sritain ever brought out. This great. work
will find a place wherever botarical science is cultivated,” and the study of our native
plants, with all their fascinating associations, held dear.” —Athenewm.

“A clear, bold, distinctive type enables the reader to take in at a glance the arrangement
and divisions of every page. And Mrs. Lankester has added to the technical description by
the editor an extremely interesting popular sketch, which follows in smaller type. The
English, French, and German popular names are given, and, wherever that delicate and
difficult step is at all practicable, their derivation also. Medical properties, superstitions,
and fancies, and poetic tribntes and illusions, follow. In short there is nothing more left io
be desired.” —Guardian.

“Without question, this Is the standard work on Botany, and) indispensable to every
botanist. . . . The plates are most accurate and beautiful, and the entire work cannot be
too. strongly recommended to all who are interested in botany,”—JIllustrated. News.

Sold separately, prices as follows :—
Bound cloth. Half morocco. Morocco elegant.

Se Bi Oe, ae Cae Oe eee ὌΝ

Wor L. torver farts) wa) sar Plo Om wa a ΟΡ 9. -G
I. ditto δ το ρα ΒΝ ΟἿ Στ tey Dette eo
17. (Hight Parts) 20.8 65 Dr BHO τοῦ FO 213 6
TV. ΤΙ ΠΡ Parts)i 000.6612 8:0 ©2087 Of 22318 6
Ve GheohtPartsy: 0. 2S Οὐδ. BROT θὲ. oD 186
Wi. (Seven, Parts) “νιν κω, cd lta 0 7 | 2 8 6
Vii. ditto tn age eee ἌΡ (Se eee 9
Wit (Ten Farts) owe 215. Ὁ Dele; Qceh ere
ὯΝ (Reyer: Paria), <6) +. .1,18%.05 ...2) 2 Or 28 6
X. ditto ences. E UB. Dont Maid 2 8 6
XI. (Six Parts) «i ων Sie LPT 61 hee de Sry

Or, the Eleven Volumes, 221. 8s. in cloth; 241. 12s. in half-morocco; and
281. 88. 6d. whole morocco,

A Supplementary Volume, containing ferns and other cryptogami, in preparation
by Professor BOSWELL (formerly SyME),

LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
14

GEORGE BELL & SONS.

LIBRARY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

‘Each volume is elegantly printed in royal 8vo., and illustrated with a very large
number of well-executed engravings, printed in colours. .... They form a complete
library ef reference on the several subjects to which they are devoted, and nothing
more complete in their way has lately appeared.” — The Bookseller.

REE’S BIRDS OF EUROPE AND THEIR EGGS, not ob-
served in the British Isles. With 252 beautifully coloured Plates. Five vols. 52. 5s.

COUCH’S HISTORY OF THE FISHES OF THE BRITISH
ISLANDS. With 252 carefully coloured Plates. Four vols. 4/. 4s.

GATTY’S (MRS. ALFRED) BRITISH SEAWEEDS. Nume-

rous coloured Illustrations. Twovols. 22. τος.

HIBBERD’S (SHIRLEY) NEW*AND RARE BEAUTIFUL-

LEAVED PLANTS. With 64 coloured Full-page Illustrations. Executed
expressly for this work. Onevol. 12. 5s.

LOWE’S NATURAL HISTORY OF BRITISH AND EXOTIC
FERNS. With 479 finely coloured Plates. Eight vols. 62. 6s.

LOWE’S OUR NATIVE FERNS. _ Illustrated with 79 coloured
Plates and 900 Wood Engravings. Twovols. 2. 2s.

LOWE’S NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW AND RARE FERNS.

Containing Species and Varieties not included in ‘‘ Ferns, British and Exotic.”
72 coloured Plates and Woodcuts. One.vol. 1/. 158.

LOWE’S NATURAL HISTORY OF BRITISH GRASSES. With

74 finely coloured Plates. Onevol. 12. 15,

LOWE’S BEAUTIFUL-LEAVED PLANTS: being a description
of the most beautiful-leaved Plants in cultivation in this country. With 60
coloured Illustrations. Onevol. τ. 1s.

MORRIS’ HISTORY OF BRITISH BIRDS. With 360 finely

coloured Engravings. Six vols. 6/7. 6s.

MORRIS’ NESTS AND EGGS OF BRITISH BIRDS. With
223 beautifully coloured Engravings. Three vols. 3/. 3s.

MORRIS’ BRITISH BUTTERFLIES. With 71 beautifully co-

loured Plates. One vol. 12. 1s.

MORRIS’ BRITISH MOTHS. With coloured Illustrations of

nearly 2000 specimens. Four vols. δά. 6s.

TRIPP’S BRITISH MOSSES. With 39 coloured Plates, con-

taining a figure of each species. Two vols. 2. τος.

WOOSTER’S ALPINE PLANTS. First Series. With 54 coloured
Plates. 255.

WOOSTER’S ALPINE PLANTS. Second Series. With 54 coloured
Plates; 25s:

LONDON; GEORGE BELL ἃ SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN,
15

STANDARD WORKS

PUBLISHED BY

GEORGE BELL & SONS.

*,* For List of Boun’s Liprantgs see the end of the Volume.

THE NEW READINGS

CONTAINED IN

HERMANN’S POSTHUMOUS EDITION

OF

ASCHYLUS.

TRANSLATED AND CONSIDERED

Br GEORGE BURGES, A.M.

FORMING
AN APPENDIX

TO THE

PROSE TRANSLATION OF ASCHYLUS,

PUBLISHED IN

BOHN’S CLASSIC IBRARY
ZEaRRY
GN τ᾽ yy
{1
P|
WeZ
— » 4

LONDON:
HENRY G. BOHN, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

MDCCCLIII.

PRINTED BY HARRISON AND SONS,
LONDON GAZETTE OFFICE, ST. MARTIN’S LANE:
AND
ORCHARD STREET, WESTMINSTER.

PREFACE.

THE prose Version of Aschylus, published in “ Bony’s
€.assicaL Liprary,” having been accommodated to the
text of Dindorf, as the one most in repute, it has been
thought advisable to subjoin an Appendix, pointing out the
passages, where it differs from the emendations proposed by
Hermann, in the recent edition published by his executors.
To prevent, however, the uncritical reader from being led,
by the authority of a name, to admit emendations, which
in many instances are, at least, open to objection, the editor
has called attention to those passages which he thinks
Hermann would either Lave rejected or modified, had he

lived to revise his work.

103156

APPENDIX,

COMPRISING THE SUBSTANCE OF THE NEW READINGS INTRODUCED
INTO HERMANN’S POSTHUMOUS EDITION OF THE GREEK TEXT,
PUBLISHED AT LEIPSIC, 1852.

*.* The figures on the left-hand of the page denote the line of the Greek text
according to Hermann’s edition ; those on the right-hand, the page and line
of the prose version, published in ‘‘ Bohn’s Classical Library.”

-------

PROMETHEUS CHAINED.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bolhin’s Edit.
2. aBporov eis ἐρημίαν.

To a desert, where there is no mortal man.' page 2 line 1

13.

κοὐδὲν ἐμποξὼν ἔτι.
And there is nothing any longer in the way.” .... 2 11
49. ἅπαντ᾽ ἐπαχθῆ πλὴν θεοῖσι κοιρανεῖν.
‘All things are burdensome* Racca for the Ἂν
to rule. oe mae L3 29

51. ἔγνωκα τοῖςδε᾿" Ἐπ ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω."
I know it by these ;* and I have nothing to
gainsay was ἘΝ ἜΣ wie A 1

me

1 Herm., who in the notes of Wellaue. had vigorously detended ἄβατον,
has now admitted ἄβροτον, as recommended by Porson on sufficient
authority.

2 H. proposes in the Notes to read avn (a remission) for ἔτι.

3H. has adopted ἐπαχθῆ, the conjecture of Stanley, for ἐπράχθη.

4 Ἡ. says that Bothe has correctly united "Ἔγνωκα τοῖσδε, and
translated τοῖσδε, ‘ex hisce;’ as if, while pronouncing τοῖσδε, Hephestus
looked to the fetters in his hands, by which he is reminded of his being not
free to act, as Zeusis. Such I suspect is the interpretation of Maurice
Haupt in Obsery. Crit. p. 57, of which Hermann approves; for of
Haupt’s brochure I know nothing but the name.

B

2 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

59. δεινὸς yap εὑρεῖν κἀξ ἀμηχάνων πόρον.
For he is skilled in finding a road! even out of
difficulties. ie me ἐν pageAline 8

100. χρὴ τέρματα τῶνδ᾽ ἐπιτεῖλαι.

Where the ends of these things must arise.? .... 5 21
147. πέτραις προσαναινόμενον

Withering away on rocks*— .... ie 7 1
162. δίχα γοῦν ἑνὸς,

With the exception of one at least* .... 4 aay é 14
163. θέμενος ἀστραφῆ νόον,

Laying down for himself a determination not to

be turned, ἜΝ: ἫΝ ἐμὲ peel 14

215. δόλῳ δὲ τοὺς ὑπερτέρους κρατεῖν.
But that the superiors in craft’ would conquer. 8 22

248. καὶ μὴν φίλοισιν οἰκτρὸς εἰσορᾶν ἐγώ.

I am indeed sad for friends’ to behold. ie kD 20
250. θνητούς ye mavoas—

Yes, by causing mortals to* cease— .... a es 23
356. ----πᾶσι δ᾽ ἀντέστη θεοῖς,

And he stood against all the gods’ .... ἘΠ 1.2 19
880. ψυχῆς νοσούση----

Of a soul!® diseased— τὰ ike eat 6] 12

1H. in a long note defends πόρον, which Porson wished to alter
into πόρους, on what appeared to him and to nearly -- subsequent
editors to be sufficient grounds.

2 Instead of this sentence being taken, as usually, ἩΜΈΡΕΣ ΘΝ H.
spl that the ‘ obliqua oratio’ has more gravity in it.

3 So H., but in the Notes he prefers πέτρᾳ to πέτραις.

4H. has adopted ἑνὸς, furnished by three MSS. But what is the
meaning of your here, he has not explained.

5 H. from conjecture ἀστραφῆ for ἄγναμπτον, refering to Hesych.
᾿Αστραφής" σκληρύς" Σοφοκλῆς Μυσοῖς.

6 H. from conjecture ὑπερτέρους instead of ὑπερέχοντας.

7 Ἡ. from conjecture οἰκτρὸς in lieu of édecvoc—But nothing seems
to be gained by the change.

8 Instead of γ᾽ ἔπαυσα, H. has ye παύσας, the conjecture of Porson,
confirmed by three MSS.

9H. πᾶσι δ᾽ ἀντέστη θεοῖς. But the relative ὃς could hardly be
omitted here.

0 After discussing this passage in an elaborate note, H. prefers ψυχῆς
to ὀργῆς.

PROMETHEUS CHAINED. 3

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

382. καὶ μὴ σφυδῶντα θυμὸν ἰσχναίνῃ Bia.
And do not with force render a strong’ feeling

slight. se gids =a page 13 line 13
388. ἐμὸν δόκει σὺ τἀμπλάκημ᾽ εἶναι τόδε.
Think thou? this error to be mine. .... we 14 1

400-2. δωακρυσίστακτον ἀπ᾽ ὄσσων ῥαδινῶν δ᾽ εἰ-
βομένα ῥέος παρειὰν
νοτίοις ἔτεγξα παγαῖς.
Weeping* a stream tear-dropping from easily-
moved eyes, I have bedewed my cheek with
wet fountains ae ἘΞ: τ 14 16
403-4. ἀμέγαρτα γὰρ τάδε" Ζεὺς δ᾽
ἰδίοις νόμοις κρατύνων
For these are things not to be envied But
Zeus ruling with his own laws— asacy Le 18
408-10, μεγαλοσχήμονά τ᾽ ἀρχαιοπρεπῆ * δα-
κρυχέει * στένουσα τὰν σὰν
ξυνομαιμόνων τε τιμάν'"
And it sheds tears,’ bewailing the honors of
stately-bearing and οἱ ancient look, both

thine and of those of fellow-blood pees (c: 20
420. Σαρματᾶν τ᾽ ἄρειον ἄνθος,
And the warlike flower of Sarmatians* — 14 27
422, Καυκάσου πύλας,
The gates’? οἵ Caucasus— aa mS ΕΘ 1

425—430. στρ. y .—431—436. ἀντιστρ. γ΄.

1 H. has in lieu of σφριγῶντα, adopted σφυδῶντα, from MS. Med., as
Paley was the first to recommend.

2 H. δόκει od in lieu of δοκήσει-τ---

3. Ἡ, δ᾽ εἰβομένα in lieu of λειβομένα. But how δ᾽ could be thus
placed after the fourth word in a sentence, H. has not shown.

4 H. with Robortelli puts a colon after τάδε" and reads Ζεὺς δ᾽.

5 To supply the defect of one word in the antistrophé to answer to
δ᾽ εἰβομένα in the strophé, H. has introduced here δακρυχέει, with a
rather violent personification, as applied to χώρα.

6 Tn lieu of ᾿Αραβίας H. suggests Σαρματᾶν, whom he identifies with
the Sauromatians mentioned by Dionysius, Perieg. 653. Μαιῶταί τε καὶ
ἔθνεα Σαυροματάων ᾿Εσθλὸν ᾿Ενυαλίου γένος " Apeoc.

7 Ἡ. reads πύλας for πέλας, but without stating that this very cor-
rection had been long ago put in the text by myself; although I did not
quote, as he has done, Lucian in Prometh. ὃ 4, πλησίον τῶν Κασπίων
τούτων πυλῶν ἐπὶ TOU Καυκάσου.

B2

4 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
425-8, μόνον δὲ πρόσθεν ev πόνοις
δαμέντ᾽ ἀδαμαντοδέτοις Τιτᾶνα λύ-
μαις ἐσειδόμαν θεῶν
Ατλαντος ὑπέροχον σθένος κραταιόν.
I have looked previously upon a Titan alone
in trouble, subdued by gallings from ada
mantine bonds, the mighty strength of Atlas
superior to the ’gods. see aise page 15 line 138
429-30. ὃς γᾶν οὐράνιόν τε πόλον
νώτοις ὑποστεγάζει.

Who? supports earth and the neler of heaven

by his back under [them]. i : 10 6
BSD ae chee al! Mae Vege Span oleae
[H. marks here the defect of a line by asterisks.] 15 8
434, κελαινὸς “Aidos.......... μυχὸς
The? dark recess of Hades .... seve ae AS 8

489, ὁρῶν ἐμαυτὸν ὧδε προσσελούμενον.

Seeing myself thus rolled about.‘

459, ras re δυσκρίτους φύσεις.

And their natures’ hard to be judged of. foul 5

461. ————ypapparer TE συνθέσεις,
μνήμης ἁπάντων μουσομήτορ᾽ ἐργάνην.
And the combination of letters, a muse-
mother efficiency for Memory in all things 16 7

1 H. omits ἄλλον before ἐν πονόις, and reads ἀδαμαντοδέτοις with
one MS., and ἐσειδόμαν and ”ArAayroc from conjecture for the sake
of the metre.

2 So H., where ὑποστεγάζει, a verb not found elsewhere, is identified
with στέγειν, explained by Heyschius and Suidas, BaordZev, and yav
inserted from conjecture.

3 H. omits δ᾽ after κελαινὸς, for the metre.

* H. has προσσελούμενον, a verb, which, although it is not found
elsewhere in composition, he supposes to be derived from an equally
unknown σέλλειν, which Eustathius, p. 1041, 29, assimilates to ἴλλειν.
But how Prometheus, fixed to a rock, could be said to be rolled about,
H. has not explained.

> As the MSS. differ between δύσεις and ὁδοὺς, H. has edited φύσεις.

6 Such is the literal version of Hermann’s text ; who probably thought
that μουσομήτορα might by a change of case be referred to Μνήμης,
since Μνήμη or Μνημοσύνη was said to be the mother of the Muses.

PROMETHEUS CHAINED. 5

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

464, ζεύγλαισι δουλεύοντα σὠμασίν θ᾽. ὅπως
Serving with ag and [their] bodies,’ in order

that— :: pe us 5.8.6 10
466. ὑφ᾽ ἅρμα τ᾽ ἤγαγον
And I brought under a car? sie soe Gs 12

474-5. κακὸς δ᾽ ἰατρὸς ὥς τις, ἐς νόσον πεσὼν,
κακοῖς ἀθυμεῖς

And, like some bad physician, falling into a

disorder, you are dispirited by ills? 16 18
495, [After πρὸς ἡδονὴν, H. marks the defect of a
line by asterisks. |* sees pa 10

535. μάλα μοι τοῦτ᾽ ἐμμένοι
May this remain very much‘ with me 18 21

545. φέρ᾽ ὅπως ἄχαρις χάρις" ὦ φίλος, εἰπὲ
Lo!* how thankless is the favor. O friend,
say— LS τὸς ae bet 27

548, ae τὸ φωτῶν
‘ddabv δέδεται γένος ἐμπεποδισμένον.
ΒΥ which the blind race of mortals is hea
after having been fettered. acts irs 83 30

554, λέχος εἰς σὸν ὑμεναίουν
At your weet I was singing the 2 hanes
strain .. Ξ me εἰς 30 9

or

1H. unites cwpaciy θ᾽ with ζεύγλαισι, observing that in σώμασιν
there is an allusion to persons riding on horseback.

* H. reads, with one MS., Dawes and Tyrwhit, ὑφ᾽ ἅρμα τ᾽ in lieu of
ὑφ᾽ ἅρμντ᾽.

3 So H. rejects πλανᾷ before κακὸς, and inserts κακοῖς, from conjecture,
before ἀθυμεῖς.

+ Not only was this lacuna first pointed out by myself, but the means
of supplying it likewise.

5 H. reads μάλα for ἀλλὰ on account of the metre.

6 So H. renders φέρε. But such is not the meaning of that verb;
which, if it is ever thus found by itself, is certainly not so before ὅπως.

7 H. inserts δέδεται to supply the lacuna, as Paley, whose name
should have been mentioned, had done already. But δέδεται is a mere
tautology when united to ἐμπεποδισμένον.

8 For the sake of the metre H. reads λέχος εἰς σὸν instead of λέχος
σὸν.

6 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. : Bohn’s Edit.
560. τίνος ἀμπλακία

ποινὰς ὀλεκει ;
As to the punishments,' for what error art thou
being destroyed ? ae ἘΝ page 19 line 5

566-7. Bai aed 3 Aa,
TOV μυριωπὸν εἰσορῶσα βούταν.
Ward off, Earth, beholding? the neat-herd with
[ his] myriad eyes Ae ἜΣ ἢ 8

574, ἰὼ ἰὼ πόποι, ποῖ μ᾽ ἄγουσιν----
Ye powers, whither do ye lead me? .... ma I 7

598. χρίουσα κέντροις φρένας
Pricking with stings my mind 4 ΤΩΝ oe) 24

607. τί μῆχαρ ἢ τί φάρμακον
What plan or what* remedy sees eco 29

630. μή μου προκήδου μασσόνως ἢ "pol γλυκύ.
Do not care for me® to ἃ greater degree than is
agreeable to me. sate an ee | 18

1H. reads ποινὰς, governed by ὀλέκει, which, as it comprehends
the idea of rivecc, has likewise its regimen. And so too reads Paley.
But the passages, which the latter quotes to support the syntax, the
former has omitted; for he saw, no doubt, they were not in point.

2 H. omits with two MSS. φοβοῦμαι. But how εἰσορῶσα is to be
taken grammatically, he has not explained.

3 H. conceives that μακραὶ or χθονὸς has dropped out after ἄγουσιν.
But μακραὶ would be superfluous before τηλέπλανοι, and χθονὸς would
be scarcely intelligible thus standing by itself.

4 So H. completes the verse by adding φρένας.

5 H. reads τί μῆχαρ with Elmsley, and ἢ τί φάρμακον with J. Fr.
Martin.

6 H. has adopted Elmsley’s μασσόνως ἤ μοι γλυκύ, although Elmsley
had himself subsequently repudiated the alteration; while on the other
hand H. rejects his own μᾶσσον ®y—although it has been received
by Reisig and Paley ; and while J. Wordsworth had, in the Philological
Museum, N. II., p. 242, quoted some passages from Lysias and Plato
to confirm Hermann’s notion, at Viger ὃ 70, that μᾶσσον we is the
same as μᾶσσον 7}—a notion adopted likewise by Scheter on Theocrit.
Id. ix. 35, and Fritzsche, Quest. Lucian. p. 89., H. now asserts that
those very passages are too few in number and of too suspicious a kind
to be depended upon.

PROMETHEUS CHAINED. 7

Line in Reference to
. Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
643. καίτοι καὶ λέγουσ᾽ αἰσχύνομαι
And yet I am ashamed! to speak of page 28 line 32
678. Λέρνης τ᾽ ἐς ἀκτὴν
And to the shore? of Lerna oats dink 99 91

681. ἀπροσδόκητος δ᾽ αὐτὸν αἰφνίδια μόρος
τοῦ ζὴν ἀπεστέρησεν
And death es Pe ethics him
OF Tite Γ΄ τως 22 33

689. οὐπώποτ᾽ οὐπώποτ᾽ ‘niyour—
Never at any time, never at any time, have I

boasted 4 aie we. 2d 7
692. πήματα, λύματ΄ —
Calamities, the scum of washing® . ww. 2S 9

717. [After ψευδώνυμον, H. conceives a line to have
been lost, like

Σμερδνοῖς ᾿Αράξην κύμασιν βρυχώμενον.
For it appears from Eustathius on Dionys,
739, that AAschylus had made mention oi the
Araxes, and that it was so called irom the
verb ἀράσσειν.] ἘΠ Ξ ων 24 1

771. οὐ δῆτα, πλὴν ἔγωγ᾽ ἂν ἐκ δεσμῶν ἜΣ
No, surely, except I, being released from these

bonds &— oe, ae on wee 2D 21
795-6. ————_—_—_————_iva
Φορκυνίδες ναίουσι----
Where the Phorcynides’ dwell— _..., stay 26 26

1H. follows Elmsl. in adopting αἰσχύνομαι from some MSS., in lieu
of ὀδύρομαι.

2 Reisig was the first to suggest Λέρνης τ᾽ ἐς axryv—adopted by H.

3 Ἢ, reads αἰφνίδια for ᾿αἰφνιΐ Loc—

Η Η. repeats οὐπώποτ᾽ (found once in some MSS.) in lieu of οὔποτ᾽
οὔποτ᾽ ; and adopts ηὔχουν, found in the same, instead of ηὐχόμην.

5 Instead of πήματα λύματα δείματα, H. reads πήματα, λύματα.
But how those nouns could suit with ψύχειν, which he renders ‘ to blunt,’
I cannot understand.

6 So H. with MSS. Med. and Vit.; while to show that dv could
follow πλὴν, he thus fills up the ellipse—od δῆτα, πλὴν ἔγωγ᾽ ἂν ἀπο-
στροφὴ αὐτῷ τῆσδε τύχης γενοίμην, λυθεὶς ἐκ Cecpev—as if Prome-
theus were himself the turning aside of the calamity from Jupiter.

7 In lieu of αἱ Φορκίδες, H. reads Φορκυνίδες ; a word, he con:

8 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

849. [After τίθησιν ἔμφρονα Ἢ. has placed asterisks to
indicate a lacuna; which he says might be
supplied by such a ‘verse as

Παύσας τε μόχθων τῶνδε φιτεύει γόνον.

And, after causing [her] to cease from these
troubles, he begets an offspring. ]

862. [In lieu of Πελασγία δὲ δέξεται θηλυκτόνῳ and
iull. H. would read something like

Πελασγία δὲ δέξεται (τὸν ἐγγενῆ

στόλον γυναικῶν, νυμφίων ᾿ θηλυκτόνῳ

ἤΑρει δαμέντων νυκτιφρουρήτῳ θράσει--Ἴ
879, μακροῦ λόγου de—

But? it is the part οὗ ἃ long story .... page 29 line 4
878-9. ROSIE Se ae aee παλαιγενὴς
ΣΝ ἐξ Τιτανὶς θεῶν.

But. the old-born female Titan,? the mother of
the gods. ___..... τ τες SD 7

897. [To supply the lacuna in the verse, Η. says one
might conjecture Μοῖραι paxpataves—; wee 29 24

903.—orp. β΄.

903. ἐμοὶ δέ γ᾽, Gre μὲν ὁμαλὸς ὁ γάμος,
ἄφοβος" οὐδὲ δέδια᾽ μηδὲ τού με
κρεισσόνων θεῶν ἔρως
προσδράκοι ὄμμ᾽ ἄφυκτον.

But to me, when‘ marriage is on a level, [it is]
without fear ; nor am I alarmed; and let not
the love of any one of the gods, my supe-
riors, look on me with a look not to be fled
from.° see = a nse 30

fesses, not found at present in Greek: but which was so formerly,
as it is adopted by Ovid, in Met. iv. 742. v. 230. and Lucian, in ix.
626.

1 Here all the words between the lines are Hermann’s own. But
what he meant by τὸν ἐγγενῆ στόλον, it is not easy to discover.

2 H. adopts δὲ, the conjecture of Schiitz, in lieu of δεῖ----

* H. prefers θεῶν found in one MS. to Θέμις in all the rest.

3 H. has Ove, from the conjecture of Pauw and others, instead of ort,
and pncé τοῦ for μηδέτι in one MS.

5,80 H. in lieu of ἄφυκτον ὄμμα προσδάρκοι pe in MS. Med., where
Salvini was the first to correct προσδράκοι.

PROMETHEUS CHAINED. 9
Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

907. ἀντιστρ. β΄.

912-3. aa SS aa ἐξαρτύεται

γάμον
How great! a marriage is he preparing for
himself us ie ἜΣ page 30 line 5
949-50, ————————rop ἡμέροις
πόροντα

The person who gave to beings of a day? a | 11

969. ἐς τάσδε σαυτὸν πημονὰς κατούρισας.
To these calamities hast thou irc ἈΠ
with a favorable wind.’ . dl 31

972. ἝΡΜ. κρεῖσσον----
973. ἢ matpi—
974. ΠΡ. ovrws—*

990, ἐκερτόμησας δῆθεν ὥστε παῖδά με.
Thou usest heart- ee words Pe me,
hike*achild _.... ee ον, 28

1041, [H. in Notes says that Schiitz ἘΠῚ reject all
the words between λέγειν and σοφῷ, per-
haps correctly. |

1061. εἴ γ᾽ οὐδ᾽ εὐχῆ τι χαλᾶ μανιῶν ;
If he relaxes not from ravings even in a
prayer.® ons τς ἊΝ wee OF 19

1 Ἢ, retains οἷον ; although τοῖον had been put beyond all doubt by
Elmsl.

2 Η. reads τὸν ἡμέροις---Βαΐ 3 ἥμερος is never used for ἡμέριος.

3 Such is the literal version of κατούρισας, which H. has elicited from
κατώρωσας in one MS. and κατόρουσας in another. It would be intel-
ligible only on the supposition that Hermes was speaking ironically.
But why Hermes should speak so, it is hard to understand. Moreover,
no person could be brought to a calamity by a favourable wind.

* Such is the sche eR of the speeches suggested by Erfurdt in
1812, and adopted by H., who says, that Hermes is reproaching Prome-
theus ironically for his obstinacy ; as if irony could be indulged in on
such an occasion and by such a person.

> So H. in lieu of ὡς παῖδ᾽ ὄντα pe. But in this formula we, not
ὥστε, is constantly employed, or else ὥσπερ, as in Plato, Cratyl. § 6.
ὥσπερ παῖδας, ἡμᾶς μορμολύττηται. Georg. § Kai μοι, ὥσπερ παιδὶ,
χρῇ. Theognis, 254, ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα, λόγοις μ᾽ ἀπατᾷς.

6 So H. To this, which is not the worst attempt made on a corrupt
text, it may be objected, that people who are mad, are not less so in the

10 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to

Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
1094. ————————-8 Θέμις, ὦ γῇ»

O Themis! O Earth!!_... ὩΣ page 35 line 7

case of a prayer than in any thing else. Besides the enclitic re could
hardly commence the second dipodia in an Anapestic dimeter. H.
should have adopted my Ἔν τῷ δὲ τύχης τι χαλᾷ pavisy—‘ In what
misfortune what of madness lose ?’

1 Since some MSS. add Θέμις after πάντων in the next verse, H. has
introduced here ὦ Θέμις, ὦ Γῆ. But since Θέμις is identified with Γῆ in
v. 211, as being one deity with two names, it seems difficult to under-
stand why both should be mentioned here ; and still more so, when it
precedes the circumlocution ᾧ μητρὸς ἐμῆς σέβας.

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES. 11

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES.

Line in © Reference to

Greek Text. Bolin’s Edit.
13. ὥς τις ἐμπρεπής

As a person is becoming? fess page 36 line 36

25. ————_————_-mrupos δίχα,
Besides the omens from fire 3 i ay 11

δ4. καὶ τῶνδε πίστις οὐκ ὄκνῳ χρονίζεται
And the belief 5 in these matters is not retarded
by fear. ap ses we ae 95 6

83-4. ἑλέδεμας πεδία δι’ ὁπλόκτυπ, @-
τὶ χρίμπτειν βοὰ ποτᾶται
A body-destroying clamour flies through the
hoof-rattling plain, so as to strike on the ear‘ 39 9

119. [After λαχόντες H. has marked the loss of a line
by asterisks. |

1 So H. in lieu of ὥς τι συμπρεπὲς---Βαῦ both readings are equally
unintelligible.

2 So H. renders πυρὸς diya; referring to Dionys. Hal. A. R. vii. 19.
where δίχα σίτου is used similarly.

3 H. adopts πίστις, found in Stobeus and one MS. of A‘schylus;
which he supports by observing that ‘the Scout ought to say that his
account would be confirmed by facts ; and not merely that Eteocles would
hear the whole matter; for that he had done already.’ But how belief
can or cannot be retarded by fear, it is not easy to understand. The
common reading, πύστις, is the only intelligible one; although some doubt
might perhaps arise respecting χρονίζεται, which it would be not difficult
to settle.

4 So H. in lieu of ἐλεδέμας πεδιοπλοκτύπος τι χρίμπτεται Boa in
MS. Med. ; and while wri has been adopted from many MSS., Ritschel,
in Passow’s Opuscul. p. 101, has led the way to 6’—With respect to
ἑλεδέμας, which Lobeck in Paralipom. p. 226, on the authority of Hero-
dian, p. 224, denies to be a Greek compound, H. compares it with
ἑλέναυς, ἕλανδρος, ἑλέπτολις, in Agam. 666. There is however some
difficulty in χρίμπτειν, which could not thus follow ποτᾶται without
ὥστε being introduced, not merely understood.

12 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
129—130. λιταῖσίΐ σε θεοκλύτοις
ἀὐτοῦσαι
Making ἃ clamour! with prayers god-
heard ἊΝ sik see page 40 line 25

132. στόνων drva

With the voice? of howlings ee aie | 1

133-4. σύ τ᾽, ὦ Λατογένεια κούρα,
ἘΠ ΕΙΣ φίλα, τόξον εὐτύκαζον.
And do thou, virgin daughter of Latona, dear
Artemis, make ready thy bow.’ _.... ono AD 1

147, [After ἐκ Διόθεν, which H. has adopted from
Rob. in lieu of καὶ Διόθεν, he would supply,
for the sake of the sense and metre, πέλοι or
μόλοι ; and render ἀγνὸν τέλος, ‘a pure finish,’
i.e. ‘free from the wickedness arising from
the fate of the brother chieftains. ]

155, Although H. has in the text πανδίκας---λίτας,
yet in the notes he prefers πανδίκως, with
nearly all the MSS.]|

160. μελόμενοι δ᾽ ἥξετε

And come ye will‘ to take care τ eee 2
169, ξύνοικος εἴην τῳ γυναικείῳ φυτῷ .
May I be a co-dweller with any womanly
plant. ae ieee ee nee He 28

1 So H. with Seidler, in lieu of ἀπύουσαι.

2 In defence of ἀπύᾳ, for ἀὐτᾶς, H. refers to Hesych. Hin’ φωνῆ :
not aware that the Lexicographer wrote "Hzve" ἐφώνει.

3 So H. in lieu of τόξον ἐντυκάζου λρτεμι pita in MS. Med.: where
the credit of correcting εὐτύκαζον is given to L. Dindorf in Steph. Thes.
Gr. ed. Par. under Evruxroc, who refers to Hesych. in Εὐτύκαζον"
εὔτυκον ἔχε. But both the correction and reference were made by myself
forty-two years ago in the Classical Journal, No. 8, p. 463.

4 So H. in lieu of ἀρήξατε, for the sake of the metre; and he thus
rejects, what he formerly suggested, ἑτέροβάγμονι, in the strophé, even
after it had been praised as an ingenious emendation by Paley. But
neither of these critics saw that Auschylus wrote ἐτεροφύλῳ, not ἐτερο-
φώνῳ; for both the Argives and Thebans spoke the same language, but
were of different clans.

5 To this reading H. was led by finding φύλῳ in some MS. as a var.
lect. or gl. for yévet: while the article, he says, could hardly be intro-
duced here before γυναικείῳ.

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES. 13

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
187,8,9. ἱππικῶν τ᾽ ἀγρύπνων
πηδαλίων διὰ στόμια
πυριγενετῶν χαλίνων
And the bits through the fire-produced reins,
the rudders of sleepless horses.’ .... page 42 line 15

201,2. ————————ad’ οὖν θεοὺς
αὐτοὺς ἁλούσης πόλεος
But however, the gods themselves? of a cap-
tured city ae ἐξῇ aes wee 42 28

206. πειθαρχία γάρ ἐστι τῆς εὐπραξίας
μήτηρ, γονῆς σωτῆρος.
For obedience to rule is the mother of success,
which is the saviour of seed.? ae we 42 33

209. ἔστι" θεοῖς δ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἰσχὺς καθυπερτέρα.
It is so :* but there is still a power superior to
to the gods. ae ets one .. 43 1

210-212. πολλάκι δ᾽ ἐν κακοῖσι τὸν ἀμήχανον
κἀκ χαλεπῶς δύας ὑπέρ T ὀμμάτων
κρημναμενᾶν νεφελᾶν σαοῖ.
And oftentimes® does it save the person in ἃ
difficulty amidst uls and out of a severe
calamity, and from clouds hanging over his
ves τες Bile os maze ως 403 2

223, - ὀ ὀ ͵ο τάνδε ποτὶ σκοπὰν

To this look-out ‘— er ees πετῶν 4 9

1 Here διὰ στόμα is due to Schiitz, and ἀγρύπνων to Seidler. But
though the lightning of Jupiter might be called ἄγρυπνον βέλος in
Prom. 360, the same epithet could hardly be applied to the horses, or
chariots, or reins.

2 H. has adopted Schiitz’s reading, Αὐτοὺς ἁλούσης, in lieu of τοὺς
τῆς adovonc—

3 So H. in lieu of γυνὴ σωτῆρος.

4 So H. points with Brunck after Ἔστι.

5 H. reads κἀκ χαλεπᾶς with nearly all the MSS. and substitutes
caot for ὀρθοῖ, which Hesych. explains by βοηθεῖ καὶ σώζει. But
though the verb is found in that sense in Theognis, 868. and Callimach.
H. in Del. 21, it was unknown on the Attic stage.

6 So H. in lieu of τάνδ᾽ ἐς ἀκρόπολιν, for which one MS, offers τάνδ᾽
ἐς σκοπίαν : and another τάνδ᾽ ἐς σκοπὰν.

14 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greck Text. : Bohn’s Edit.
3 ΄“ 4 ΄“΄
287. αὐτή συ δουλοῖς καὶ σὲ καὶ πᾶσαν πόλιν.

Thou art thyself making both thyself and all
the city a slave. eae ἐς page 43 line 16

256. Δίρκης τε πηγαῖς ὕδατί τ᾽ ᾿Ισμηνοῦ,
To the fountains of Dircé and the waters? of
Ismenus seh Shea ae aioe 14

259-261. ———_—_——-8 ἐπεύχομαι
θήσειν τρόπαια, δαΐων δ᾽ ἐσθήματα
στέψω πρὸ ναῶν, δουρίπηχθ᾽ ἁγνοῖς δόμοις.
Thus I pray, that I will place trophies, and I
will put up as an ornament the dresses oi the
enemy before the temples, fixed by means of
spears to the undefiled buildings. wee 44 18

274, δράκοντας ὥς τις τέκνων
ὑπερδέδοικεν λεχαίων δυσευνάτορας
πάντροφος πελειάς,
As a dove, altogether a nurse, dreads, on ac-
count of her young ones keeping in their
nest, serpents, bad partners of her bed.t .,.. 45 1

296. [Although H. has in the text his own ἄταν,
ῥίψοπλον ἄταν, adopted by Blomf. and others,
yet he prefers in the notes ἀνδρολέτειραν,
κακὰν ῥίψοπλον ἄταν, in lieu of καὶ τὰν : where
it is strange he did not perceive κλαυτὰν

lying hid. |

299. [H. has marked by asterisks the loss of a word
between εὔεδροί and re. |

314, βαρείας τις τύχας mporapBav®
Some one in fear for a heavy fate _.... woe 45 24

1 Ἡ, adopts Wunderlich’s Αὐτή συ δουλοῖς καὶ σὲ----

2 In lieu of οὐδ᾽ az’ ᾿Ισμηνοῦ, Η, reads ὕδατί τ᾽ ᾿Ισμηνοῦ, as pro-
posed by De Geel on Eurip. Phoen. p. 151, and similar to L. Dindort’s
ὕδασί τ᾽ ᾿Ισμηνοῦ----

3 So H. in lieu οἵ Θήσειν τρόπαια πολεμίων ἐσθήματα Λαφυρα δάων
δουρίπηχθ᾽ ayvoic δόμοις Στέψω πρὸ ναῶν. But πρὸ ναῶν and ἁγνοῖς
δόμοις could scarcely be thus found in the same verse.

4 H. reads with Bothe and Burney δράκοντας, with Bloomfield ducev-
varopac, and with Lachmann λεχαίων. But why a single dove should
fear more than one serpent, it is not easy to explain.

ὅ H. reads τις for Tor—

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES. 15
Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

315. κλαυτὸν δ᾽ ἀρτιδρόποις
ὠμοδρόπων νομίμων προπάροιθεν
It is a thing to be wept for, that females, (like
fruit) just cas before the legal time of
plucking’... an suse page 45 line 24

318, [ Although H. has in the ἘΣ τί τὸν φθίμενοι
γὰρ προλέγω, yet in the Notes he seems to
prefer Ti yap ; φθίμενόν τοι προλέγω, sug-
gested by Blomf.]
928, πρότι δ᾽ ὁρκάνα rupyaris.
And against [it] is the turreted y ΉΡΕΝΡΕΙ
engine.” τ . 48 2

929. πρὸς ἀνδρὸς δ᾽ ἀνὴρ audi Bopl Kaivetau
And man is killed by man about*a spear... 48 3

332. βλαχαὶ δ᾽ αἱματόεσσαι
τῶν ἐπιμάστιδίων
ἀρτιτρεφεῖς βρέμονται.
And the blood-stained squallings of children at
the breast resound after being just fed‘ _.... 48 3
334-338. ξυμβολεῖ φέρων φέροντι,
καὶ κενὸς κενὸν καλεῖ,
ξύννομον θέλων ἔχειν,
οὔτε μεῖον, οὔτ᾽ ἴσον λελιμμένοι.
τῶν ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ εἰκάσαι λόγος πάρα.
One carrying off [plunder] meets with another
carrying [it] off ; one empty calls upon ano-
ther empty, desirous of having a fellow-

1H. adopts ἀρτιδρόποις from the Schol., and explains ὠμοδρόπα
νόμιμα, ‘ marriage rites that pluck things immature.’ But in a captured
city all marriage rites are set at defiance. Besides, ὠμοδρόπα could hardly
thus follow ἀρτιδρόποις. What Aischylus wrote, it would not be difficult
to discover.

2 H. omits πόλιν after wpori—But the disorder lies somewhat deeper.
For after a city is taken, an ὁρκάνη πυργῶτις can be no use. Un-
less, indeed, H. understood by ὁρκάνα πυργῶτις, as Paley does, ‘ murus
turribus distinctus,’ who refers to Thucyd. iii. 23. It was then not
without reason, that Blomfield proposed to finish the strophe with the
distich, which at present commences it. See at v. 340.

3 SoH. inserts ἀμφὶ between ἀνὴρ and δορὶ.

4H. adopts ἀρτιτρεφεῖς furnished by MS. Med. But infants after
being just fed are quiet rather than noisy.

ee ee a ee

16 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

ravager, while they are hankering for neither
less nor equal than them. From these things
there is a reason to conjecture.! page 46 line 5

940,1. παντοδαπὸς δὲ καρπὸς χαμάδις πεσὼν ἀλγύνει
κυρήσας πικρόν γ᾽ ὄμμα θαλαμηπόλων
And fruit of all kinds falling to the ground
pains, on meeting with the sad eye of persons
attending on bed-chambers.” ibe wee 46 8

344-349. Suwides δὲ καινοπήμονες νέαι,
τλῆμον αἷσιν αἰχμάλωτον
ἀνδρὸς εὐτυχοῦντος, ὡς
δυσμένους ὑπερτέρου,
ἐλπίς ἐστι νύκτερον τέλος μολεῖν,
παγκλαύτων ἀλγέων ἐπίῤῥοθον.

And there [are] young maid-servants new to
calamity, to whom there is an expectation
that a consummation will come in the night,
miserable, spear-taken, by a man successful,
as being a superior enemy, to be reproached
for pains to be much lamented.’ .... wee 46 12

Will go to learn.

1 Such is the literal translation of the text of H.; whose Latin version
is—‘ Preeda onustus alii rapta ferenti obvius est; vacuus vacuum advo-
cat; nec minus nec tantum, quantum illos, quos ferentes aliquid vident,
rapuisse conjicere licet sed plus cupientes.’? But such a meaning cannot
be elicited from the Greek.

2 By θαλαμηπόλοι perhaps H. understood, as Paley does, ‘rei pe-
nuariz prefectii—a meaning however, which that word does not and
could not bear; and even if it could, I cannot understand why store-
keepers should feel more pain in seeing fruit fall to the ground during a
time of war than in peace.

3 Such is the English translation of the Latin version made by H. of
his own Greek text; where he has preferred τλῆμον αἷσιν αἰχμάλωτον,
elicited from τλήμονες εὐναν αἰχμάλωτον, to his former alteration
τλάμον᾽ εὐνὰν αἰχμάλωτον, adopted by Schiitz and Dindorf, and the
truth of which, says Paley, cannot be doubted. For not one of those
editors have seen the objections which H. has himself brought forward.

4 So H. retains cio’, furnished by the MSS. But as Eteocles is enter-
ing on the stage, the verb should be ἥκει; while as regards the syntax,
μαθεῖν could not thus follow εἶσι with the ellipse of wore—

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES. 17
Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

355. σπουδὴ δὲ καὶ τοῦδ᾽ οὐκ ἀπαρτίζει πόδα.
And haste does not ΕΠ ΠΝ the foot of this
person. __... - . page 46 line 22

373-375. Boa map ὄχθαις ποταμίαις, μάχης ἐρῶν,
ἵππος χαλινῶν δ᾽ ὡς κατασθμαίνων βρέμει,
ὅστις βοὴν σάλπιγγος ὀργαίνει μένων.
He is clamorous by the river’s banks, eager for
battle, and as a steed, breathing against the
bit, snorts, when, waiting for the sound of the
trumpet, it is in a rage.” hie wea 47 12

381-3. Kal voxTa TauntvV 2 1 ww we
rey ἂν γένοιτο padres au dvota τινι.
And this night............ may ee, become
silliness to some one. A vee 47 20

396. Δίκη δ᾽ ὁμαίμων κάρτα νιν προστέλλεται
And justice of the same blood* sends him very
much forward. Pes Ἐπ .. 48 3

399,40. —————as δικαίως πόλεως
πρόμαχος ὄρνυται"

Since justly he rushes forward to eat for the

Gity’ Ὁ, . 48 8
405. γίγας 68 ἄλλος
This is another giant— _.... a ... 48 13

1 So H. understands the words οὐκ ἀπαρτίζει, which he formerly
altered into οὐ καταργίζει, with the approbation of Schiitz, Wellauer, and
of myself in Poppo’s Prolegomena, p. 271.

2 Here H. has altered μένει........ ὁρμαίνει---μένων into βρέμει........
ὀργαίνει μένων. A war-horse is not however excited to anger while
waiting for the sound of the trumpet, but in being held back, after it has
been heard.

3 Here H. adopts ὁμαίμων the reading of many MSS., and τὸ τῆς
Evyyeveiac δίκαιον, the explanation of the Scholiast; which I cannot
understand.

4 Ἡ. retains δικαίως, by which he perhaps understood, as Paley does,
‘in a just cause,’ or ‘ under that justice, which had sent him forward.’

5 H. retains Γίγας ὅδ᾽ ἄλλος, and refers to the proverbial “AAXoc
οὗτος Ἡρακλῆς. But as there were many giants, and only one Hercules,
this reference to the proverb is scarcely in point.

σ

2 ————— Oe eee ee ee τνὕ. ———— ἯΝ

18 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

410, 11. ————————ot6€ τὴν Διὸς
ἔριν πέδῳ σκήψασαν ἐμποδὼν σχεθεῖν.
And that not even the contest of Zeus, rushing
like a bolt to the Srna, has stopt him in

the way.' Re ens page 48 line 18
416, ———————1s ξυστήσεται ;
Who shall stand with him ? dees ww. 48 25
422, ———_———dpar ako ta aaa
ἃ, θεοὺς atifwv . . ὃ -
δ τοῦ ia θνητὸς ἃ ὧν, ἐς οὐρανὸν

πέμπει γεγωνὰ Ζηνὶ κυμαίνον τ᾽ ἔπη.
Prepared to do acts, which, while dishonouring

the gods...... he being a ‘mortal, sends words
to heaven, loud eee land} ‘swelling like
waves, to Zeus. . 49

434. κεραυνοῦ δέ νιν βέλος ee
And may the thunderbolt restrain him.‘ wee 49 13

453,4. ——————ovr τύχῃ δέ τῳ
καὶ δὴ πέπεμπται. ᾿
And with some fortune suppose him sent.5 .... 49 30
462. ἐπεύχομαι τῷδε μὲν εὖ τελέσαι,

I pray that® to this person thou oe. eran a
agoodend, .... “i ee BO τὶ

1 Such is the literal English version of the text of H.; although his
own in Latin is—‘ Neque se Jovis iram impedimenti loco habiturum.’
But Ἔρις is not ‘ Ira ;’ norcan the aor. 2. σχεθεῖν have a future mean-
ing without ἄν, as Elmsley remarked long ago.

2-H. retains ric ξυστήσεται, and rejects ξυμβήσεται preserved by Plu-
tarch; for ξἕυστήσεται in v. 490, and ξυστήσομαι in v. 653, are found
in a similar sense.

3 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has altered θεοὺς
into ἃ θεοὺς, for reasons which he has not given, nor I can discover.

4 So H. by altering ἐπισχέθοι into κασχέθοι, i. 6. κατασχέθοι 3 but he
has not shown how cara could be thus abbreviated into κα in dramatic
Greek, although it is into kar, in the case of κατθανών.

5 H. unites σὺν τύχῃ δὲ τῳ with καὶ δὴ πέπεμπται. But καὶ δὴ
always begins a sentence.

6 H. has altered εὐτυχεῖν into εὖ τελέσαι, to avoid the inelegant union
of εὐτυχεῖν and δυστυχεῖν, and to equalize the syllables in the antithetic
verses. But what inelegance there is in εὐτυχεῖν, thus opposed to δυσ-
τυχεῖν, it is difficult to discover.

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES. 19

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

481. [Although H. has retained in the text φόβος
κομπάζεται, yet he prefers in the Notes φόνον
(‘murder’) κομπάζεται.] ec ve page 50 line 23

495, [After φλέγων H. thus arranges the verse,
Ὑπερβίῳ δὲ---Ο Σ ταδαῖος---Τοιάδε--- Πρὸς τῶν---
rejecting with Dindorf Κοὔπω tis—and Ei

Ζεύς ye. | as = τ: .. 00 34
512,13, —__————3ia
δορός
ΒΥ the might of his spear.! ee | 16

531. [There is no need, says H., for supposing with
Dindorf that some verses have been lost. It
is only requisite to transpose 532, 533. This
very notion was first promulgated by Paley,

of whom H. however has taken no notice.] δ 2 8
535. ————xelp δ᾽ ὁρᾷ τὸ δράσιμον
But his hand looks to what is to be done.” 52 12

538, [Although H. has retained ῥέουσαν, ‘ flowing,’ in
the text, in the Notes he es ἀμ
rushing—'] fis a” . 52 15

541,2. eEwbe | δ᾽ εἴσω τῷ φέροντι μέμψεται;
πυκνοῦ κροτησμοῦ τυγχάνουσ᾽ ὑπὸ πτόλιν.
But she will find fault with the person bearing
her from without to within,? when she meets
with a frequent battering under the city. .... 52 19

543. ————a ἂν ἀληθεύσαιμ᾽ ἐγώ
Which pau I will make true.‘ ἜΝ ἀκ ξεν, 20

1 H. adopts δορός from five MSS. in lieu οὗ Διός.

2 H. by rendering do¢, ‘ respicit,’ i. e. ‘ curat,’ avoids the necessity of
reading with Maurice Haupt χεὶρ δὲ δρᾷ τὸ δράσιμον : who should have
suggested χεὶρ δ᾽ ἐρεῖ τί δρῶσ᾽ ἄρ᾽ v—for thus the hand, that will tell
what it has been doing, is properly opposed to the mouth, that boasts
of what will be done.

3 H. reads ἔξωθε δ᾽ εἴσω in lieu of ἔξωθεν εἴσω---- 6 conceives, how-
ever, that a verse has been lost before ἔξωθε.

4 So H. in Opuscul. iv. p. 383, which Ahrens has attributed to
Seidler ; while Paley has taken it to himself, observing that ἀληθεύειν
governs an accusative in Eurip. Hippol. Fr. 15. Χρόνος διέρπων πάντ᾽
ἀληθεύειν φιλεῖ. But he was not aware that, as πάντα is governed by
διὰ in διέρπων, the sense is, ‘ Time, creeping through all things, is wont
to be found true.’

c2

20

Line in
Greek Text.
555.

APPENDIX.

Reference to

[Although H. has retained this verse in the
text, yet in the Notes he rejects it as spu-
rious, dissatisfied with τῶν. κακῶν, for which
he would read πημάτων, “calamities, not
aware that the poet wrote τὸν κακῶν διδάο-
καλον, similar to the preceding τὸν ἀνδρο-

Bohn’s Edit.

φόντην, τὸν πόλεως ταράκτορα----Ἶ .... page 52 line 29

557,8. καὶ τὸν σὸν αὖθις ἐ ἐς πατρὸς μοῖραν κάσιν

559.

573.

582.

603.

633.

648.

ἐξυπτιάζων ὄμμα---

And again upon your brother, with reference to
your father’s fate, throwing haughtily his
eye—! τς vee ἘΠῚ τ

δυσεκτέλευτον τοὔνομ᾽ ἐνδατούμενος

Dividing his name with its ill-fated end? toe

ov yap δοκεῖν ἄριστος.......... θέλει.

For he does not wish to seem to be the best? .... 53

[H. with Porson and others considers this verse
to be interpolated from some other play. | 53
γέροντα τὸν νοῦν, σάρκα δ᾽ ἡβῶσαν φύει

He produces‘ an old intellect, but youthful flesh. 54

σὺ δ᾽ αὐτὸς γνῶθι" ναυκλήρει πόλιν
But do thou thyself determine; rule then the
ship® of the state. a + OO
Δίκη προσεῖπε
Justice addressed him® _,, Eat pen Ὁ

91

21]

11

22

1 H. after thus altering καὶ τὸν σὸν αὖθις πρόσμορον ἀδελφεὸν found
in some MSS., and πρόσπορον in others, and adopting Schiitz’s ὄμμα for
ὄνομα, ought to have shown what meaning αὖθις could have in this
place; and how the Messenger could even hint to Eteocles the fate of his
father, in whose ill-treatment both the sons had an equal share; or,
granting that the Messenger merely repeated what he had heard, why
Amphiareus should have reproached Polynices for his bad behaviour to
CEdipus at all. -

2 H. has altered δίς τ᾿ ἐν τελευτῇ into δυσεκτέλευτον, to which he
was led, no doubt, by Schiitz’s δυσεντέλευτον, whose name however is
not mentioned.

3H. retains ἄριστοο----

4 Ἢ, has adopted Wellauer’s φύει for φύσει in MS. Med,

5 So H. by altering ναυκληρεῖν into ναυκλήρει---

6 H. with Paley retains προσεῖπε---

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES: 21

Line in Reference to
Greek Text Bohn’s Edit.
657, —————————_rrepav προβλήματα

Protection against arrows.' chin page 55 line 31

658.

ὅμοιος τῷ κάκιστ᾽ αὐδωμένῳ
Like to him who has spoken most wickedly.? 55 34
664-5, [Although H. retains in the text the common
arrangement, yet in the Notes he would
change the order of the verses, as suggested
by Schiitz, and read, Εἴπερ---Κακῶν---Ἔστω,
which he thus explains in Latin: “Sane
declinarem fratrem, si malum hoc, non punire
ferocientem, sine turpitudine ferre possem ;
sed, que mala simulque turpia sunt, non
dicas laudanda. Esto; congrediar cum fratre;
solum enim apud inferos lucrum est, i.e. in
morte.” But I do not perceive how such a
sense can be obtained from the Greek.] .... 55 39

676,7. rahe
. . ὄμμασιν προσιζάνει
Sits on my eyes—to accomplish? ae we O6 11
680,1. oe ee ov κεκλή-
cet, βίον εὖ κυρήσας.
Thou wilt not be called ἃ coward, sso tyes
well as regards life.‘ wack . 56 13

681. [Although H. retains in the text 6 ὅταν ἐκ χερῶν,
yet in the Notes he pee ap ὅτου χερῶν,
‘from whose hands’] .. Ἢ . 56 16

686-9. viv ὅτε σοὶ παρέστακεν' ἐπεὶ Wvddy-
λήματος ἃ ἂν τροπαίᾳ χρονίᾳ μεταλλ-
ακτὸς ἴσως ἂν ἔλθοι χαλαρωτέρῳ
πνεύματι" νῦν δ᾽ ἔτι ζεῖ.
Now is it in your power (i. 6. to avoid death) ;

1 H. reads with some MSS. πτερῶν ; and refers to Lycophr. 56. Τοῖς
Τευταρείοις βουκόλου πτερώμασιν, which Eustathius on IA. p. 172, 30,
explains by τοὺ Τευτάρου Σκύθου ὀϊστοῖς.

2 So H. by taking αὐδωμένῳ in an active sense.

3 Such is the literal version of τελεῖν in the text of H.; who says
however in the Notes that τελεῖ is joined with ὄμμασιν προσιζάνει,
because the sense is, ‘it admonishes me.’ But such a sense cannot be
elicited from those words.

4 So H. renders βίον εὖ κυρήσας, which means, he says, ‘ regulating
thy life properly.” But κυρεῖν has no such meaning elsewhere.

22 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

since the wave, being changed by a late turn
of counsel, would perhaps come with a relaxed
breeze ; but at present it is boiling.! page 56 line 21

690. ἐξέζεσαν yap Οἰδίπου κατεύγματα.
For the imprecations of Gidipus? have caused it
to boil. at ee oan 235° 56 24

697. νίκῃ ye μέντοι καὶ κακὸν τιμᾷ θεός.
With victory however a god honours even the
coward.’

704, [Although H. has retained εὐκταίαν in the text,
yet in the Notes he prefers ὠκύπουν, ‘swift-
footed,’ not only to preserve a syllabic equality
in the measures, but to get rid of εὐκταίαν,
as being superfluous before xardpas shortly
afterwards.| .... oe τς ΜΕΤ 2

717. καὶ γαΐα κόνις---
And the dust of the earth.‘ ΝΣ ξεῖν ἸΟ ἢ 17
743,4. μεταξὺ δ᾽ ἀλκὰν dv ὀλίγου
τείνει πύργος ἐν ” Apet.
And in the middle space (i. 6. between the city
and the impending flood) a tower stretches
for a short time its protection in war.> Hag Ὁ 4

747,8. τέλειαι γὰρ παλαιφάτων ἀρᾶν
βαρεῖαι καταλλαγαί"
For the reconciliations of formerly-spoken curses
are heavy, when accomplished.‘ .... meso) 6

1 Such is the English of the Latin version given by H. of his own
text ; where he has introduced κλυδὼν for δαίμων, and ἂν τροπαίᾳ (in
the Notes) for ἀντυοπαίᾳ, and χαλαρωτέρῳ for θαλερωτέρῳ.

2 So H. renders ἐξεζέσαν, which he says is in the plural, because
κατεύγματα is a personification, 1 presume, in the place of ᾿Αραί.

3 So H. by altering νίκην into νίκῃ, and κακὴν into κακὸν .---

4 H. has substituted γαΐα κόνις for χθονία κόνις, referring to Hesych.
Tata κόνις" ἡ γῆ.

5 Such is the English of the Latin version given by H. of his own
text; where he has adopted aoe found in one MS. as a var. lect. for
εὔρει.

6 H. has adopted Enger’s ἀρᾶν for apai. But he does not explain
what is meant by ‘ the reconciliations of curses :’ he thought perhaps that
Paley had done so satisfactorily

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES. 23

Line in Refi t
Greek Text. Bohu’s Edit,
749,50, —————-rai 8 ὀλοὰ

πελόμεν᾽ ov pa ἔρχεται
But things, which are pernicious, do not come

in vain.! pie me: ΞΕ: page 58 line 7
765. κυρσοτέκνων ὀμμάτων ἐπλάγχθη
He wandered from child-meeting eyes.? Ἐς) 17

767,7. τέκνοισιν δ᾽ ἀρὰς
ἐφῆκεν ἐπικότους τροφᾶς
And he sent against his children Ales curses
on account of his bringing them up.* .... 58 19

773. θαρσεῖτε, παῖδες μητέρων τεθρυμμέναι *
Be of good cheer, ye children See, BRON
up of mothers.! . 58 26

785-801. [H. has with great acuteness shown that
the common arrangement of the verses pre-
sents a mass of unconnected ideas, which
not a single scholar has hitherto had the
talent to perceive; and that not only has
one verse been improperly repeated, but that

1 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has adopted πελό-
per’ from three MSS., and altered from conjecture παρέρχεται into μὰψ
ἔρχεται : while his own Latin version is, ‘Que perniciosa sunt (i. e
pestifera, ut dire) non pretereunt, sed manent.’ But how such a mean-
ing can be elicited from those words, I cannot understand.

2 Here again a literal English version of the text of H. best shows
whether it be certainly, as the author himself fancied, or probably, as
Paley conceives, a restoration of what Aischylus wrote. The Latin ver-
sion given by H. of κυρσοτέκνων (in lieu of κρεισσοτέκνων δ᾽ az’) ὀμμά-
των ἐπλάγχθη is, ‘privavit se oculis, qui liberis occursuri erant, i. 6.
visuri eas.’

3 H. retaining ἐπικότους, says with Schiitz, that Cidipus was angry
with himself for having brought up his children born in incest. But
why he should have invoked curses upon his children for an act done by
himself, and for which they were not responsible, H. has failed to assign
a reason. By τροφᾶς is meant, as every one else has seen from the
time of the Scholiast on Sophocles Gid. 1375, to that of Paley, the food
which was sent insultingly by the sons to their blind father.

4H. has altered τεθριμμέναι into τεθρυμμέναι, to answer to the
explanation of the Schol. δειλαὶ ὑπὸ μητέρων ἁπαλῶς τεθραμμέναι.
But why any allusion should be made to the delicate manner, in which
the young ladies of the Chorus had been brought up by their mothers, it
is difficult to understand.

24 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. i Bohn’s Edit.

the lines were probably written originally in

the following order :—

XO). τί δ᾽ ἐστὸ πρᾶγος ow tt line 3

ATT. πόλις wee a, ROE TUE RA ἃ 1... so} to 16

XO. τίνων ;: τί δ᾽ εἶπας is Aba

ATT. φρονοῦσα νῦν ἄκουσον. Οἰδίπου γένου-----

ΧΟ. οἱ ᾿γὼ τάλαινα DST ἐν χα ον ἐξ αδ τυ το

AIT, πέπωκεν αἷμα eae yh ΝΣ

XO. ἐκεῖθι κῆλθον ὁ: HERO νόμο νον

ATT ἄνδρες τεθνασει ἐν νὴ ἢ

KO. ποὐτως ἀδελφαῖς τιον.

ἌΤΙ οὐδέ υμυνέκτως πὴ τ τ τ-

ΧΟ. οὕτως ὁ δαίμων : ὲ

ἌΤΙ αὐτο τ ναλο "5,22 νν"-
τοιαῦτα χαίρειν see

.
.

800. ἕξουσι δ᾽, ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῆ, χθόνα
And they shall possess the land, which they a
receive in the tomb.! mt a 59 23

801. πατρὸς κατ᾽ εὐχὰς ζυσπότμους ἀκ Se
Guarding [it] according to the ill-fated Sg
of their father? τος τον: . 59 24

805,6. —————kdmrodoAvEw
σωτῆρι πολέως ἀσινείᾳ.
And raise a shout over the saving non-injury
or theleiby τ. ae we ie ΚΟ 2

809,10. οἱ δῆτ᾽ ὀρθῶς Kar ἐπωνυμίαν
κλεινοί T ἐτεὸν καὶ πολυνεικεῖς
Who rightly according to their appellation both
truly renowned and very contentious ὁ νι 60 4

1 H. adopts Brunck’s χθόνα in lieu of χθονός.

2 H. has altered φορούμενοι, into φρουρούμενοι, taken rather unusually
in an active sense. But as φρουρούμενοι has everywhere else a passive
sense, both the new reading and the old must be rejected equally. The
dramatist evidently wrote ἐφθαρμένοι, ‘ destroyed—’

3 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has elicited σωτῆρι
πόλεως aowveia, from πόλεως ἀσινεῖ σωτῆρι, by the aid of the words of
the Schol. dow.veia’ ἀβλαβείᾳ σωτῆρι" τοῦτο yao ἐπίθετον ; for so he
corrects dowei* ἀβλαβεῖ σωτηρίας τοῦτο γὰρ ἐπίθετον. But as
ἀσίνεια is a noun not found elsewhere, it seems rather hazardous to coin
it for the occasion.

4 H, has introduced here from conjecture κλεινοί τ᾽ ἐτεὸν to answer to

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES. 25

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. : Bohn’s Edit.
837. offMB ss τὶ 833, ἀντιστρ. β'

829. διπλαῖ μέριμναι, δίδυμ᾽ ἀγανόρεα κακὰ
Twofold cares; twin evils performed man-
fully— = Ἔξ: wee page 60 line 17

830. ἀὐτοφόνα, Sipopa? τέλεα τάδε πάθη,
These sufferings [are] pelt sitsedceciat? fatal to
two, brought to an end "- .. 60 18

831. τί δ᾽ ἄλλο γ᾽ ἢ πόνοι δόμων ἐφέστιοι ;
What else than labors ὁ at the hearth of houses? 60 21

835. ———————@ewp ida

Which passes the road, _.... si GO 24
843, ————————-7porepov φήμης
Before the lament [of the sisters].° .... ons Gl 4

860,1. ————~i δὴ διήλλ-
αχθε σὺν σιδάρῳ;
What’ have ye become reconciled by steel? .... 61 16

867. [H. has marked the loss of a line, first noticed
by Lachmann, and subsequently by Elmsley. |

"EreoAne, just as πολυνεικεῖς does to Πολυνείκης : to which he was led
by the words of the Scholiast, ἐπωνύμως ᾿Ετεοκλῆς καὶ Πολυνείκης.
But as ἐτεὸν is a word not elsewhere found in Tragedy, he has suggested
likewise σύν τ᾽ εὐκλείᾳ---ΤῊϊ5 would be far preferable, were it not that
the error lies in Οἱ δῆτ᾽ ὀρθῶς---

1 H. has remarked that Critics have not perceived the antistrophical
verses here. Symonds, however, had in the British Review, No. 2,
noticed the same fact; and in the Classical Journal, No. 8, p. 464, I
had arranged the verses in nearly the same manner as H. has done.

2 So H. by altering διδυμάνορα into δίδυμ᾽ ayavépea—But ἀγανόρεα
is not elsewhere applied to an evil act or suffering,

3 H. reads δίμορα for δίμοιρα---ὀ ᾿

4 H. omits with Rob. πόνων after πόνοι.

5 So H. translates θεωρίδα, not ‘the sacred ship,’ but ‘the sacred
road 7 referring to Hesych. Oewpot’........ λέγουσι δὲ καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν, δι᾿ ἧς
ἰᾶσιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἱερὰ, θεωρίδα. But the meaning of the gloss is that θεωρὶς
was united to ὁδὸς, not that it meant ὁδὸς by itself.

6 So H. understands πρότερον φήμης, thus tacitly adopting Paley’s
‘antequam planctum ordiantur.’ But φήμη never has such a meaning.

7 H. has adopted Lachmann’s ri δὴ for ἤδη, for the sake of the
metre.

> a.

26 APPENDIX.

Line in Reterence to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
870,1. διανταίαν λέγεις πεπλαγμένους
καὶ δόμοισιν ἐννέπειν----
Thou sayest that persons struck are telling even
to houses of a blow sent right through.' page 61 line 24

890,1,2. δόμων μάλ᾽ ἀχὰν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς
προπέμπει
δαϊκτὴρ γόος.
A cutting lament sends forth very much a
sound from houses over them.? _.... sees OB 4

909 διαρταμαῖς οὐ φίλαις 3
By not friendly butcherings— awe we 62 18

922. ὑπὸ δὲ χώματι
And beneath ἃ mound—t Boe ee OZ 28

925,6. ἰὼ πολλοῖς ἐπανθίσαντες
πόνοισι γενεάν "
Alas! ye who have caused ἃ family*® to bloom
with many troubles. ss nae sats 62 29

926, [Although H. has in the text retained τελευτᾷ
δ᾽ αἵδ᾽, yet in the Notes he prefers τελευταῖαι δ᾽
‘at last —For he doubtless perceived that aide
would be scarcely intelligible.} —.... sa 62 30

1 Such is the literal version of the text of H., which he thus explains
in Latin: ‘ Etiam domum mortifero vulnere percussam esse dicit.’ But
how such a meaning could be extracted, I confess I cannot understand.
And even this text is obtained only by omitting πλαγὰν after λέγεις,
and changing δόμοισι καὶ σώμασι πεπληγμένους ἐννέπω into πεπληγ-
μένους καὶ δόμοισιν ἐννέπειν.

2 Such is the literal English version of the text of H., which he thus
renders into Jatin, ‘ dium propter eos lamenta meus prosequitur regum
luctus.’

3 H. with Ahrens, reads for the sake of the metre, διαρταμαῖς in lieu of
διατομαῖς : while to meet the objection, that διαρταμὴ is not found in
Lexicons, he observes, that ὁ Lexicons are made from writers, not writers
from Lexicons.’? But when a word is thus coined by a critic, he should
at least show that it carries with it the mark of an authorized mint. How
easy was it to read διαὶ τομᾶς οὐ dikac—For ARschylus is partial to
διαὶ in the sense of διὰ in the Choral parts of a drama,

4 H. adopts Bloomfield’s χώματι for cwpari—

5 Ἢ, reads πόνοισι γενεὰν and rejects ye δόμους, or ye δόμου, or γε
δόμοις found in different MSS.

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES. 27

Line in Reference to
Greck Text. Bohn’s Edit.

932. [On this verse, H. has confessed, in a manner
that does his memory infinite honour, that he
did with singular rashness attempt to arrange
the metre here into an antistrophic form;
and though his notions have been received by
others, both the leader and his followers were
all equally in the wrong ; and hence he has
now adopted the idea, first broached by
myself, although ridiculed by him on its
promulgation, that verses are frequently found
running in pairs ot the same or different
measures, | ike a wu. page 62 line 36

939,40. [To suit the measure, as described on v. 932,
H. has elicited

ANT. πρόκεισαι κατακτὰ
ANT. Thou liest before [me], after having
killed [him].

from mpokeicera:, ‘and inserted from conjec-
ture

IZM. πρόκεισαι φονευθείς.

ISM. Thou liest before [me] a after being

killed [ by him]. se ssa SP 8

941. orp. 9957, avtioTp."

944, [For the sake of the metre, H. has given ia, ἰὼ
δάκρυτέ σύ in lieu of wavdaxpute in some MSS.
and πολυδακρυτε in others: where Ritschel in
Sched. Critic. suggests or eae: so does
Paley likewise. | 2 .. 63 11

960,1. [Here again for the sake of the metre, H. rots
given

ANT, ἄχεα δοιὰ τάδ᾽ ἔγγυθεν᾽

ΙΣΜ. πέλας ἀδελφὰ δ᾽ αδελφεῶν,
and rejected τοίων and ποίων found in dif-
ferent MSS. as being equally inappropriate ;
and he renders,—

ANT. These double pains are near.
ISM. Near tvo the the pair of brothers’ ills.] 63 15

1 Although H. here returns to the ordinary antistrophic form, yet he is
enabled to do so only by introducing very arbitrary alterations.

28 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to

Greek Text. j Bohn’s Edit.
952,3. [H. places here the distich commonly found
after v. 976, where he says they are not

suited to the train of thought. | .... page 63 line 16

958,9. [H. thus reads and arranges the speeches.
ANT. δυσθέα ra πήματα----
IM. ἔδειξε δ᾽ ἐκ φυγᾶς ἐμοί,
ANT. Sufferings sad to behold—
ISM. Has he shown to me after his exile] 63 22

962. [H. in lieu of ᾿Απώλεσε δῆτα. Kai τόνδ᾽ ἐνόσ-
φισεν has given
ANT. Ὥλεσε δῆτα, ναί"
ΙΣΜ. Τόνδε δ᾽ ἐνόσφισεν,
ANT. Yes, truly he has destroyed.
ISM. And this one he has deprived.

But what he understood by those words, he
has not informed us.] .... . 63 26

965. [In lieu of τάλαν καὶ πάθος in MS. G. Η. ‘eae ΠΣ
Schiitz in ed. 2. τάλαν πάθος, i. 6. ‘ Wretched

is the suffering.’ ] an se 63 29
966. Simova κήδε ὁμώνυμα
Cares of the same name for two troubles—'_.... 63 29

967. Sivypa πήματα παλμάτων
The thoroughly wet calamities of strikings.* 63 30

973. [Here H. returns to the system of eave of
verses, mentioned on v. 932. ] 4 πον Ὁ 37

981,2. [So reads H. where the asterisks mark the
supposed lossof a hemistich answering to
ἄναξ ᾿Ετεόκλεις.]

ANT, ἰὼ δυσπότμων

ΙΣΜ. ἄναξ ᾿Ετεύόκλεις"

ANT. σὺ δ᾽ ἀρχαγέτας

Bp EE Sega he

ANT. Alas! of the unfortunate

ISM. A king O Eteocles.

ANT, And thou a chieftain

Me eg ei wh le τὰς a noon 64 ΤΙ

1 H. has given δίπονα in lieu of δύστονα.
2 Such is the literal version of the text of H., where instead of δίυγρα

τριπάλτων πημάτων, he once suggested διε. es ae anu—adopted by
Dindorf.

THE SEVEN AGAINST THEBES. 29

Line in Reference to

Greek Text. Z Bohn’s Edit.
984, [Here‘again H. marks the supposed loss of a
whole line, answering to ἰὼ πάντων πολυστο-

verarot. | ie ΤῊ ws page G4line 14
993. στέγων yap ἐχθροὺ----
For by bearing up against enemies? ! ai ot 22
1021. ——yap αὐτὴ. . . . . ἐγὼ--
For I myself? 1 το ste sm aes θα 16
BORG ape See ss
Be of good cheer. oa ie ww. 65 19

1031. ἤδη τὰ τοῦδ᾽ οὐ δυστετίμηται θεοῖς
The affairs of this man have not been just now

dishonoured by the gods.‘ oe GB 27
1034. [After ἔργον ἦν H. thus arranges the speeches.
* * * *

KHP. ἔρις wepaivee . Ὁ «we
ἌΜΕ. ye δὲ; os. site oe ΟΣ Re oe
conceiving that a line has been lost, as indi-
cated by the asterisks, which was spoken by
Antigone to this effect: ‘Who have united
in doing wrong with the party insulting
him ;’ in Greek,
οἵ ye ξυνηδίκησαν ὑβρίσαντί νιν. τς Ὁ 6

1051. ——tis οὖν ἂν τὰ πίθοιτο

Will any one be persuaded of this 75 ee 14

1056. [To preserve a fancied uniformity in this with
the following system of Anapests, Ritschel
in Sched. Critic. p. 13 suggests, what H. is
disposed to adopt, the insertion of τῇ Kadpo-
yevei, ‘sprung from Cadmus,’ after γενεᾷ.) 66 18

1 H. has adopted στέγων, the conjecture first of Wakefield, then of
Dobree and Ritschel, in the place of στυγῶν in some MSS., and of
εἴργων, found as a var. lect. in others.

2 H. has received Pierson’s αὐτὴ instead of αὐτῴ---

3 H. considers θάρσει as a verb, not as a noun dependent on πάρεσται.

4 So H. has altered οὐ διατετίμηται into οὐ δυστετίμηται. But though
he is aware that δυστιμᾷν is contrary to analogy, yet such words, he says,
are occasionally formed by writers, when they are driven by some neces-
sity to express themselves in a forcible manner.

> Such, I presume, is the literal English version of the text of H.,
which he thus renders in Latin: ‘Ecquis ergo ad eum una cum illa
adducetur ;’ a sense that the Greek could not possibly bear, even if the
indefinite τὶς could begin a sentence, or τὰ be put for ravTra—suppo-
sitions equally at variance with correct Greek.

30 APPENDIX.

THE PERSIANS.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. : Bohn’s Edit.
10,11. κακόμαντις ἴγαν ὀρσολοπεῖται,

θυμὸς ἔσωθεν δὲ βαυζει.
Highly excited is my ill-foreboding mind, and
it growls within me.! τὴς .. page 67 line 6

12. οἴχωκε νέων
Is gone of young men? _.... ane ἐς ΟἿ 8

20. [H. thinks that something has dropt out here,
relating to the bowmen, who formed so con-
spicuous a portion of the Persian army ; and
that to this place is to be referred the gl. in
in Hesych. Πολλὴ φαρέτρα" πολλοὶ τοξόται.

96,7. τίς ὁ κραιπνῷ ποδὶ πήδημ᾽
ἅλις εὐπετῶς ἀνάσσων ;
Who [is] rushing sufliciently * cae to a es
with a light foot ? 69 26

98-100. φιλόφρων yap ποτισαίνου-
σα TO πρῶτον παράγει
βροτὸν εἰς ἄρκυας ἄτα,
For fawning at first upon a mortal with a friendly
feeling does Até lead [him] aside to nets.! 69 27

1. Ἡ, places here δὲ βαύὔζει, commonly found after οἴχωκε νέον, and
rejects ἄνδρα, but without stating where that word came from, which
usually precedes βαὕΐζει.

2-H. reads νέων in lieu οὗ νέον----

3-H. alters πηδήματος into πήδημ᾽ ἅλις----

4H. changes σαίνουσα into ποτισαίνουσα to suit partly the metre,
and partly zpoocaive in the Schol., and elicits ἄρκυας ἄτα from ἀρκύ-
σακτα in Rob. But he has neglected to state that I was the first in Pref.
ad Tro, p. xx, to detect ἄτα lying hid here.

THE PERSIANS. 31

Line in Reterence to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
101,2. ————————-‘irrexe . . =
Ἢ . φυγεῖν
To secretly escape!— ει ἮΝ page T2line 2

111,1. πίσυνοι λεπτοδύμοις πείσ-

μασι---
Trusting to slightly-built cables? =? mary 55. 8

116,7,8. Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος
τοῦδε μὴ πόλις πύθηται κένανδρ-
ον μέγ᾽ ἄστυ Σουσίδος
Let not the state hear that the city of Sardis
has become widowed by this Persian army. 72 11

119-124, καὶ τὸ Κίσσιον πόλισμ
ἀντίδουπον ἔσσεται,
ὀὰ,
τοῦτ᾽ ἔπος γυναικοπληθ-
ὴς ὅμιλος ἀπύων, βυσσίνοις δ᾽
ἐν πέπλοις πέσῃ λακίς.
And lest the citadel of the Cissians shall be noisy
in return, Alas! a crowd filled by women,
bawling out this word—and [1650] a tearing
shall fall upon the dresses of byssus.* au ZO 13

151. προπίτνω, προπίτνω----

I fall down ; I fall down'—

164, ταῦτα μοι διπλῆ μέριμνα φραστός ἐν φρεσίν
On these points a double care in gs thoughts
is to be spoken of*— .... fe! ΟΡ. 10

1H. alters ὑπὲρ---φυγεῖν into ὑπὲκ---φυγεῖν to suit ὑπεκδραμόντα in
the Schol.

2 So H. understands λεπτοδόμοις, as if it were simply λεπτοῖς, not
aware that Aischylus probably wrote λεπτοτόνοις, by the usual corruption
οὔτ into ὃ, first noticed by Porson on Hec. 788.

3 So H. renders this passage to prevent the confusion arising from
πόλις and ἄστυ. But the Persian empire was never called πόλις, nor
could τοῦδε be said of an army distant from home.

* Such is the English of Hermann’s Latin version of his own text;
where he has with Paley retained the unintelligible ἔσσεται thus placed
between πύθηται and πέσῃ; while γυναικοπληθὴς ὅμιλος is considered
by both critics as put in apposition with πόλισμα.

> H. repeats προπίτνω.

6 H. alters μέριμν᾽ ἄῤραστος into μέριμνα φραστὸς---ἃπά explains
φραστὸς by ‘ certa,’ a meaning that word could not bear.

32 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

201. [Although H. has retained ”Eyavoa in the text,
yet in the Notes he prefers Ψαύσασα-- Ῥυΐ
without assigning any reason for thus intro-
ducing an absolute sentence.] .. ων page 72 line 10

216,17. ———_———_airot τῶνδ᾽ ἀποτροπὴν λαβεῖν
τἀγαθ᾽ ἐκτελῆ γενέσθαι
Beg to receive an avertal from these things [so
that] good may be accomplished.'— ΠΤ 26

219-221. —————-rpevpevas δ᾽ αἰτοῦ τάδε
σὸν πόσιν Δαρεῖον ..
ἐσθλά σοι πέμπειν"

And beg of thy husband Darius this—to oon

send thee good things.? a ae 30
238. πότερα yap τοξουλκὸς αἰχμὴ διὰ χερός ἘΠ μων ἐμ-
πρέπει,
Is there ἃ bow-drawn point conspicuous in their
hand ? ae ae a ete 27
255. dv’ ἄνια, νεοκότα
Pain, pain, a thing of new harshness—‘ awe? f 17

272. πλαγκτοῖς ev διπλάκεσσιν
In their double cloaks wandering about. ine Ewe

275-277. we ἄποτμον δαΐοις
δυσαιανῆ βοὰν,
ὡς πάντᾳ παγκάκως θεοὶ
ἔθεσαν
Utter a cry for ill-luck [and] for a sad life
against the enemy, since the gods have placed
affairs on all sides very badly.6 ὁ... ww TA 39

1 H. adopts λαβεῖν from the worst MSS. in lieu of τελεῖν from the
best, and rejects δ᾽ found either before or after ἀγαθὰ in all.

2 H. reads πρευμενῶς, and unites it to πέμπειν---Βαῦ the number of
intervening words would prevent such an union.

3 H. reads with some MSS. χερὸς, and elicits σφιν ἐμπρέπει from
αὐτοῖς ἐμπρέπει in Schol. MS. Vit.

4 H. omits κακὰ here, and ye in the antistrophic verse.

5 H. adopts the interpretation of Sanrave, and refers to Hesych.
Δίπλακα᾽ διπλῆν, μεγάλην διπλοΐδα ; and he conceives that the descrip-
tion alludes to the large cloaks of the Persians, which were seen floating
about on the top of the water.

6 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has omitted Πέρσαις
after Onga:ayvy, and elicited θεοὶ ἔθεσαν from ἔθεσαν.

THE PERSIANS. 33

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. : Bohn’s Edit.
292.3. ————rriva δὲ καὶ πενθήσομεν
τῶν ἀρχελείων ;

Whom of the leaders of ὧν: flocks! shall we

bewail ? ie we page 75 lines
308. ——oide ναὸς ἐν μιᾶς πέσος.
These [were] one falling? from one ship. ες 40 90

522, [Although H. has retained in the text ἔπαρχος,
yet in the Notes he prefers ὕπαρχος, as being
the word usually applied to a Satrap.] ὀκκ.. 76 7

340, [H. thus arranges the speeches—
AT, dAN ode . .
τάλαντα . .
AIT. θεοὶ πόλιν .
AY. ἐγ ap . =
AGT: eS γὰρ παν τον» ae
ΑΤ, ὴ δὲ ; -
and Sige "Bde not ‘in this manner,’ but
‘in this state of affairs :᾿ referring to Taylor on
Demosthen. Mid., p. 627, to himself on Viger,
p. 933, and to Schaéfer on Dionys. de Compos,
Ῥ. 4141

366. [Although H. retains in the text ἦν προκείμενον;
yet in the Notes he prefers ὃν προκείμενον : for ;
nv, he says, would require εἰ At not εἰ

devEoiaro. | ao an wa 15
367. im ἐκθύμου ¢pevos.
From a mind without thought? ___.... ee Sy

385. [H. has retained πέτρας in the text ; but in the
Notes he prefers πέρας found in one very
modern MS., as he does in Eurip. Hel. 955,
forgetting that an echo is never heard, except
where there is a rock, or something similar,
to cause a reverberation of the sound, |

1H. reads ἀρχελείων with ali the MSS., and compares the word with
ἀγελεία, the epithet of Pallas, in her character of ‘ flock-leader,’ accord-
ing to some commentators, but improperly 80, says Hesych. in ᾿Αγελείην'
λείας ἄγουσαν, οἷον λάφυρα' ἔνιοι δὲ, ἄγουσαν τοὺς ἐπὶ πόλεμον
ὄχλους" βέλτιον δὲ τὸ πρότερον.

2 H. reads πέσος for πέσον. Butas πέσος is not ἃ Greek word, the
true reading still remains to be discovered.

3 So H. explains ὑπ᾽ ἐκθύμου---

D

34 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

411;2. αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν ἐμβολαῖς χαλκοστόμοις
παίοντ᾽ ἔθραυον πάντα κωπήρη στόλον.
And they smashed all the oar-fitted fleet, struck"
by the brazen beaks of their own [ships]. page 78 line 17

422,3.

ne εμι δ᾽ ὁμοῦ
καυχήμασιν.

And the doleful cries [of one party] with the
boastings [of the other].? . 78 28

485. [Although H. has retained in the text ἔνθα δὴ
πλεῖστοι θάνον, yet in the Notes he prefers
ἔνθα δὴ πλεῖστον aims, or something similar.] 80 16

517. ὦ Zed βασιλεῦ, viv yap Περσῶν
O king Zeus ! for now of the Persians* sitet 24

532,3. πολλαὶ δ᾽ ἀταλαῖς yepoi—
μαῖαι γονάδες--- ᾿

Many grandmothers with their feeble hands! 81 27

540, ——yéots ἀκορέστοις.
With insatiable moanings.® pi ini OL 91

575. γναπτόμενοι ποτὶ δίνᾳ
yi, μ “Ἢ

Lacerated by the whirlpool} ts ve G2 16

653. δάϊον οἷον ἄνακτα Δαρεῖον.
King Darius, alone terrible to his enemies.’ 84 9

1 So H. by taking παίοντα in an intransitive sense, which it never
has ; for in Prom. 887, the correct reading is πταίουσ΄---

2 H. alters κωκύμασιν into καυχήμασιν, and refers to the Homeric
οἰμωγή TE καὶ εὐχωλὴ πέλεν ἀνδρῶν ᾿Οολλύντων τε Kai ὀλλυμένων.

35. Ἢ, inserts γὰρ after νῦν, to complete the verse.

4 So H. elicits μαῖαι γονάδες from payva, furnished by MS. Vit.
and corrects ἀταλαῖς into ἀμαλαῖς in the Notes; for aradaic is
retained in the text,

5. H. reads ἀκορέστοις for ἀκορεστοτάτοις, that the verses, in which
Jupiter, the wives, and the mothers, and the Chorus itself, are spoken of,
may end with a paroemiac.

® Instead of δ᾽ ἁλὶ δεινᾷ, H. reads here δὲ δίνᾳ (to which he was
ied by finding δεινᾶ δ᾽ adi in one MS.,) and in the strophé πρωτόμοιροι,
furnished as avar. lect. by one MS. likewise.

7 So H. renders his own text, where he has altered Δαρεῖον into
δάϊον. But how δάϊον could mean not ‘ hostile,’ but ‘terrible to foes,’
he has not explained.

THE PERSIANS. 35

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

658. ——érei στρατὸν ed τόθ ὡδώκει.
Since he then led the ἜΝ ΔΝ ΡΈ ΟΥΝ on its
way.! τις = page 84line 5

668. δέσποτα δεσπότου.

Lord of ἃ lord—? and τοις ww. 84 6
670,1. νεολαία γὰρ ἤδη

κατὰ γᾶς ὅλωλεν.
For the young folks have ieee now perished
beneath the earth.’ pik woes O4 12

676-681. τί rade δυνάστα, γέλων
περὶ τὰ σὰ διδύμᾳ
dv ἄνοιαν ἁμαρτίᾳ
πάσα γᾷ τᾷδ᾽,
ἐξέφθινται τρίσκαλμοι
νᾶες, ἄναες νᾶες:
Why, O king, king, from a double error through

a want of thought relating to thy affairs, have

there perished for this whole land the ships

with three benches of oars, that are no ships?! 84 15

684, [Although H. has retained this verse in the
text, yet in the Notes he conceives that either
a verse has been lost, or that this one is to be
inserted after 694, where he proposes to read,
Ti δή, ri Πέρσαις, in lieu of Ti δ᾽ ἐστὶ Mepoas.] 85 9

1 H. in the text alters ἐπεδώκει into εὖ τόθ᾽ ὡδώκει. But in the
Notes he prefers εὖ ἐποδόχει, suggested by Tanaq. Faber. in Epistol. I.
67, p. 223, who refers to Pollux I. 98, κατ᾽ ᾿Αντιφῶντα ὁ ποδοχῶν ἢ
μᾶλλον κατ᾽ ἐμὲ ὁ ποδηγῶν; to which H. adds Bekker’s Anecdot.
Grec. I, p. 297, Ποδοκεῖν᾽ τὸ τῷ ποδὶ κυβερνᾷν. But in that case the
verse of the strophé, says H., must be altered.

2 So H. in the text; but in the Notes he prefers Dindorf’s δέσποτα
δεσποτῶν ---ῸΓ in this expression the second word must be in the genitive
plural, as shown by “Ava ἀνάκτων in Suppl. 519.

3 So H. with Blomf. from one MS. in lieu of κατὰ tac’ —

4 Such is the English of the Latin version given by Η. of his own text ;
where he has altered rade δυνάτα δυνάτα περὶ τᾷ σᾷ didupa διάγοιεν
ἁμάρτια πάσᾳ γᾷ σᾷ τᾷδε ἐξέφθινθ᾽ αἱ into τᾷδε δυνάστα, δυνάστα, περὶ
τὰ σὰ διδύμᾳ ι᾽ ἄνοιαν ἁμαρτίᾳ πάσᾳ γᾷ τᾷδ᾽ ἐξέφθινται, with the aid
of περὶ τὰ cain MS. Lips. διάνοιεν in Ald. ‘(from which Blomf. elicited
δι ἄνοιαν) and of δ᾽ ἁμαρτία in MSS. Par. and Ald. and by omitting
og with three MSS.

D2

36 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

703. προλέγων δύσλεκτα φίλοισιν.
ΒΥ proclaiming oak to friends sad to be
told.) : page 85 line 18

731, [Although H. retains τὰν τάδ᾽ ὡς Sovcov—in
the text, yet in the Notes he doubts whether
Aaschylus did not write Ὥστε Σουσίδων---Π 6
should have suggested rather IIpoordras Zov-
σῶν μάλ᾽ ἄστυ πᾶν, κένανδρον ὃν, στένει. i.e. ‘the
the whole city οἵ Susa, being devoid of men,
laments greatly for those, who stood i in defence
of it.” For μάλ᾽ ἄστυ πᾶν κένανδρον ὃ ὃν might
easily have been corrupted into nee ἄστυ πᾶν

kevavdpiay, | ἘΝ τῷ ὡς 90. 5 es
738. [Although H. has retained in the text, σεσῶσθαι

τήνδε, τοῦτ᾽ ἐτήτυμον ; yet in the Notes he

suspects the author wrote, σεσῶσθαι" τοῦτό

γ᾽ ἔστ᾽ ἐτήτυμον ;| spss ἜΝ vir 8G 90

752, ———————p:) πολὺς πλούτου πόνος
Lest my great labour in getting wealth* εν 8 18

761,2,. ———————olor οὐδέπω
τόδ᾽ ἄστυ Σούσων ἐξερήμωσεν πέσος.
Such a falling as never yet made a desert of this

city of Susa? —.... 43 a en (BY 28
767. [The verse rd! read here H. pace after
776.] 5 ΕΠ caters

772. θεὸς yap οὐκ ‘Shion ὡς ΕΝ ἔφυ.
For a god did not hate [him], as it was Pee
not to hate the prudent.* . 88 2

1 So H. by altering λέξας into προλέγων, for the sake of the sense and
metre.

2 So H. retains πόνος found in all the MSS. instead of πόρος in Ald,
adopted by Porson and Dindorf.

3-H. has altered ἐξεκένωσεν πέσον into é eee πέσος---Βαΐ πέσος
is not a Greek word, as stated on v. 308. ἢ. 2; and if it were, ἐξερή-
uwoey could not be admitted here without the augment ; which, if added,
would introduce a spondee into the fourth foot of a senarian.

4 So H. paraphrases the Greek. But the question is not whether it
was proper for a god to hate, but what kind of person was the person
alluded to. Hence it is evident that the poet wrote—ijyO@noev, ὅν σώφρων
ἔφυ, where ὃν is put by attraction for ἐκεῖνον, dc—not we εὔφρων ἔφυ.

THE PERSIANS. 37

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

775. [The word Μάρδος, which Rutgersius was the
first to alter into Μέρδις, is retained by H.;
who says that no reason can be assigned,
why the person, called by other writers Mep-
δις, should not have been called Mapdos by
Zschylus.] pha w.. page 86line 3

776. [After this verse H. has irises as Siebelis
suggested, what is commonly found after 767. 87 33

Φρένες yap αὐτοῦ θυμὸν οἰακοστρόφουν,

to shew more plainly the etymology remarked
by the Scholiast, 6 ᾿Αρταφρένης, ov ἐτυμολόγει
6 dprias ἔχων φρῶας: from whence too H. has
given ᾿Αρταφρένης.]

779. [After this verse H. conceives with Siebelis that
some others are wanting, in which the names
of the five other conspirators were intro-
duced ; and that one of the missing words is
ὑπόξυλος, found in a fragment of the Perin-
thia of Menander, quoted by the Scholiast
on Hermogenes, in Walz’s Rhetores Greeci,
tom. v., p. 486, and applied, as H. fancies, to

Smerdis, ¥ ee = . 88 6
783. ἐνεὸς ὧν ἐνεὰ “eed
Being dumb, has dumb thoughts,’ _.... εν 585 9

806, [H. has marked after this verse the loss of
another, in which he conceives the name ot
Xerxes was introduced. ]

815,16. Seer κακῶν
κρηπὶς ὕπεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐκμαιεύεται.
And not as yet is there of evils a foundation,
but it is still being sought after. Oe jects ae 10

891,2, πρὸς ταῦτ᾽ ἐκεῖνον σωφρονεῖν κεχρημένοι,
Wherefore do ye, desirous for him to be wise,? 89 24

1 H. has adopted Meineke’s ἐνεὸς ὧν ἐνεὰ φρονεῖ, in lieu of νέος ὧν
νέα φρονεῖ in MSS. But ἐνεὸς is ‘dumb,’ not * stupid,” as those
Scholars imagined. ZEschylus wrote,—viog ὃς ὧν ve ἀφρονεῖ, Οὐ
μνημονεύει τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς.

2 Such is the version of the text of H., who has altered ἐκπιδεύεται
into éxpaveverat.

3 So H. renders σωφρονεῖν κεχρημένοι, by taking κεχρημένοι in the
sense of χρῴζοντες, a meaning which that word does not bear elsewhere.

38 APPENDIX.

Line in « Reference to
Greek Text Bohu’s Edit.

838. —eteentrciernmecniiticial γὰρ
For in all respects! us. its page 89 line 29

849, [Although H. has retained ἀτιμίαν γε in the
text, yet in the Notes he would read ἀτιμίαν
τὴν παιδὸς, to meet Seed the objection
started by Paley.] ne sees eD 6

852. ὑπαντιάζειν παιδὶ πειρασώμεθα
Let us endeavour to meet [our] son—* wis 0 8

858,9. πρῶτα μὲν εὐδοκίμους στρατιὰς ἀπε-
φαινόμεθ᾽
First we exhibited our armaments in good re-
pute—* eed mo, “δὸς 5454 90 15

859. of δὲ νομίσματα πύργινα πάντ᾽ ἐπεύθυνον----
And those who made ee a all the tower-like
institutions—* 90 16

860. [H. has marked the loss of a Pn which he
says Schwencke has not badly pecans by

proposing etppovas—] .... sy 00 18
868. ἀρχόμεναι
And are under rule— a τὸς ἘΌΝ eee
881. [In lieu οἵ ἐκράτυνε, which H. once wished to
expunge entirely, he has now given ἐκράτει.) 99 29
884, θεότρεπτα tad’ ἀμφέρομεν----

We refer these to the gods, who have turned
them—® rs ree oan: 6

1 So H. renders πάντα, which he retains against Canter’s παντὶ,
adopted by Schiitz and some other editors.

2 So A. reads in lieu of ἐμῷ παιδὶ πειράσομαι in some MSS., or
παιδὶ ἐμῷ πειράσομαι in others, to avoid the elision in παιδὶ ἐμῷ.

3 H. adopts Wellaver’s εὐδοκίμους στρατιὰς, in lieu of εὐδοκίμουν
στρατιᾶς, which is without syntax.

4 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has altered ἠδὲ
νόμιμα Ta into ot δὲ νομίσματα---

5 H. adopts Bloomfield’s ἀρχόμεναι for εὐχόμεναι in some MSS., or
αὐχόμεναι in others.

6 So H. renders his own text, where θεότρεπτα is due to two MSS.
But how such a meaning can be elicited from these words, I cannot
understand.

THE PERSIANS. 39

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

893. [H. has marked the loss of some words here,
which he conceived might be supplied by
reading, tas ἀμφιρύτους ἣ ἣ περὶ νήσους νηριτο-
τρόφους ἀπόλωλεν, 1. 6. ‘ which have been lost
about the islands flowed around, the nourishers
of cockles,’ or ‘winkles’ : where νηριτοτρόφους
has been ‘preserved by Athenzeus, who in III.
p. 86. B., quotes that very word from this very
play of Aischylus. | πὰ ρος page 91line 14

922. δαϊπαθέα σέβων ἁλίτυπά τε βάρη
Honouring the weight [of woes] from sufferings
in the fight and blows from the sea.! ww. 99 2

927. μυχίαν πλάκα κερσάμενος
After laying waste the flat surface of bays? .... 92 7

929, ————————-rravr’ ἐκπεύθου.

Be thou enquired of all matters? __.... et Oe 9
938,9, ————————oruehod
θείνοντας ἐπ᾽ ἀκτᾶς
Striking against the hard beach— wwe 15

946. τάδε σ᾽ ἐπανερόμαν.
These matters have I asked of thee in ere
tion.® ἘΣ 5 ame peed! 20

954. [After this verse H. was the first to notice
the loss of another, as shown by the anti-
strophé. | ΜΕ ΩΣ er 92 27

960. ivyya μοι δῆτ᾽ ἀγαθῶν ἑτάρων ὑπορίνεις.
Thou dost excite in me a desire for brave
friends.® PN of: ay ΣΕ. 30

1 H. has altered λαοπαθῆ σεβίζων into δαϊπαθέα c§8wv—But he has
failed to shew that δαϊπαθὴς either is or could be a Greek word.

2 So H. by reading μυχίαν for νυχίαν.

3 H. takes ἐκπεύθου in a passive sense. But such is not the sense of
πεύθεσθαι elsewhere.

4 H. takes θείνοντας in the sense of rumropévouc. But θείνειν is
always active.

5 H. adopts Wellaver’s rade σ᾽ ἐπανερόμαν, in lieu of ἐπανέρομαι in
some MSS., and of ἐπαναιρόμην in MS. Par.

6 For the sake of the metre H. has ὑπορίνεις in the text; but in the
Notes he suggests ὑπεγείρεις, in lieu of ὑπομιμνήσκεις.

40 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

971,2. ἔταφον, ἔταφον᾽ οὐκ ἀμφὶ σκηναῖς
τροχηλάτοισιν ὄπιθεν ἑπόμενοι.
I am astonished: I am astonished: they are
not about the wheel-driven tents following
behind. ihe ae wa page 93 line 1
973. βεβᾶσι yap τοίπερ ἀκρῶται στρατοῦ
They are gone, who were the tip-top of the
army.? oti 5 a δ 9 Ὁ
976,7,8. ἰὼ ἰὼ δαίμονες δ᾽
ἔθεντ᾽ ἄελπτον κακόν
πάγκακον οἷον δέδρακεν ara,
Woe, woe! the deities have inflicted an unex-
pected ill. How great an ill has Até done !? 93 4

978. [Although H. has retained in the text δ αἰῶνος
τύχοι, yet as MS. Med. offers δαίμονος τύχαι,
as a var. lect., he conceived, as Dindorf did,
that in δαίμονος lies hid διαίμονες. He does
not however reject 6° αἰῶνος, but merely
changes dypera in the strophé to ἀκρῶται) 93 7

49

1001. καὶ πλέον, πλέον μὲν οὖν

And more, more indeed—* sae area! 3 30
1014. οἴμοι, μάλα τοι τόδ᾽ ἀλγῶ

Woe’s me! greatly am I in pain for this’ .... 94 5
1021,2. BE. papayva δ᾽ ἀμμεμίξεται:

ΧΟ. οἴμοι, στονόεσσα πλαγά.
XER. And the scourge will be mixed.
CHO. Alas! the moaning blow. _.... πον 9: ΤῚ

1 H. has adopted Wellauer’s interpretation, and rejects Valckenaer’s
ἔταφεν put for ἐτάφησαν.

2 So H. alters ἀκρόται, given as a var. lect.in MS. Med., into ἀκρῶται,
a word not elsewhere found in Attic Greek.

3 So H. alters δαίμονες ἔθετ᾽ ἄελπτον κακὸν διαπρέπον οἷον δέδορκεν
ἄτα into δαίμονες δ᾽ ἔθεντ᾽........ Taykakoy.,......d&pakev—where δέδρακεν
is due, as he should have said, to Bothe. But how διαπρέπον could be
the gl. for πάγκακον, we are not informed.

4 H. has changed καὶ πλέον ἢ παπαὶ, into καὶ πλέον, tAiov—He
should have suggested rather καὶ πλέον ἢ παπαὶ μόλε (for μὲν οὖν are
quite useless) and in the strophé, τόνδε δ᾽ ὀϊστοδέγμονα.

5 So H. reads in lieu of ot μάλα καὶ τόδ᾽ ἀλγῶ.

6 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has altered μέλαινα
into papayva, referring to Cho. 370, μαράγνης δοῦπος ἱκνεῖται. But

Line in

THE PERSIANS.

Greek Text.

1023. καὶ στέρν᾽ ἄρασσε καὶ βόα τὸ Μύσιον.

41

Reference to
Bohn’s Edit.

And strike thy breast and roar out the Mysian

[strain].

page 94 line 13

[1093 and foll. H., who once ΘΕ ΨῈΣ that all the
verses from here to the end ot the play
formed an Epode, has now arranged them into
four strophés and antistrophés, in the manner

mE.
XO.
=E.
XO.
GE,
ΧΟ.
ΞΕ.
ΧΟ.
ΞΕ.
xO.
mE,
XO.
EE,
ΧΟ.΄
GE,
XO,
SE,
ΧΟ.
ΞΕ.
ΧΟ.
ΞΕ),
ΧΟ.

following :—
βόα νυν ἀντίδουπά pou
οἰοῖ, οἰοῖ.
> \ > , ΄
αἰακτὸς ἐς δόμους κίε.
Meena cere
αἰαῖ, αἰαῖ,
ἰὼ, ἰὼ, Περσὶς αἶα δυσβαῦκτός.
ἰωὰ δὴ κατ᾽ ἄστυ---
ἰωὰ δῆτα᾽
ναί, ναί.
ἰὼ, ἰὼ, Περσὶς aia δυσβαῦκτός"
γοάσθω" δὴ, βοάτω----
γοάσθω δῆτα."
ναὶ, ναΐ,

*onmovrat γάρ"

*oi πάρος" ἁβροβάται
of

τρισκαλμοισιν

βάρισιν ὀλόμενοι.

* ~ > ὃ ’ ’ , -ππ
χωρῶν ἐς δόμους πρόπεμπέ pe*,
πέμψω τοί σε δυσθρόοις γόοις.

στρ. η΄. ΩΝ 27
to 37

ἀντιστρ. 7.

στρ.θ΄.

ἀντιστρ. θ΄.

OTp. t. {

ἀντιστρ. (.

γ΄

στρ.ια.

5 ’
avTloTp. ta.

But as H. has found it necessary to introduce
all the words between the asterisks, for which
he confesses he will not vouch, to enable him
to fill up the antithetical measures, it seems

unnecessary to dwell upon them.

See my

paper in the Classical Journal No. 22, p. 247.]

what he meant by ἀμμεμίξεται, 1 must leave for others to discover and

unfold.
1H.

adopts βόα, furnished by Eustathivs on Dionys. Perig. 791,

although Hesych. has distinctly ᾿Επιβόα τὸ Μύσιον.

42 APPENDIX.

THE AGAMEMNON.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
7. ἀστέρας, ὅταν φθίνωσιν, ἀντολάς τε τῶν
The stars when they set, and the risings of
others.!

10,11. ——————————ad γὰρ κρατεῖ
γυναικὸς ἀνδρόβουλον ἐλπίζον κεάρ.
For so commands the hoping heart οὗ a woman

with the mind of a man.” we page 95line 8
14, τί μήν---
What else 15 Ἐπ soa A OG 2
45-7. στόλον . -. :

ἦραν στρατιῶτιν ἀρωγάν.

Carried their fleet to the aid of the ἃττηγ ὁ... 97 8

1 Such is the English of Hermann’s own version of the words ᾿Αστέρας,
ὅταν φθίνωσιν, ἀντολάς τε τῶν : which Valckenaer was the first to reject
as spurious; for he doubtless knew, what the defenders of the line have
not known, that τῶν never is, and never could be, thus found at the end
of a sentence in dramatic Greek; and still less, that it could mean, as H.
fancied, ‘others ;’ and, if it could, that the union of φθίνωσιν and
ἀντολὰς plainly proves both are to bereferred to the same constellations,
as shewn by the expression in Catullus :—‘ Qui stellarum ortus comperit
atque obitus.’ The verse is omitted by Dindorf.

2 Such is the English of Hermann’s version of κρατεῖ, although he
confesses that κρατεῖν means elsewhere, ‘to have power,’ not ‘to exer-
cise it.’

3-H. alters ἐμὴν into ri μήν, and refers to Etymolog. Leid. MS.
quoted by Koen, on Gregor. Corinth. p. 236, τί μὴν ; τί yap; τί οὖν.
For τί μήν generally means, ‘ how not ?”

4 So H. understands στρατιῶτιν ἀρωγάν. But how ἦραν could be
united to ἀρωγὰν without the preposition εἰς, we are not informed.

THE AGAMEMNON. 43

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

57. [Although H. has altered nothing in the text,
yet in the Notes he conceives that a hemistich
has been lost after γόον ὀξυβόαν, to this
effect: ‘is aed nate in Greek, μέγα
θυμοῦται.] 2 % we page 97 line 15

69. [H. rejects with Paley, οὔτε δακρύων, and under-
stands by ἀπύρων ἱερῶν ‘sacrifices, which, as
being without fire, are of no effect ;’ an inter-
pretation it would be difficult to support ;
and he says with Bamberger, that there is an
allusion to the sacrifice of Iphigenia, which
the poet calls θυσίαν ἄδαιτον in v. 140. |; ον 98 5

101,2. Se yee φαίνουσ᾽

Ἐλπὶς...
Hope shewing itself mildly? wae moo 1
105. ἀνδρῶν ἐντελέων
Ot men in power? ae ae pov te 4

106, πειθὼ ον γε :
ἀλκᾷ σύμφυτος αἰών.
Persuasion, time-born with strength. ιν 99 5

110.

ξὺν δορὶ πράκτορι ποινᾶς
With the avenging spear of punishment * want 95 9

114, παμπρέπτοις ἐν ἕδραισιν
In their very conspicuous seats ὃ = 109 12

1 H. with Paley takes gaivovo’ in an intransitive sense; referring to
Eurip. El. 1233. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οἵδε δόμων ὑπὲρ ἀκροτάτων Φαίνουσι τίνες δαί-
μονες ἢ θεῶν. But there it is easy to read, Φαίνουσι γένος δαίμονος---
while here it would be equally easy to read with Pauw, φανθεῖσ᾽, were
it not that Jacobs had already restored the very word of Auschylus—
caivovs —

2 So H. with Auratus for ἐκτελέων ---

3 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who reads ἀλκᾷ for
aX\xav—But what those words can possibly mean, I cannot discover,
even if we take ἀλκᾷ, as H. does, in the sense of ‘ strength in war.’

4H. reads ποινᾶς for δίκας, and rejects καὶ χερὶ, which every one else
had adopted from Aristoph. Barp. 1289, where this passage is quoted
according to Aristophanes the Scholiast.

5 H. applies ἕδραισιν not to the ‘seats’ of the Atridz, but to those
of the birds, and refers rather appositely to the verses of Ennius :—
‘Cedunt de ceelo ter quattuor corpora sancta Avium prepetibus sese
pulchrisque locis dant.’

44, APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

118, [Although H. has retained in the text λήμασι

δισσοὺς, where he explains δισσοὺς by ‘ dif-

fering,’ a meaning which that word never

bears, yet in the Notes he seems to prefer

Lobeck’s conjecture λήμασι πιστοὺς, similar

ἴο λήματι πισχοὺς, in Pers. ὅ6.}] .... page 99 {1616
124,5. πάντα δὲ πύργων

κτήνη πρόσθετα

All the wealth of the towers pit των to-

gether! : if ἜΠΗ OD 20
135. ὀβρικάλοις ἔτι τερπνὰ,
Joyous over the pretty cubs? ras sv BOO 5

136. τούτων αἰτεῖ ξύμβολα κρῖναι.
She begs to decide upon the omens of these
things® Ἐπ sik ee 100 8

197. δεξιὰ μὲν, κατάμομφα δὲ φάσματι τῷ στρουθῶν.
Favourable indeed, but subject to blame by
the omen of the sparrows.! πὴ .... 100 9

141, νεικέων τέκτονα, σύμφυτον, οὐ δεισήνορα φωτός.
The framer of contests, ἀκοῦν not husband-
fearing of a man5 3 ἐς ia LOO es tia

158-160. οὐδ᾽ , ὅστις πάροιθεν ἢ ἦν μέγας,
οὐ λελέξεται πρὶν ὦν.
Nor shall he, who was formerly [great], be
pronounced to have not been before.* eer HN 4

1 H. adopts Pauw’s πρόσθετα, rendering κτήνη “ wealth,’ not ‘ cattle.’

2 Η. alters ὀβρικάλοισι τερπνὰ into ὀβρικάλοις ἔτι τερπνὰ, and takes
τερπνὰ in the sense of ‘ delighted,’ not ‘ delighting.’

3H. alters κρᾶναι into epivac—But what is gained by the alteration
it is difficult to discover.

1. Such is the literal version of the text of H.,who says that in the
word στρουθῶν, there is an allusion to the other omen, mentioned by
Homer about the bird’s nest, destroyed by a serpent; as if after the full
description of one augury there would be merely an allusion to another.

5 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has introduced from
conjecture φωτὸς, to fill up the lacuna, which he says was first pointed
out by Lachmann, who wished to read μῆτιν.

§ Such is the English of the Latin version given by H. of his own text;
where he has altered οὐδέν τι λέξαι, found in MS. Farn. (for MS. Med.
has οὐδὲν λέξαι) into οὐ λελέξεται. But he has neglected to shew that
λελέξεται is used for a future passive, as well as λέξεται.

-

THE AGAMEMNON. 45

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

177. [Although H. retains in the text παλιῤῥόθοις, yet
in the Notes he prefers Sagan a word
used by Oppian in Halieut. V. 220) page 101 line 18

196,7. μιαίνων παρθενοσφάγοισιν
πέλας πατρῴους χέρας ῥεέθροις.
Defiling a father’s hands with streams from the
murder of his daughter near.’ _.... iva LOZ 2

199,200. πῶς λιπόναυς γένωμαι
ξυμμαχίας ἁμαρτῶν ;
How shall I be deprived of i while arene
associates? .... . 102 -

202,9,4. παυσανέμου γὰρ θυσίας
παρθενίου @ αἵματος αὐ-
δᾷ περιόργως ἐπιθυμεῖν θέμις.
For he (the prophet) says that it is lawful to
desire very greedily a sacrifice, ea ὁ
and a virgin’s blood. __.... . 102 5

224, [To prevent the hiatus in χέουσα Zann, Η.
reads χέουσ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ἔβαλλ᾽, andrefers κρόκου βαφὰς,
not as Paley does, to the dress for the ΜῈ ᾿
but to that for the head. } YOQVES ΟἹ

228,9,30.

ἐπεὶ πολλάκις
πατρὸς κατ᾽ ἀνδρῶνας εὐτραπέζους
ἔμιχθεν.
Since often had they been mixed together in
the apartments, well furnished with sopeee
of her father.‘ 3, ie . 103 1

1 So H. reads in lieu of ῥεέθροις πατρῴους χέρας βωμοῦ πέλας, and
asserts that βωμοῦ came from some interpreter ; while, to equalize the
measure, he has given “Apyovce for’ Ἀργείων in the strophé.

2 So H. by taking λιπόναυς ina passive sense. But the compounds
of λείπω are not thus used elsewhere. Still less could ξυμμαχίας ἁμαρ-
τὼν, ‘ failing in alliance,’ be rendered ‘ missing my associates.’

3 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; who has adopted αὐδᾷ,
found in MS. Farn. with the Schol. λέγει ὁ μάντις, and in Med. likewise ;
where H. reads ὀργᾷ" τῷ τρόπῳ᾽ ye αὐδᾷ" ὁ μάντις δηλονότι, in lieu
of τῷ τρόπῳ γὰρ αὐδᾶ ὁ μάντις δηλονότι. But how ὁ μάντις could be
here understood, we are not informed.

* H. alters ἔμελψεν into ἔμιχθεν, to which he seems to have been led
by finding ἔμελθεν in MSS. G. and Ald. For, says he, in the time of the
Trojan war, young ladies did not amuse their father’s guests by singing
and playing after dinner was over.

46 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. eee Bohn’s Edit.

230. ἀταύρωτος
Not raging likea bull’... ρος pagel03line 2

235. [H. says the sense is, ‘To those, who sacrificed
the virgin, justice brings by experience
knowledge of the fature ; and he asserts
that ἐπιῤῥέπειν is to be taken actively, as in
Kum. 875. Οὔτ᾽ ἂν δικαίως τῇδ᾽ ἐπιῤῥέποις
πόλει Μῆνίν τιν᾽ ; and in Theognid. 157, Ζεὺς
γάρ τοι TO τάλαντον ἐπιῤῥέπει ἄλλοτε ἄλλως.
But in the former passage we must read
ἐπιῤῥίπτοις, and in the latter we may read
Ζηνὸς yap τὸ τάλαντον----ἰο which μὲν yap in
two MSS. seem to lead.] i cae 10 6

προκλύειν δ᾽ ηλυσιν προχαιρέτω,
But to hear beforehand a coming, let it before-
hand be bidden farewell. as LOS 7

239. τορὸν yap ἥξει σύνορθρον αὐγαῖς.
For it (the event) will come clearly-speaking
with the morning-dawn ot light. He 109 9

240, [Although H. has retained in the text εὔπραξις,
yet to meet Lobeck’s objection, who denies
that εὔπραξις is a correct Greek compound, he

1 So H. understands ἀταύρωτος, referring to Eurip. Med. 91, εἶδον
ὄμμα νιν ταυρουμένην, and 190, τοκάδος δέργμα λεαίνης ἀποταυροῦται.
But though Medea had ample reason for being as savage as a lioness,
and of bellowing like a bull, yet to the maiden Iphigenia no such descrip-
tion could be applied, but much rather the sense, indelicate though it
be, commonly assigned to aravowroc.

2 Such is the literal version of the text of H., where ἐπεὶ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν
ἤλυσις is rejected as an explanation. But as those words would explain
nothing, H. says more correctly, that there would be nothing to find fault
with in Td προκλύειν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἤλυσις, προχαιρέτω. But in
that case, there would be something wanting in the strophé; which it
would require no great talent to supply.

3 H. adopts Wellauer’s σύνορθρον αὐγαῖς, where αὐγαῖς is due to H.
himself, in the place of συνορθὸν αὐταῖς in three MSS., and σύνορθρον
auraic in two. Bvt as there is nothing to answer to the word ‘ event,’
we must still wait for something better than what has been hitherto dis-
covered. For though Dindorf is content with σύνορθρον αὐγαῖς, yet
even he has not shown why an event should be said to appear at the dawn
of morning, rather than in the middle of the day, or in the evening.

THE AGAMEMNON. 47

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

says that one might read εὖ πρᾶξις, so that εὖ
might be referred to πελοιτο. But εὔπραξις,
he adds, is defended in Steph. Thes. Grec.
ed. Paris, in Εὐθεράπευτος.] is page 103line 9

240,1,2. τόδ᾽ ἄγχιστον ᾿Απίας ὡς θέλει
γαίας μονόφρουρον ἕρκος.
As desires this sole-guarding deience ee at
hand of the Apian land. .. 103 10

246, [Although H. has adopted in ies text εἴ τι
κεδνὸν, from the conjecture vot Auratus, yet
in the Notes he says that εἴτε, found 1 in the

MSS., may be defended. ] ~ ὙΠ 103 15
261. ————_——arrrepos φάτις
An unfledged rumour? ... * a. saan OE 3
974, ————-Makiorov σκοπῷ

ΤῸ the sentinel on Macistus? ah .. 104 16

276. ———-rapixev ἀγγέλου μέρος.
Sent on [105] share ot the messenger.‘ ὦν, 104 17

289. [Although H. has adopted Heath’s χατίζεσθαι,

in lieu of χαρίζεσθαι, yet he has tailed to

shew that χατίζεσθαι is ever iound in the

passive voice.*] oe ee = Loe 29
291,2. ————————-xaii Σαρωνικοῦ

πορθμοῦ κάτοπτον TpaV

The promontory conspicuous over the Saronic
gulph.* δι τῷ ἂν λυ Mae

1 H. refers τόδ᾽ ἄγχιστον ἕρκος to Clytemnestra, as Schiitz had done
long ago.

2 H. understands by ἄπτερος, ‘ immature—’

3 H. reads σκοπῷ for σκοπὰς in MSS., and σκοπαῖς in Turneb. For
the following ὁ refers to a person, not to a mountain.

4 So H. with Paley interprets παρῆκεν. But as παριέναι never has
that meaning, it is evident that /Eschylus wrote something else, which it
would not be difficult to discover.

5 In χαριζεσθαι lies hid χρονίζεσθαι, what J. F. Martin has inge-
niously detected, as I learn from Paley’s note in his recently published
edition of this play ; ; who might however have completed the restoration
by reading, "Qrovy’ ἁθροισμὸν μὴ χρονίζεσθαι πυρός, ‘urged the gather-
ing of the fire to be not delayed,’ in lieu of “Qrovve θεσμὸν ---

6 Such is the version of H. Paley more closely, ‘the promontorv that
looks down upon the Saronic frith.’

48 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
293. ἔστ᾽ ἔσκηψεν, εὖτ᾽ ἀφίκετ. .---

Until it rushed down like a thunderbolt, when
it arrived! ἘΣ τς ἮΝ page 104 line 33

313. παῖδες τεκόντων
And children πρίσιν the arene who ae
them? . 105 16

321. [Although Η. Hee in the dist ὡς hagdies like
vagrants ;’ yet in the Notes he prefers « ὡς δ᾽
ἀδείμονες, ‘like persons without fear,’ con-
fessing, however, that he has never met with
that word elsewhere ; and thus, too, after
remarking that Schiitz had correctly under-
stood ὡς δυσδαίμονες in the sense of ‘ unfor-
tunate beings, who have nothing worth
guarding ’—he has given up his previous ὡς

δὲ δαίμονες, adopted by Dindorf. | ae 105 25
326,7. ἔρως δὲ μή τις πρότερον ἐμπίπτῃ στρατῷ
ποθεῖν
And let no desire fail ae) upon the army
to desire’ ΡΣ sess sie LOD 29
333. τοιαῦτα. ὃ nea
Such thou dost hear.! an = we LOG 2
336. ———————eippovas λέγεις.
Thou speakest with good thoughts. er Ἐ0 Ὁ 6
349. τείνοντα πάλαι τόξον---
By bending of old his bbow—§ ee ae Oe
354. ἔπραξαν, ὡς ἔκρανεν.
They have done, as he has accomplished.’ .... 106 19

1 So H. in lieu of εἶτ᾽ ἔσκηψεν, εἶτ᾽ ἀφίκετο. But as the flame had
been rushing like a thunderbolt all along, it would hardly be described as
doing so now for the first time.

3 Ἡ. alters γερόντων into τεκόντων, and refers to a fragment of
Sophocles, in Etymol. M. p. 803, 5, ΠΙροσῆλθε μητρὶ καὶ φυταλμίῳ
πατρί.

τ i. retains ποθεῖν, adopted by Victorius from MS. Flor. in lieu of
πορθεῖν in two other MSS.

4 H. adopts Dobree’s κλύεις, found subsequently in a MS., for κλύοις.

5 H. retains εὐφρόνως in lieu of ἐμφόνως, suggested by Stanley, whom
Dindorf has followed.

6 H. retains τείνοντα, in lieu of τείναντα, suggested by Auratus, and
adopted by Dindorf. ‘

7 Ἡ. reads ἔπραξαν for ἔπραξεν----

THE AGAMEMNON, 49

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. : Bolin’s Edit.
358-363.] πέφανται δ᾽ ἐκγόνοις
ἀτολμήτως Ἀρη,

πνεόντων μείζον ἢ δικαίως,
φλεόντων δωμάτων ὑπέρφευ,
ὅπερ τὸ βέλτιστον ἔστω δ᾽ ἀπήμ-
αντον.
It has appeared to the descendants of those
breathing intolerably a greater spirit of Mars,
than is just, while honors are puffed up very
much [with wealth]; which thing is indeed
the best ; but let it be from crime. page 106 line 22

362,4.

ὥστε κἀπαρκεῖν,
? , ΄
εὖ πραπίδων λαχόντα.

So that a person having obtained by lot good
sug LOZ

sense may be sufficient.” 0 3
369,70. βιᾶται δ᾽ a τάλαινα πειθὼ,
προβουλόπαις ἄφερτος ἄτας.
Bold persuasion, the forecounselling and in-
tolerable child of crime, forces [a person
on].? "ΜῈ wn aes ape LOE 6

1 So H. renders his present text, which differs from what he had
suggested at the end of Humboldt’s German version. The Greek is
πέφανται δ᾽ ἐκγόνοις ἀτολμήτως---ὅπερ, in other respects like the
common text. But as he refers πέφανται to the vengeance of Jupiter,
of which nothing had been said in the previous paragraph; and as he
translates ἀτολμήτως, ‘intolerably,’ a meaning which that word never
bears, and as he renders φλεόντων δωμάτων, ‘affiuente opibus domo,’
where there is nothing in the Greek to answer to ‘opibus,’ to which
ὅπερ in the next sentence is to be referred; and lastly, as he translates
ἀπήμαντον, ‘sine crimine,’ not as it means elsewhere, ‘ sine noxa,’ it
cannot be said that he has thrown any new light on this obscure passage ;
especially as he has not shewn why there should be any allusion to the
children of persons of haughty bearing and puffed up with wealth,
instead of those, who denied that the gods take any care of the impious
acts of mortals.

2 Such, I presume, is the intended version of the words of the text,
although H. has separated Wore κἀπαρκεῖν by a comma from λαχόντα.

3 So H. renders a passage, which he says has been misunderstood by
many. But many will perhaps say, that they cannot even now under-
stand it a bit better than they did before.

E

50 _ APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

372,3. ————————ovk ἐκρύφθη,
πρέπει δὲ φῶς αἰνολαμπὲς, σίνος
Mischief is not concealed, but is conspicuous,

a sadly-shining light.’ ..., we page 107 line 8
375. μελαμπαγὴς πέλε: :
δικαιωθεις" :
Is black, when tested for its value.? begs 6 9

394,5. πάρεστι σιγὰς ἀτίμους ἀλοιδόρους
αἴσχιστ᾽ ἀφειμένων ἰδεῖν.
One may see silence without honour, without
abuse from those, who have been deserted
most basely? .... ae v8 see LOF 23

398,9. εὐμόρφων. δὲ κολοσσῶν
ἔχθεται χάρις ἀνδρί
The beauty of well-formed columns is hated oF
the husband.* τὸς Υ . 108 3

404-6, μάταν yap, εὖτ᾽ ἂν ἐσθλά τις δοκῶν spi,
παραλλαγαῖσι διὰ χερῶν
᾿ βέβακεν ὄψις οὐ μεθύστερον----
For when a person fancies he sees pleasant
things, vainly does the image depart by
slipping ne his hands, not afterwards
to return. ἜΣ pose eon OS 5

1 So H. translates literally the text. But he does not state, what he
might have done, that as by ‘ mischief’ is meant the acts of Paris; and as
Paris stole Helen away, the poet probably wrote, φῶρ, αἰνολαμπὲς σίνος.

* So H. renders literaily the text ; where it is strange he did not adopt
Blomfield’s certain correction, χρυσοῦ for χαλκοῦ.

3 So H. translates the present text, different from what he had sug-
gested in his book on Metres, p. 432, and in his Notes to Humboldt’s
German translation; and he says that Orelli on Isocrat. p.370, and
Tafel in Programm. Tubing, 1828, have vainly elicited new readings from
auyag ἄτιμος ἀλοίδορος ἅδιστος ἀφεμένων.

4 By κολοσσῶν, H. understands the pillars of the house, and even the
statues, but not of Helen. But why Menelaus should loathe any statues,
except those that brought to his recollection his wife, who had eloped
with Paris, H. has not explained.

® Such is the version given by H., who says that μάταν is to be united
to βέβακεν ; not aware that by such an union the very opposite idea to
what he intended, would be conveyed; unless μάταν be taken in the
sense of μάταιον, which it never is, nor could be.

THE AGAMEMNON. 51

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit,

407. πτεροῦσσ' ὀπαδοῦσ᾽ ὕπνου κελεύθοις."
With wings eine on the paths of
sleep.! ts wu page 108 line 8

408,9. τὰ μὲν, kar’ οἴκους ἐφ᾽ ἐστίας ἘΣ
τὰ δ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ τῶνδ᾽ ὑπερβατώτερα.
Some pains are in the house by the hearth ;
some too go even beyond these.” on BOS 9

411, [Although H. prefers τλησικάρδιος, yet he con-
fesses that τηξικάρδιος (suggested by Auratus,
and confirmed by the gl. in MS. Farn. τὴν
καρδίαν τήκουσα) would be -better suited to
the sense. But as ταλαίφρων, he adds, fre-
quently means ‘wretched,’ so mevOea, ‘a
sorrowing, might be called τλησικαρδιος,
which is a synonyme for ταλαίφρων.] «es, LOS 12

437. [Of two interpretations, suggested by H., the
following is preferred. ‘The angry talk of
the people pays the debt of a curse iar
to an end by the people.’ ] Ἔ .. 109 7

448, [Η. on retaining ὄσσοις remarks, that the poet
has added that word to shew that he is
speaking of persons deprived of eyesight
and of life. But how ὄσσοις can be go-
verned by βάλλεται he has not shown;
and still less what the loss of eyesight
has to do in the case of persons, who are
exposed to ici from ΠΕ ΠΕ ns of too
highly. | i . 109 15

456,7. ——— <i δ᾽ ἐ ἐτήτυμος
τίς οἶδεν, εἴ τι θεῖον ἐστι μὴ ψύθος.
But whether true, who knows? unless it be
some falsehood from a god,3 pi Asko 20

1 In lieu of πτεροῖς ὀπαδοῖς, which H. confesses may be explained, he
has given zepovco ὀπαδοῦσ᾽. But nothing seems to be gained by the
change.

2 H. adopts Halm’s punctuation: Ta piv... ayn’ Ta δ᾽ éori—

3H. adopts ἐτήτυμος from Auratus, and reads from his own con-
jecture, et τὰ for ἤ τοι.

E2

§2 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
464,5. πιθανὸς ἄγαν ὁ θῆλυς ὅρος ἐπινέμεται
ταχύπορος,
The iemale decree very credulous ranges with
a quick movement.’ ..., ew. 2606 109 line 24
466. γυναικογήρυτον.......... κλέος
A renown bruited by women? wi wie OS ἀντ Ὁ

467. [H. continues these senarians to the Chorus,
as Scaliger was the first to point out. But
such a long speech is never put into the
mouth of the Choregus. Moreover a line
has been evidently lost here, which it
would be easy to supply, spoken by Clytem-
nestra. |

470,1. ------------ εἴτ᾽ ὀνειράτων δίκην
τερπνὸν τόδ᾽ ἐλθὸν φῶ----
Or this light coming after the manner of
dreams to delight—* __.... sis we 1D 3

474, ὡς οὔτ᾽ ἄναυδος οὔτε του δαίων φλόγα----
That neither without a voice, nor lighting a
flame by anything ἘΣ at see LD 7

489. ------παρὰ Σκάμανδρον 700 —
By Scamander didst thou come’ .... ἐν LID 23

490, viv δ᾽ αὖτε σωτὴρ ἴσθι καὶ παιώνιος
But now in turn know aS a saviour and a
healer.® ἘΝ ae τοὺς ἘΠ 10. Ὁ 128

1 So H. renders ὅρος, which he refers to the decree, issued by Clytem-
nestra, to make sacrifices in the city for the fall of Troy. But as ὅρος
never has such a meaning elsewhere, the true interpretation of the pas-
sage, if sound, and its correction, if not, is still to be discovered.

* H. adopts, as Klausen had done, γυναικογήρυτον, furnished by two
MSS. in lieu of γυναικοκήρυκτον.

3 So H. renders τερπνὸν---

5 H. reads οὔτε του for οὔτε soi—

4 In lieu of ἦλθες H. reads ῃσθ᾽, not ἦσθ᾽, as found in Marg. Ask.,
and refers to Elmsley in the Classical Journal No. 17, p. 51.

6 H. adopts kai παιώνιος, as suggested first by Ashbridge, a friend of
Dobree, not by Dobree himself, to whom H. attributes the correction ;
which he remarks, is almost confirmed by καὶ παγώνιος in MS. Flor.
But as ἴσθε would require wy, it is evident that we must read wy τε in
lieu of αὖτε----

THE AGAMEMNON, 53

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

503. [Although H. has retained in the text τοῦ
δικηφόρου, yet in the Notes he prefers τῇ
δικηφόρῳ.] "ἮΝ ἊΝ page lllline 2

505. [Here, too, H. retains a verse in the text, which
Salzmann proposed to omit, as an interpo-
lation from Pers. 813; and so would Herm.
have done, had he not been unwilling to
desert the authority of MSS.; as if in the
case of corrections the authority of MSS. is
not always deserted.]_.... ee, oe Ya 3

514, [As Porson had obelized αὐτόχθονον, for he
knew, what some others do not, that the
compounds of χθὼν retain the terminations
of the simple noun in the oblique cases, H.
refers to Lobeck in Paralipom. p.202; where
nothing however is to be found to gainsay Ξ
the notion of the English scholar ; who pro-
bably meant to read, as I corrected in the
Church of England Quarterly Review, Vol.7,
p. 97:

Αὑτὸν, χθόν᾽, dua πατρῶον ebipicev δόμον,

Himself and land and father’s house de-

stroyed ;

for three persons or things are thus con-
stantly united, as I proved there abun-
dantly ; and to the passages already quoted,
I should have added , Plato, Legg. iv.
Ρ. 716. Β. ἑαυτόν τε καὶ οἶκον καὶ πόλιν ἄρδην
ἀνάστατον ἐποίησε. Ovid, ‘Te patriamque
domumque Perdat ;’ who doubtless remem-
bered Ilarpi tre σῷ μέγα πῆμα πόληϊ τε παντί
τε δήμῳ, applied to Paris in IA.T. 50, and
similar expressions in Ιλ, Ζ. 216. “Agvy. Te
kal Τρώων ἀλόχους καὶ νήπια τέκνα : and 289,
Τρωσί τε καὶ Πριάμῳ μεγαλήτορι τοῖό τεπαισίν ;
448, ὅτ᾽ ἄν mor ὀλώλῃ Ἴλιος ἃ ἱρή Καὶ Δάν
wee ἐϊμμελίω Πριάμοιο.] Si oj REL 11

515, [As the word ἁμάρτιον is not elsewhere found
in correct Greek, H. has edited θάμαρτία,
which, he says, is the contracted dual for
τὼ ἁμαρτία, to be referred to eri and
κλοπήν. ἘΝ ne εἰς ἘΠ 19

54 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

517. [To avoid the lengthening of the penultima in
τεθνᾶναι, which never takes place in correct
Greek, Ἦ. would read : we page 111 line 15

Xaipw τε τεθνάναι δ᾽ οὐκ ἔτ᾽ ἀντερῶ θεοῖς,
or, what he deemed preferable :
Xaipw’ θεοῖσι τεθνάναι δ᾽ οὐκ ἀντερῶ

523. πόθεν τὸ δύσφρον τοῦτ᾽ ἐπῆν στίγος φρενῶν ;
From whence has arisen this ill-feeling of hate

in [your] mind ?! i Stes ἘΠ BE 25
534. omapvas παρήξεις
Rare arrivals— τῶ ἘΠῚ τοῖς, LAG 8
534,5, --- --- τί 8’ οὐ

στένοντες, οὐ κλαίοντες, ἤματος μέρος ;
In what part of the day were we not groaning

, [and] weeping 1" ia ne ἜΣ 112 9
538, ———————_——_jy7s. λειμωνίας

Of the meadowy land‘ ὁ... oa ΡΣ 13
539,40. ——————————er reo σίνος

ἐσθημάτων τιθέντες ἔνθηρον τρίχα.
Causing the hair [of men] with wild animals in
it [to be] a firm destruction of garments.® 112 14

546,7. παροίχεται δὲ τοῖσι μὲν τεθνηκόσιν
τὸ μήποτ᾽ αὖθις μηδ᾽ ἀναστῆναι μέλειν.

And it has passed by for the dead [to complain]

1 H. after Emper has converted στρατῷ into φρενῶν ---ἃ conversion too
violent to be admitted for a moment.

2 So H. understands with Schiitz παρήξεις. But there is not, and there
could not be, such a word as πάρηξις. For all words ending in —éce, are
derived from the 2d pers. sing. of the perf. pass. Now as ἥκω has no
perf. pass., there could ! e no such derivative as ἥξις. H. refers indeed to
ἧξις, furnished by Antiaiticist. Bekker. p. 99,14, in Eurip. Tro. 396.
But the grammarian had evidently a faulty MS. or else he supposed that
ἡ ἴξις could be contracted in ἧξις.

3 H. adopts Stanley’s οὐ κλαίοντες in lieu of οὐ AayovTec—

4 H. adopts with Blomf. Schiitz’s λειμωνίας.

5 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who unites τιθέντες
with δρόσο!, because the poet, he says, was thinking of ὄμβροι. But
though ὄμβροι (showers) fall from the sky, they do not, like dew, rise
from the earth. He applies likewise τρίχα to the hair of the troops,
referring to Soph. Aj. 1207, where the Chorus speak of their lying with
their hair wet with dew near the tent of their leader.

THE AGAMEMNON, 55

Line in Reference to

Greek Text. ἴον Bohn’s Edit.
and, even if it were conceded, to wish to rise

again.! dice ὍΝ page 112line19

555,6,7. Τροίαν ἑλόντες δήποτ᾽ eps στόλος
θεοῖς λάφυρα ταῦτα τοῖς καθ᾽ Ἑλλάδα
δόμοις ἐπασσάλευσαν a ἀρχαῖον γάνος.
The expedition of the Argives has, after taking
at one time Troy, nailed up these spoils to the
gods, who are in Greece, in their temples a
long-lasting honour, _..., bets ae A BG

558,9. τοιαῦτα χρὴ κλύοντας εὐλογεῖν πόλιν
καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς----
Such things it behoves a city on hearing to
glorify both the leaders.’ i em ib. 29

563,4, δόμοις δὲ ταῦτα καὶ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ see
εἰκὸς μάλιστα, σὺν δὲ πλουτίζειν ἐμέ.
Of these things it is most reasonable for houses
and Clytemnestra to have a care, and to
enrich me with them.‘ re wth LY 34

1 So H. would fill out the sense of the passage, which, from its bre-
vity, he says, is rather obscure. But had Aischylus meant so to express
himself, he would probably have written something to this effect:

Παροίχεται δὲ τοῖσι μὲν τεθνηκόσιν
Τὸ μήποτ᾽, εἰ θεοὶ δοῖεν, ἀνστῆναι θέλειν.
in English,
From the dead has pass’d by e’en the wish to rise
Again, should so gods grant.

instead of Τὸ μήποτ᾽ αὖθις μηδ᾽ ἀναστῆναι μέλειν.

2 Such is the literal and scarcely intelligible version of the text of H.,
who takes both here and on Soph. (Ed. C. 1632, ἀρχαῖον in the sense
‘long-lasting,’ a meaning that word never bears, nor could bear.

3 So H. unites κλύοντας with πόλιν, by a violation of syntax, in
which, he says, the poet was permitted to‘indulge, when he put words
into the mouth of a person in humble life; and hence too he asserts
that, instead of τὸν Δία, the periphrasis kai χάρις τιμήσεται Διὸς τάδ᾽
ἐκπράξασα has been made use of.

* These utterly unintelligible words H. thus attempts to explain. ‘It
becomes Clytemnestra to examine most accurately each of these matters,
and at the same time to enrich me with them,’ i. e. ‘ to suffer me to be a
partaker in the narration.’ But as the Chorus had heard already the
speech of the Herald, there could be no reason for their bidding Cly-
temnestra to examine into the matters brought before her ; and still less,
to communicate the result of her researches; for they were quite as
competent as she was, to draw a correct conclusion from the narrative.

56 APPENDIX.

Line i aa Reference to
Greek Tex Bohn’s Edit.

571. [Although H. has altered nothing in the text,
yet in the Notes he still adheres to the
opinion promulgated many years ago, and to
be found in Opuscul. II. p. 84, that after
ἐφαινόμην has dropt out a verse, preserved
by the author of Χριστὸς Πάσχων, v. 75,

Πεισθεῖσα τῷ φέροντι θέσκελον φάτιν.
For though it is true, as remarked by Blom-
field, that θέσκελος is not to be found at
present in dramatic Greek, yet, says H., as
it is in the Homeric poems, it might have
been adopted by Aschylus, a lover of anti-
quated words, and taken in its sense of
something ‘ wonderful,’ or ‘incredible.’ page 113 line 10

575, [H. remarks that the author of Χριστ. Πασχ.
seems in lieu of κοιμῶντες to have found
φέροντες ; for his verse is,

Θυηφάγον φέρουσά τ᾽ εὐωδῆ φλόγα,
but that, unless something has been lost, he
should prefer κοιῶντες, referring to Hesych.
in Κοιᾶται, Κοιώσατο, derived from Κοίης,
explained by ἱερεὺς Καβείρων, ὁ καθαίρων
φόνον" οἱ δὲ κόης : of which another form is
Κοιόλης, But as he has failed to produce
a single passage, where κοιᾶν is found in
the active, the alteration may be dismissed
as untenable, and κινοῦντες substituted in
the place of κοιμῶντες ; which it is strange
that neither he, nor Casaubon, who had sug-
gested καίοντες, should have stumbled upon.| 213 15

578,9. ὅπως ΤΉ cee: heats
σπεύσω. ; aera

But [let me see] that I may hasten to receive! 113 17

579-582. ————_———————— γὰρ
γυναικὶ τουτου φέγγος ἥδιον δρακεῖν,
ἀπὸ στρατείας ae σώσαντος θεοῦ,
πύλας ἀνοῖξαι
For what daylight is more e agreeable for a wife
to behold than this, when after a deity has

1H. unites ὕπως σπεύσω δέξασθαι, referring for the ellipse before
ὅπως to Porson on Hec. 398. But the doctrine there promulgated has
been long since disproved by competent critics.

THE AGAMEMNON, 57

Line in Reference to

Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
preserved her husband from an expedition,

to open the gate—" Be wes page 113 line 19

584, [On the words ἐνδόμοις εὕροι, where Schiitz
suggested ἔνδον εὑρήσει, H. says that Matthize
in Miscell. Philolog. II. p. 54, has correctly
remarked that the optative is required by
the ‘oratio obliqua. By why the ‘oratio
obliqua’ should require words periectly
unintelligible, we are not informed. | sigs 412% 2

589,90. οὐκ οἶδα τέρψιν οὐδ᾽ ἐπίψογον φάτιν
ἄλλου πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μᾶλλον ἢ χαλκοῦ βαφάς.
I have not known a pleasure nor the voice of
blame from another man more than the
staining of copper.? axe ils 27

591,2. [This distich, commonly attributed to the
Herald, is assigned by H. to Clytemnestra.] 114 1

593,4. αὕτη μὲν οὕτως εἶπε μανθάνοντι σοὶ
τοροῖσιν ἑρμηνεῦσιν εὐπρεπῶς λόγον.
She has spoken thus a speech in a specious
manner to you learning from clear inter-
preters.* isa τες shes bog GLEE 5

596,7. εἰ νόστιμός Pe ues ἀν
ἥξει σὺν ὑμῖν----
Whether will he come both oe with
you® τὸς .. 114 6

1 Such is the literal version of the text of H., which I confess I cannot
understand.
2 H. applies χαλκοῦ βαφᾶς to the staining of steel by blood. But even
if all mention of blood could be omitted here, still H. should have shewn
how this comparison is suited to the case of Clytemnestra, and what in
fact she meant to say.
3 So H. by taking εἰ in the sense of ‘ whether,’ and reading re for ye,
as Paley (whose name however is not mentioned) had already edited.
4 So H., who says that the Chorus are speaking ironically. But on a
person, who knew nothing of the real facts, the irony would be lost.
What the sense evidently requires is something to this effect :—
Well has she told a tale to thee—thus much
Learn thou—but strangely before those, who could
Act truly as interpreters

In Greek,—
Αὕτη μὲν εὖ σοί γ᾽ εἶπε---μάνθαν᾽ οὖν τόσον---
Τοροῖσι δ᾽ ἑρμηνεῦσιν ἐκτρόπως λόγον---

58 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

598,9. οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως λέξαιμι τὰ Ψευδῆ καλὰ
ἐς τὸν πολὺν φίλοισι καρποῦσθαι χρόνον.
It is not tor me to tell talsehoods as good things,
in order that friends ie be gratified for a

long time.! ὯΔ se we page 1l4line 8
615, ————-yopis ἡ τιμὴ θεῶν
The reward is apart from the gods.? naz ALD 2

618. πόλει μὲν ἕλκος ἐν τὸ δήμιον τυχεῖν----
᾿ς There is one sore to the state, ne that the
masses meet with 109 ἘΠΕ ΤῸ Os δ νει, |

622. [Although H. retains in the text Schiitz’s σε-
σαγμένον for σεσαγμένων, yet in the Notes
he doubts whether σεσαγμένῳ ought not to
be preferred. |

625.

᾿Αχαιοῖς οὐκ ἀμήνιτον θεῶν----
Not without anger from the gods towards the
Achezeans.! ae - seo 12

631. [Although H. has altered ene in the text,
yet in the Notes he would unite Ἔν νυκτὶ
with the sentence preceding. |

635. —————molpeévos κακοστρόβου.

The shepherd being with an evil whirlwind’ 115 19

1 So H. renders this passage. But in the first place οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὕπως
λέξαιμι would not be correct Greek without ἂν, as I have shewn on
Prom. 299; nor secondly, could τὸν πολὺν χρόνο» mean ‘a long
time ;’ for then the article would be omitted; nor lastly, could καρποῦσθαι
be found here without wore to govern it.

2 So H. renders χωρὶς ἡ τιμὴ θεῶν, which means, he says, that
‘ premium accipit malorum in re leta nuncius tale, cui non favent di1;’
words which I have left in their original Latin, because I do not know
what sense they were intended to convey.

3 So H. renders this passage, but without shewing how it bears upon
what either precedes or follows.

So H. reads, as first suggested by Blomf., and subsequently by Dobree,
and afterwards by Paley, in lieu of ᾿Αχαιῶν.... ... θεοῖς---

ὅδ H. in lieu of ποιμένος κακοῦ στρόβω, referring ποιμένος to the
storm. But since amongst the ancients the shepherds led their flocks,
instead of following them, as they do at present, a storm, that drives
vessels before it, and does not go before them, could not be called a
shepherd.

THE AGAMENNON, 59

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

640. ————————_-,"Enpnoar
Or took us away— ae! Saad page 115 line 23

642. [Although H. has retained ναῦν θέλουσ᾽ in the
text, yet in the Notes he prefers ναυστολοῦσ᾽,
the conjecture of Casaubon. | a ἘΠ ΤῈ. oe

643. ὡς μήτ᾽ ἐν ὅρμῳ κύματος ζάλην ἔχειν,
μήτ᾽ ἐξοκεῖλαι πρὸς κραταίλεων χθόνα.
So that the ship may neither in port meet
with the swell of the wave (so as to prevent
a landing and to cause it to be carried back
to sea), nor be struck against the hard and
stony ground,” one ᾿ς me LO BE

651. ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐκείνους ταῦτ᾽ ἔχειν δοξάζομεν.

We think they have this fate. acl τ: 11 91

655. χλωρόν τε καὶ βλέποντα
In vigour and alive* sen “oie ΓΘ 3

659, [Although H. retains ὠνόμαζεν in the text,
which he renders ‘ he began to name,’ yet in
the Notes he prefers ὠνόμαξεν----Ἰ sat 116 8

667. [H. retains ἁβροτίμων in the text, although he
confesses in the Notes that ἁβροπήνων, the
conjecture of Salmasius, is very appro-

priate. | po 16 de

1H. reads ἐξῃρήσατο instead of ἐξῃτήσατο, and refers to Aristoph.
Thesm. 760: Tic τὴν ἀγαπητὴν παῖδα cov Eyonoaro. But as ἐξῃρή-
caro is not a Greek word, as shewn by Lobeck on Phrynichus, p. 718,
we must reject equally the alterations suggested here by Herm. and by
Lobeck and Fritzsche in Aristophanes, who evidently wrote ᾿ξηγρεύ-
cato—i.e. ‘has made a capture of ’—

2 So H. interprets the text. But as there is nothing in the Greek to
answer to the words between the lunes, we must adopt Bothe’s Ὥς μήτ᾽
ἄνορμον---ἰῃ lieu of ’Q¢ μήτ᾽ ἐν bpuw.—For thus there will be a proper
distinction between the open sea without a port, and a rock-girt coast.

3 H. retains ταῦτ᾽, in lieu of ταὔτ᾽ correctly suggested by Stanley.

4 H. adopts the gl. in Hesych. XAwpéy τε καὶ βλέποντα, ἀντὶ τοῦ
ζῶντα, which Toup wished to refer to this passage. But as Menelaus
was no longer χλωρὸς, a word applicable only to youth, H. has trans-
lated it ‘in health,’ or ‘in vigour; but was of course unable to produce
a single passage to support that novel meaning.

60 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohun’s Edit.
671,2, κατ᾽ ἴχνος πλάταν ἄφαντον
κελσάντων---
In the track of those, who brought their
unseen barks—! we page 116 Line 15

681. [Although H. retains riovras in the text, yet
in the Notes he thinks Alschylus wrote
Tivovtas : for τίειν means ‘to honour; but
τίνειν ‘to pay the debt of punishment : :
while he renders ἐκφάτως, ‘to be ἘΝ ot
immeasurably.’ | es ἐπὶ ἜΠΤ11Ὸ 20

682. [Here too H. has not altered the text;
but. in the Notes he would read ois ror
ἐπέῤῥεπεν γαμβροῖσιν ἀείδειν, ° upon whom it
then fell, as cousins, to sing the bridal
song.’ τς 410 2]

685. [In lieu of γεραιὰ ΣΟῚ in the text, Η.
in the Notes prefers γεραιοῦ suggested by
Auratus ; ; although Stanley had compared
‘regnum Priami vetus,’ in Horace]. we ΠΣ 2

686,7,8. ---------------κικλήσκου-
σα Πάριν τὸν αἰνόλεκτρον,
παμπορθῆ, πολύθρηνον ai-

ὥνα-----
Calling Paris the ill-wedded, the all- pe
the much lamenting age—? Ὁ Me 10 1ὅ

689,90. φίλον πολιτῶν
μέλεον αἷμ᾽ ἀνατλᾶσα.

Having endured the dear and wretched blood
ot citizens? __.... τ bits bea EG 24

1 H. adopts Wellauer’s notion that κελσάντων is to be referred to Paris
and Helen. But in that case κυναγοὶ would want its verb, unless it be
said that ἔπλευσαν is to be got out of ἔπλευσεν.

2 H. has adopted what he considered the true correction of Seidler.
But how Paris could be called πολύθρηνος αἰὼν neither Seidler nor
Hermann have shewn, nor can I discover. Perhaps, however, it will be
said that πολύθρηνον αἰῶνα means, ‘through ἃ much-lamenting period
of time,’ with the ellipse of διὰ ; an ellipse, that could hardly be admitted
here, where so many accusatives are found in juxta-position.

% Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has omitted audi
before πολιτᾶν, on the authority of the Scholiast; while he says that
the meaning of the passage, as altered, has been given in Humboldt’s
German translation; which, as appears from Wellauer’s Latin version of

=

THE AGAMEMNON, 61

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

704. μηλοφόνοισιν ἅγαισιν
In the cattle-killing sacrifices"... page 117 line 8

716. παρακλίνασ᾽

Declining on one side? _..., ae ΤΣ γι 15
736,7. ἔστ᾽ ἂν ἐπὶ τὸ κύριον μόλῃ
νεᾷ papa
Until it arrives at a decisive [day] with a new
suture?® seas sae Sus 117 29
798,9. δαίμονα τὰν ἄμαχον, ἀπόλεμον, ἀνίερον
6pacos—
A deity that is not to be fought with, not to be
warred against, unholy Daring— ad LES 1

746. [H., who once suggested προσέβαλε in lieu of
προσέβα τοῦ, has edited προσέμολε, ‘is gone
to,’ as being more simple and forcible.]_.... 118 5

748, [On the words πᾶν ἔπι τέρμα νωμᾷ, H. has writ-
ten a note which I must leave for others to
understand; I cannot. |

751, [Although H. retains σεβίζω in the text, yet
in Notes he prefers σεβίξω, ‘shall I honour,’
foundin MS. Flor.]_—.... wie οὐ LES 10

it,’ is ‘complaining on account of the loss of life and blood of the citi-
zens.’ But how ἀνατλᾶσα could be rendered ‘ complaining,’ Wellauer
could not discover, nor can I.

1 So H. renders his newly-coined word dyn, which he distinguishes
from ἄγη, ‘a thing of wonder.’

2 So H. renders παρακλίνασα, and explains it by ‘ departing from the
former road.’ But what was the former road, from which Helen had
departed, he has not, nor probably could have, told,

3 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has substituted,
τότ᾽, ἔστ᾽ ἂν ἐπὶ τὸ κύριον μόλῃ veg ῥαφᾷ in the place of τόθ᾽ ὅταν τὸ
κύριον μόλῃ νεαρὰ φάους. And he has thus rejected νέον φύει σκότον,
what he first suggested, and νεοῤῥαφῆ σκότον, communicated to Seidler,
and νεαροφυῆ σκότον to Humboldt.

4 H. omits κότον, which he says is a gl. for δαίμονα τὰν ἄμαχον,
and reads τὰν for τὸν, asserting that as θράσος “Arac is the same as
θρασεῖαν “Atay, the feminine εἰδομέναν may agree with the neuter
θράσος. But this doctrine appears to me totally at variance with correct
Greek.

62 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

760. [After this verse, H. has marked the supposed
loss of a pareemiac—Avoapeckdpevor γελά-
σαντι, ‘displeased with a person laughing;
where δυσαρεσκόμενοι he conceives has been
ipreserved by Hesychius, although he is
aware that such a compound would be an
anomaly in correct Greek. ] wee page 118 ΘΙ

766. ———————ovr ἐπικεύσω

I will not conceal— sine ee He LS ΟἹ

769,70. θάρσος ἑκούσιον
ἀνδράσι θνήσκουσι κομίζων.
In carrying [to ΤΊΤΟΥ] 8 ae boldness to men
willing to die.? as eels 23

772. [As I cannot understand the Latin note of H.,
I will give it in its original form, where
he is explaining the words, εὔφρων πόνος
εὖ tehecaow.—Est πόνος εὔφρων ‘ acceptus :᾿
εὖ τελέσασιν autem est: ‘per eos, qui per-
fecerunt.”] .... et ἘΣ ats 24

775. [H. has marked the supposed loss of 1 mono-
meter, which he thinks might have been—
Σοῦ ἀφεστῶτος, ‘when you where absent—] 119 3

784,5. Se δ᾽ ἐναντίω κύτει
ἐλπὶς προσήει χρεῖος οὐ πληρουμένῳ
And to the opposite urn not filled came ;
indigent Hope—* Bh. ἜΣ See 9

1H. omits γὰρ before ἐπικεύσω. But it would have been much
better to read οὐ yap σέ τι κεύσω : where σε is due to Musgrave ; while
κεύσω would have its two accusatives, as usual.

2 So H. renders his own text—Odpooc¢ ἑκούσιον ἀνδράσι θνήσκουσι
κομίζων, where θάρσος ἑκούσιον is due to MS. Farn. But why he
should have introduced the words ‘ to Troy,’ for which there is nothing
in the Greek, he does not say.

3 H. reads προσύει χρεῖος in lieu of προσῴει χειρὸς---Ν ον, though
χρεῖος is a word found once in Aischylus in the sense of ‘indigent,’ yet
here it would be perfectly unintelligible, unless it were told, of what
thing Expectation was in want. Moreover, although both ἥκειν and
ἔρχεσθαι are united to the dative of a person, yet προσιέναι could not be
so united to the dative of a thing. Of this fact no critic seems to have
been aware; and hence, while Paley has properly admitted χεῖλος, the

THE AGAMEMNON. 63

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

786. “Arns θυηλαὶ (ao
The sacrifices of Calamity are alive—! page 119 line 11

788,9. ———————rrayas ὑπερκότους

ἐφραξάμεσθα
And we have placed around ourselves the
stake-nets of great anger.” ἜΣ oie 419 15

800.

ἄνευ φθόνων. . .

Without envy? ee wise ey BL 43

802. [Although H. retains νόσον in the text, yet in
the Notes he prefers νόσου, the conjecture of
Auratus, so that ἄχθος νόσου may be united,
and ἰὸν be understood after τῷ πεπαμένῳ----Ἐ 119 24

817. πειρασόμεσθα πήματος τρέψαι νόσον,
We will endeavour to turn [aside] the disorder
olanevil* | vs = a Spe oo ll

845. [H. has edited πιστωμάτων for πιστευμάτων,
which, he says, is scarcely to be found else-

poetical and indisputable correction of Casaubon, neither he, nor any one
else, has seen that Aushylus wrote—

τῷ δ᾽ ἐναντίῳ κύτει

᾿Ελπὶς προσῖζ᾽ ἐς χεῖλος οὐ πληρουμένῳ.
But on the opposite urn, that to its brim
Was never fill’d, did Expectation sit.’

1 Η. reads θυηλαὶ for θύελλαι, and refers to Soph. El. 1421. φοινία δὲ
χεὶρ στάζει θυηλῆς ΓΑρεος.

2 Ἡ. reads ἐφῤραξάμεσθα, after Paley, whose name however is not
mentioned, in lieu of ἐπραξάμεσθα. But neither of those scholars seem
to have perceived, that if the Greeks placed stake-nets around them-
selves, they would rather be caught themselves than catch their enemies.
The real difficulty of the passage lies in ἐπείπερ καὶ, and ὑπερκότους,
which it would not require much talent to overcome.

3 In lieu of φθόνου H. has adopted φθόνων found in MS. Flor., and
confirmed it by ἄνευ φθόνων, in Plato, Legg. VII. Ρ. 801. Ε.

4 Ἡ. retains πήματος τρέψαι νόσον, against πῆμ᾽ ἀποστρέψαι νόσου,
as suggested by Porson, and adopted by nearly all subsequent critics ;
not one of whom has seen that the dramatist evidently wrote,

Πειρασόμεσθ᾽ ἄκεσμ᾽ ἐπιστρέψαι νόσον
’Gainst the disorder we will try to turn
A remedy.

For the idea of a remedy could not be omitted here.

64 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
where; whereas Aschylus uses πιστώματα
in Kum. 213.] ite aes ww page 121line ὃ
853. τοιάδε μέν Tis—
Some such pretext—' oe dees Prot be | 10

864. λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρα τόνδε βουστάθωων κύνα---
I will call this man a dog of an οΧ-β808}}---- .... 12] 19
867,8, γαληνὸν ἦμαρ εἰσιδεῖν ἐκ χείματος
καὶ γῆν φανεῖσαν ναυτίλοις παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα.
A day ot calm to be seen after a storm, and
land beheld by sailors contrary to expec-
tation.’ nse se ys

875. [Although H. retains τέλος in the text, in the
in the Notes he prefers rade, found in MS.
Farn. For he might have said that τέλος
would require the article. ] ἜΣ 190 6

900. ηὔξω θεοῖς δείσασαν ὧδ᾽ ἔρδειν τάδε ;
Hast thou prayed to the gods that I having
feared am doing these things thus ? ἘΠ 125 1

909. ἢ ov καὶ σὺ νίκην τήνδε δήριος τίεις ;
Do not you too honour this victory in ἃ con-
test 1 HT ΠῚ οὶ . 123 17

121 21

--- “ πὑπαί τις ἀρβύλας
λύοι τάχος, πρόδουλον ἔμβασιν ποδός
Let some one loosen quickly the shoe-latchets,

911,12.

1 So H. in the Notes, where he prefers Τοιάδε μέν tic—to Todds
μέντοι.

2 H. reads βουστάθμων for τῶν σταθμῶν, where he has properly
objected to the article. But while Clytemnestra is seemingly speaking of
Agamemnon, she is really thinking of Aigisthus; hence there is an error
in ἄνδρα τύνδε rHv—which may be easily corrected, by reading Aéyouw’
ἂν ἄνδρ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ὄντα σῶν σταθμῶν κύνα, “1 will call a man, still safe, a
dog of a fold.’ On the loss or corruption of σῶν ‘safe,’ see my Poppo’s
Prolegomena, p. 304.

3 H. transposes the verses, as first suggested by Butler to his pupil
Peile, and reads γαληνὸν for κάλλιστον ; while γαληνὸν ἐκ χείματος is
compared with ἐκ κυμάτων---γαλήν᾽ ὁρῶ, in Eurip. Or. 279.

4 So H. by changing δείσας ἂν into deicacay—But what he under-
stood by the whole verse, he does not state.

5 So H. ἡ οὐ καὶ od, in lieu of ἡ καὶ od—Franz, too, has suggested

nan

ἢ οὐ---

THE AGAMEMNON. 65

Line in Reference to

Greek Text. Bohun’s Edit.
that are the treading of the foot in the place

of a slave. ὅκα δ page 123line19

913,16. καὶ τοῖσδέ μ᾽ ἐμβαίνονθ᾽ Bera θεῶν
μή τις πρόσωθεν ὄ ὄμματος βάλοι φθόνος.
πολλὴ γὰρ αἰδὼς δωματοφθορεῖν ποσὶν
στείβοντα πλοῦτον
And may no envy from the eye of the gods
strike me at a distance while walking in
these purple-dyed dresses. For there is
much shame in me against destroying a

house by walking [upon] wealth—* 5 199 22
928. οἶκος δ᾽ ὑπάρχει τῶνδε σὺν θεοῖς, ἄναξ,
ἔχειν----

There is a house, which by the favor of the
gods, O king, has enough of these things—* 123 33

932. τῆτες τ vow iter te

To [me] planning— roe ΩΝ ἔτ Fok Bee
936. θάλπος μὲν ἐν χειμῶνι σημαίνεις μολόν----

You indicate heat coming in winter— we 124 2

946-8. οὐδ᾽ admwomtvcas . . .. -
θάρσος εὐπιθὲς ἵζει.
Nor does a person rejecting sit a well-trusting
boldness—*__..... ita ww. 124 14

1 Such is the literal and to myself the unintelligible version of the
words πρόδουλον ἔμβασιν ποδὸς, which H. attempts to explain, by
saying that shoes are called, as it were, ‘the slaves of the foot.’

2-H. adopts καὶ τοῖσδέ μ᾽, from MS. Flor., and retains p7........ βάλοι,
as expressive of a wish; and he reads στείβοντα in lieu of φθείροντα,
which, he says, could hardly thus follow δωματοφθορεῖν, the conjecture
of Schiitz for σωματοφθορεῖν.

3 So H. understands the words of the text, which mean literally, ‘A
house begins to have of these with the gods, O king.’ But as Porson
was here quite in the dark, he suggested Oixoug—by which however
nothing is gained, unless we read ἅλις for dvaE—

4 H. adopts Franz’s μηχανωμένῃ for μηχανωμένης---Βαΐ as both the
genitive and dative are equally without regimen, he should have preferred
Stanley’s μηχανωμένη, to agree with εὐξάμην.

5 In lieu of μολὼν, H. has μολὸν, as suggested by H. Voss in Cur.
ZEschyl. p. 26, and Blomf.

6 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who retains ἀποπτύσας,
and rejects ἀποπτύσαν, the conjecture of Casaubon, adopted by Pauw,

F

66 APPENDIX,

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

950-3. χρόνος δέ τοι
πρυμνησίων ξὺν ἐμβολαῖς
ψαμμίας ἀκάτας παρήβησεν
Time has passed by from its youth with the
throwing of the cables from the vessel on

the sea-sand! τες ws page 124 line 16
965-7. εὔχομαι δ᾽ an’. ἐμᾶς τὸ πᾶν
ἐλπίδος ψύθη πεσεῖν

ἐς τὸ μὴ τελεσφόρον

But I pray that false things may fall altogether
far from my expectation to a non-consum-
mation? saa : “- 124 24

968--70. μάλα γέ τοι τὸ πολέος γ᾽ ὑγιΐας
ἀκόρεστον τέρμα' νόσος γὰρ ἀεὶ
γείτων ὁμότοιχος ἐρείδει.

The limit of much health is very insatiable.
For disease, ever a neighbour at a wall hard
by, Presses... ἘΝ es wee 124 26

979,80. πολλά τ᾽ ἂν δόσις + . -
ὦλεσεν

And much giving would have destroyed4 .... 125 i

Porson, and Blomf., because he says, they did not understand the change
of construction; where, as shewn by Wellauer, H. intended ἀποπτύσας
to be taken for a nominative absolute.

1 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has altered χρόνος
δ᾽ ἐπεὶ into χρόνος δέ τοι, and ξυνεμβόλοις into ξὺν ἐμβολαῖς, and
has taken ἀκάτας as the genitive of ἀκάτη---ἃ form never found, except
in a corrupt passage in the MS. Pal. Antholog. x. 9. 2; where, however,
ἀκάταν has been corrected into ἄκατον by Huschke and Jacobs. Ahrens,
too, has χρόνος δέ τοι........ Edy ἐμβολαῖς, but without stating whether
the reading is his own or Hermann’s.

2 So H. by altering ror into τὸ tav—He should have suggested ποτ᾽
av—for πεσεῖν without ἂν could not follow εὔχομαι ina future sense.

3 So H. reads in lieu of μάλα γάρ τοι τᾶς πολλᾶς ὑγιείας, by insert-
ing ἀεὶ, the conjecture of Blomf., after νόσος yap—as if πολέος could be
used in dramatic Greek for πολλᾶς, and vytiag for ὑγιείας, and ye thus
repeated in the same sentence; and as if ἐρείδει could dispense with its
object. And yet how easy was it to restore Mada γάρ ἐστι δαψιλοῦς
ὑγιείας ἀχάριστον χάρμα" νόσος γὰρ γείτων ὁμότοιχον ἐρείδει ; i. 6.
‘the joy of abundant health is very joyless; for disease presses close, a
neighbour upona neighbour: where ἀχάριστον is due to Schiitz, adopted
by Bothe. in ed. 2.

4 So H. reads in lieu of πολλά Tor—

THE AGAMEMNON. 67

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

984,5. Ζεὺς δὲ τὸν ὀρθοδαῆ
τῶν φθιμένων ἀνάγειν ἔπαυσεν.
And Zeus hath caused to cease him, who was
skilled in bringing back the dead.! page 125 line 10

989,90. προφθάσασα “καρδίαν
νλῶσσα πάντ᾽ ἂν ἐξέχει.
[My ] tongue, having anticipated [my] ee
would have poured out all,” . 125 13

1005. ἔχεις παρ᾽ ἡμῶν οἷάπερ νομίζεται
You have from us what is according to
custom.* oe pe ἐπε ᾿ς ἌΖ 91

1 So H. in lieu of

οὐδὲ τὸν ὀρθοδαῆ]
τῶν φθιμένων ἀνάγειν
Ζεὺς αὔτ᾽ ἔπαυσ᾽ ἐπ᾽ εὐλαβείᾳ

or, ἐπ’ ἀβλαβείᾳ ye, as read in MS. Farn.; and he thus rejects the
reading suggested to Humboldt, and adopted by Blomf., Wellauer, and
Boissonade ; for they did not perceive, says he, what Canter was the first
to point out, that ἐπ᾽ ἀβλαβείᾳ had been interpolated from the Scholia;
and that τῶν φθιμένων does not depend upon τινα understood, as
Erfurdt fancied on Soph. Antig. 1056, but that τῶν φθιμένων ἀνάγειν
means ‘ to bring back from the dead,’ even without ἀπό.

2 H. adopts Schiitz’s emendation καρδίαν γλῶσσα πάντ᾽ ἂν ἐξέχει,
in lieu of καρδία γλῶσσαν ἂν τάδ᾽ ἐξέχει.

3 So H. retains with some other editors ἔχεις-- ΕΥ̓ the meaning, says
he, is—You have what is expected from us;’ not— ‘ You have what may
be expected from us.’ But he forgot that as Cassandra had not entered
as yet upon the duties, nor shared the food, of a captive slave, the future
ἕξεις, suggested by Auratus, could not be dispensed with. Perhaps the
Poet wrote—

Ei δ᾽ οὖν ἀνάγκη τάσδ᾽ ἐπέρρεπεν τύχας,
᾿Αρχαιοπλόυτων δεσποτῶν πολλὴν χάριν
ἭἝὝξεις, παρ᾽ ἡμῶν δ᾽ οἷάπερ νομίζεται :

‘If then Necessity has on thee turned
This fortune, thou from lords of ancient wealth
Shalt find much favour, and from us whate’er
Is due by law and custom.’

For thus in δεσποτῶν χάριν ἕξεις there is an allusion to the connexion

which Clytemnestra fancied had taken place, and would take place again,

between Agamemnon and Cassandra; while in ἕξεις παρ᾽ ἡμῶν οἱἵάπερ

νομίζεται, there is another allusion to the intended murder of her hus-
F2

68 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1007. ἐκτὸς δ᾽ ἂν οὖσα μορσίμων ἀγρευμάτων----

But being outside of the fatal ὑ0115--τ page 126line 2
1014,15. οὔτοι θυραίαν τῇδ᾽ ἐμοὶ σχολὴ mapa

τρίβειν----
There is no leisure for me to waste time
here at the door— _.... ΝΣ πο 190 10
1023. ἢ, μαι επ τε |. vids bet
Surely she is both mad—* ae eda 21

1041. ἀπώλεσας yap οὐ μόλις τὸ δεύτερον.
For thou hast destroyed me not a little a
second time.! ie ἊΝ ἘΠ dey 2

1043. μένει τὸ θεῖον δουλίᾳ παρὸν φρενί.
The divine power remains present in the
mind of a slave.* ee ‘is aa Lg 4

band’s mistress, who had been brought to Argos, more like a queen than
a captive.

1 H. reads ἐκτὸς in lieu of évrdc—For says he, if ἐντὸς be retained,
we must omit the conditional dy, which could not be thus inserted
between ἐντὸς and οὖσα. And it was probably to meet this very diffi-
culty that Bothe proposed to read, what H. should have adopted, ἐντὸς
δ᾽ ἁλοῦσα ; which Connington has attributed to Haupt. Most assuredly
the captive Cassandra could not be said to be out of the hunters’ toils.

* H. adopts Musgrave’s τῇδε for τήνδε, and retains θυραίαν, which is
without regimen; and hence we must read

Οὔτοι θυραίᾳ γ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ἐμοὶ σχολὴ πάρα
Τρίβειν
where @vpaia is due to Casaubon.

3 H. reads τε for ye, although he confesses that ye might be defended
in the sense of ‘ adeo.’

4 So H. renders od μόλις, non parum,’ a meaning those words never
do, and never could, bear; and vainly does he refer to Eurip. Hel. 342,
θέλουσαν οὐ μόλις καλεῖς : where Elmsl. happily corrected, οὔ pe dic
καλεῖς, i. 6. ‘ Thou shalt not call me, who am willing, twice.” In Adschylus,
however, the disorder is seated somewhat deeper; for the dramatist
wrote, ᾿Απώλεσας yap, ἣν ὀλεῖς τὸ δεύτερον, i, 6. ‘For thou hast
destroyed, whom thou wilt destroy a second time.’ On this union of the
perfect and future, compare IA. B. 117,

“Oc δὴ πολλάων πολίων κατέλυσε κάρηνα,
"HO ἔτι καὶ λύσει.

5 H. adopts παρὸν in MS. Farn. and Rob. in preference to πὲρ ἔν,
elicited by Schiitz from παρ᾽ ἕν, πα Ald. H. refers, indeed, to Soph.
Aj. 337, but the passage is wretchedly corrupt, as it would be easy to shew,

THE AGAMEMNON,. €o

Line in Reference to
Greek ‘Text. Bohn’s Edit.
1050, αὐτοφόνα τε κακὰ κἀρτάνας---
Both the evils of self-murder and hang-

ings—' ΠΑ, ΜΗ ἰὰμ page 127 line13

1051. ———————-xal πέδοι ῥαντήριον.
And the sprinkling on the ground? ate 13
ματεύει δ᾽, ὧν ἀνευρήσει φόνον.
And she is seeking the murder of pas whom
she will discover.’ ssa yg 16

1055. [To meet the objection, started is ‘Elberling
against the folly of describing children as
wept for, who had been cut up and cooked
by their uncle and eaten by their father,
H. says that κλαίεσθαι means not ‘to be
wept for,’ but simply ‘ to weep.’ But though
children might weep before they were cut
up, they would not do so after the act.
How strange that both Herm. and Elberling
failed to see that the dramatist wrote Aa-
όμεν᾽ ἴδετε βρέφη ἐς σφαγὰς, not Καιόμενα
τάδε βρέφη: for we thus recover not only
the lost sense but the syntax likewise: ‘ See
children cut up for victims.’ ] ee LST, 33

1071. [H. says that some have unjustly stumbled at
Οὔπω ξυνῆκα' νῦν yap ἐξ αἰνιγμάτων---ἀμη-
χανῶ. But surely after the Chorus had said,
‘I do not understand at all,’ they could
not add, ‘For now I am in a difficulty;
although they might have said, ‘I have not
well understood all. ΝΟΥ Ι am still farther
in a difficulty—in Greek, Ov πᾶν ξυνῆκ᾽ εὖ"
νῦν πέρα ᾿ἕ aiviyparov........ ἀμηχανῶ. cee ἢ | 33

1053.

if this were the place for a lengthened note. Paley refers more aptly to
Eurip. Or. 1180. σῇ ψυχῇ παρόν. But there μένει is not added, as here.

1 H. adopts κἀρτάνας from MS. Farn,, and inserts re before κακὰ
with Pauw, whose name however is not mentioned, or καὶ after κατὰ----
But as there were no acts of self-murder nor of hanging, to which Cas-
sandra could allude, the passage must conceal a corruption, a portion of
which Emper has corrected by reading κἀρτάμου for κἀρτάναι.

2-H. alters πέδον into πέδοι----

3 In lieu of ὧν ἂν εὑρήσῃ, H. adopts Porson’s ὧν ἀνευρήσει---Βαξ
this the Chorus could not say, unless, like Cassandra herself, they had a
prophetic power.

70 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1081,2. σταγὼν, ἅτε γᾷ δορὶ πτώσιμος
ξυνανύτει βίου δυντὸς αὐγαῖς
A drop, which falling to the ground by
the sword, ends with the rays of depart-
ine dite?; Y)i2" ave , pge 198 716. ἢ

1087, [Although H. retains τύπτει in the text, yet
in the Notes he prefers θένει, for the sake of
the metre, referring to Hesych. Θένει᾽ κόπτει,
τύπτει ; and in like manner he considers
τεύχει as the gl. for κύτει, first edited by
Blomf. | ie . 128 11

1093-5, ————————kak@ γὰρ » διαὶ
πολυεπεῖς τέχναι θεσπιωδοὶ
φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν:
For oracular arts with many words bring
[persons] to learn through evils a fear.2 .... 128 15
1096. τὸ yap ἐμὸν θροεῖς πάθος ἐπεγχέα-----
For thou moanest my SUEDE, after pouring
upon—* τὸς ΞΕ “oe 29 28 17

1097. ποῖ δή με δεῦρο τὴν ΑΜ ἤγαγεν ;
Whither has he brought me hither,’ the
wretched one ? x 198 18

1098. ἀκόρετος Boas φιλοίκτοις peat ἜΣΤΙ
Unsatiated with moaning, with hapless
thoughts lament-lovi " . 128 22

1 Ἢ, with Ahrens alters dre καὶ δορία into ἅδε γᾷ dopi—where δορὶ is
due to Casaubon; and he renders ἕυνανύτει, ‘ desinit,’ a meaning vainly
assigned to εὐδαίμων avice καὶ μέγας ἐκ κείνων in Soph. Phil. 720.
Had H. seen my note on Eurip. Tro. 338, he would have found what
I think schylus wrote: ἅδε γὰρ δορὶ πτωσίμοις Ξυναντῷ βίου δυντὸς
αὐγά, i.e. ‘For this light of setting life meets those about to fall by ἃ
spear ;’ where Cassandra alludes to her own death, not to that of Aga-
memnon.

2 So H. by altering θεσπιῳδὸν into θεσπιῳ δοὶ----

3 Such is the literal and to myself unintelligible version of the text of
H., who has altered θροῶ ἐπεγχέασα into θροεῖς ἐπεγχέας ; where θροεῖς,
he says, is addressed to the Chorus, and ézeyxéac is the conjecture of
Franz likewise.

4 Ἡ, alters ἤγαγες into ἤγαγεν, which he would refer to Agamemnon.

5 So H. by adopting ἀκόρετος βοᾶς from Ald., and φιλοίκτοις ταλαί-
vawc φρεσὶν from Vict., who probably obtained the reading from MSS.
Ven. and Flor.

THE AGAMEMNON, 71

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1106,7. περεβάλοντο of πτεροφόρον δέμας
θεαὶ fh tig aR nly 8
Around her have the gods thrown a feather-
bearing body—' _.... ἊΣ page 128line 26

1112,

ὁμοῦ στένουσ᾽
Moaning at the same time— wt . 128 32
1122. [For the sake of the metre Η. ἫΝ given καὶ
παῖς νεόγονος ἂν μάθοι, i.e. Seven a mnew-
born child would learn, in lieu of νέογνος 129 2
ἀνθρώπων pabot. |

1123. πέπληγμαι δ᾽ ὅπως δάκει φοινίῳ
I am struck, as it were, with a biting

animal? that fetches blood. ... ἐπε 9 1.20 9
1194, ------------μινυρὰ φοβερόθροα
With a shrieking and fearful cry— oi 129 3

1191, ἐγὼ δὲ θερμὸν οὖς τάχ᾽ ἐν πέδῳ βαλῶ.
And I will throw ee my warm ear upon
the ground,$ we boo 9

1155, 6. sa ag soit TO μὴ εἰδέναι
λό

ΟΥ tastity, having “ΠῚ been sworn,
that I did not know by report—* ἘΦ 190 ΕἸ
1158, [Although H. retains in the text παιώνιον,

yet in the Notes he prefers παιώνιος, found
according to Elmsl. in MS. Farn.] .... 130 6

eee

1 So reads H. with Ahrens, where περεβάλοντο οἱ is due to MS.
Med. G. But since πέρι is never contracted into περ, he should have
adopted περιβάλοντο from Ald., or rather have elicited περίβαλον
from περιβαλόντες in MSS. Ven. Flor. Farn., for the middle voice would
be inadmissible; and thus γὰρ might be preserved, which H. has uncere-
moniously rejected.

2. Η. has introduced from conjecture orévovo’ after ὁμοῦ, so that this
verse may answer to the one in the strophé.

5. So H. by altering ὑπὸ δήγματι into ὅπως δάκει---

4H. alters κακὰ θρεομένας into φοβερόθροα to agree with θανα-
τοφόρα.

° H. adopts Canter’s θερμὸν οὖς elicited from θερμόνους. But why
Cassandra should be described as throwing her ‘warm ear’ on the
ground, H. has not explained, nor could any one tell. And yet did
fEschylus write here οὖς, while the other words might be recovered by
remembering the ‘ dull cold ear of Death’ in Gray’s Elegy.

6 H. reads with Dobree, τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι in lieu of τὸ μ᾽ εἰδέναι-τ--

72 APPENDIX.

Linein . Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1161-4, KAS. pavrispe www στῶ ἢ
XO, pov καὶ θεύς περ... .
KAS. προτοῦ wev———_ , . .

iD αθρύνεται ἈΠ page 130 line 10

1175. [H., unable to suggest anything that he con-
sidered to be quite certain, has, in lieu of
φροιμίοις ἐφημίοις, edited φροιμίοις δυσῴφροι-
μίοις, 1. 6. ‘unfortunate preludes.’ Strange
he should not have stumbled upon ταράσ-
cov φροιμίοις φρέν᾽ evOeous—where φρένα is
dependent upon ταράσσων, | iis .... 130 29

1190. [Although H. retains in the text, Τοιαῦτα
τολμᾷ θῆλυς ἄρσενος φονεὺς “Eotw—yet in
the Notes he prefers, what Ahrens was the
first to suggest, Τοιάδε τόλμα θῆλυς ἄρσενος
φονεὺς "Ἔστιν, 1. 6. ‘Such female boldness is
the murderer of ἃ man;’ where τοιάδε is
due ¢o MSS. Ven. and Flor.] .... vine gle 7

1194, ----------------ἄσπονδόν τ᾽ "Αρη
And ἃ truceless war,? ΄.... ae pees fl ΤΠ|

1211. ἢ κάρτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὖ παρεσκοπεῖς χρησμῶν ἐμῶν ;
Hast thou ‘greatly wandered again from my
oracles 15. __... το: ost st wl 6

1215. παπαῖ τόδ᾽ οἷον πῦρ' ἐπέρχεται δέ por—
Ah me! This [is] how Brent a fire* And it
comes upon me— seo ΚΟ, 14

1 Although H. asserts that the new order in which he has disposed
this tetrastich is required by the train of thought, he ought to have shown
what could have led the Chorus to ask Cassandra, whether she obtained
the gift of prophecy from Apollo, as a lover’s present ; and as he confesses
that βαρύνεται, furnished by MS. Farn., is what Cassandra was about to
say, or was at least thinking of, he should have shewn us as well what
could possibly have induced Aischylus to put down the unintelligible
ἁβρύνεται.

2 H. adopts ἄρην, first published by Lobeck, on Soph. Aj. 802.

3 H. reads with Franz ad for ἂν, and renders παρεσκόπεις, “ hast
thou wandered from ’—But παρασκοπεῖν is rather, ‘to view on one
side,’ i. e. ‘ to take an incorrect or partial view.’

4 So H. reads in lieu of οἷον τὸ πῦρ. But οἷον could not be thus
inserted between τόδε and πῦρ. Correct Greek would require οἷον τόδε

THE AGAMEMNON. 73

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohun’s Edit.

1226. tr’ ἐς φθόρον πεσόντ᾽ " ἐγὼ δ᾽ aw ἕψομαι
Go, falling to destruction. And I will at the
same time follow—' _.... wes page 132 line 24

1227, ἄλλην τιν᾽ ἄτης ἀντ᾽ ἐμοῦ πλουτίζετε.
Enrich some other [woman] instead of me
with calamity— 5 pa ai toe 25

1229-31, ————————erromrevoras δέ με
κἀν τοῖσδε κόσμοις καταγελωμένην μέγα
φίλων ὑπ᾽ ἐχθρῶν, οὐ διχοῤῥόπως, ματήρ.
And looking upon me, even in these orna-
ments laughed at greatly by friendly foes,
not with two terms of the scale, a seeker. 132 27

πῦρ. Inthe letters παπαιοιοντοπυρ evidently lie hid ἀστράπτον οἷον
πῦρ, ‘what a fire, like lightning—’ while from δέμοι Stanley correctly
δέμας. For δὲ would be perfectly unintelligible here.

1H. alters πεσόντ᾽ ἀγαθὼ δ᾽ ἀμείψομαι into πεσόντ᾽ - ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἅμ’
ἕψομαι. But as one could not thus account for the introduction of the
letters θω, in which the chief difficulty lies, Aischylus wrote perhaps,
τ᾽ ἐς φθόρον, ὕσ᾽ ἣν ἅγν᾽, ἴθ᾽ * ὧδ᾽ apeibouar—where ὧδ᾽ ἀμείψομαι is
due to Jacob; while ἁγνὰ is plainly confirmed by ὡς ἔτ᾽ οὖσ᾽ ἁγνὴ
χρόα in Eurip. Tro. 453.

2H. reads with Stanley ἄτης for ἄτην, and asserts that πλουτίζειν
can govern a genitive as well as a dative; an assertion it would be difficult
to prove.

3 By such a text H. thought he had restored the dramatist by changing
μέτα into μέγα, and μάτην into ματήρ. But though he refers to Hesych.
Ματήρ᾽ ἐπίσκοπος, ἐπιζητῶν, ἐρευνητής, it is strange he did not see,
what is obvious to every one else, that Ματὴρ is a corruption of Μαστὴρ ;
and that φίλων ὑπ᾽ ἐχθρῶν» could not be thus united, where sense and
syntax evidently require φίλων θ᾽ ὕπ᾽ ἐχθρῶν 7. I propose to restore
the passage by reading—

ὁ δοὺς δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων, αὑτὸς ἐκδύων ἐμὲ

χρηστηρίαν ἐσθῆτ᾽, ἀποπτύσας δ᾽ ἐᾷ

κἀν τοῖσδε κόσμοις καταγελωμένην pe, ἅμα

φίλων θ᾽ ὕπ᾽ ἐχθρῶν 7’ οὐ διχοῤῥόπως, λάτριν.
Apollo, he who gave, the same strips off

From me the prophet’s dress, and spurning leaves me,
E’en in these trappings laugh’d at both by friends
And foes, without dissenting voice, a slave.

With regard to the expression ὁ dove ᾿Απόλλων αὑτὸς ἐκδύων p,
it the very counterpart of that in Aischyl. Ὁπλ. Κρίσ, Ὁ δ᾽ αὐτὸς

74 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference te
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1232,3. καλουμένη δὲ φοιτὰς, ὡς ἀγυρτρία,
πτωχὸς τάλαινα, λιμόθνης ἠνεσχόμην.
And called a maniac, like an alms-beggar, a
poor, wretched creature, with hunger dying,
I have endured— οὐδ wes page 132 line 29

1245, τί δῆτ᾽ ἐγὼ μέτοικος ..
Why then do I a foreign settler— seu 199 5

1254, ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ᾽ ad σοφὴ
O thou very wretched and on the other hand
very wise—* ἘΣ a wo. 190 13

1258. οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ἄλυξις, οὔ, ξένοι, Pal πλέω.
There is no eee O strangers, for a longer
time.* ἊΣ ἡῷ = wae 199 17

1281,2. ἅπαξ ἔ ἔτ᾽ εἰπεῖν ῥῆσιν, οὐ θρῆνον θελω
ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς.
Still once I wish to speak a word, not a
lament for myself— _.... Son ἜΘ: 19

ὑμνῶν, αὑτὸς ἐν θοίνῃ παρὼν, Λὑτὸς τάδ᾽ εἰπὼν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κτανὼν
Τὸν παῖδα τὸν ἐμόν : while λάτριν, as necessary for the sense, as μάτην
is unnecessary, is the very word applied to Hermes, the servant of
diapieri3 in Eurip. Ion. 4.

1 So H. conceived, that by a new punctuation, he could get rid of the
difficulty in τάλαινα : in which however it is easy to see τε δεινὰ lying
hid. The poet probably wrote—

καλουμένη δὲ φοιβὰς, ὡς ἀγύρτρια,

πτωχός τε δεινὰ λιμοθνῆς τ᾽ ἠνεσχόμην---

And call’d a prophetess, like one begging alms,

Poor, and with hunger dying, ills I’ve borne—
where φοιβὰς is due to Spanheim.

2 H. reads with Ahrens μέτοικος for κάτοικος---Βαΐ what the idea of
‘a foreign settler’ could have to do here, we are not told. How superior
is the conjecture of Emper—Ti δῆτ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ κατ᾽ εἰκὸς ὧδ᾽ ἀναστένω;
‘Why without reason do I thus bewail ?’

3 So H. with other editors; not one of whom has seen that in lieu of
δ᾽ αὖ, where αὖ is perfectly unintelligible, the poet wrote δ᾽ od. For thus
the Chorus would sneer, as they should do, at the prophetess—‘ Thou
very wretched, but not very wise—’

4 H. reads with Paley, whose name however is not mentioned, χρόνον
in lieu of χρόνῳ.

> H. reads οὐ for ἤ, and thus rejects his previous alteration ῥύσιον
θρῆνον, to which Blomf. justly objected.

THE AGAMEMNON. 75

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s kdit.
1282. ἡλίῳ δ᾽ ἐπεύχομαι

πρὸς ὕστατον φῶς βασιλέως τιμαόροις

ἴσας δίκας φανέντας ἀσκεύοις ὁμοῦ

ἐχθροῖς φονεῦσι τοῖς ἐμοῖς τίνειν ἐμοῦ

δούλης θανούσης εὐμαροῦς χειρώματος.

And I pray to the sun at the last light that

avengers of a king may appear, and inflict
equal punishment at the same time upon
[his] enemies unprepared, [and] upon the
murderers of me, a slave, dying by easy
handiwork.! soos ae page 184 line 14

1287,8. ———————etrvxotvra μὲν
σκία τις ἂν πρέψειν----

Things prosperous a shadow may liken—* .... 134 18

1 So H. reads in lieu of τοῖς ἐμοῖς τιμαόροις, ᾿Εχθροῖς φονεῦσι τοῖς
ἐμοῖς τίνειν Ouov—and has with Wellauer changed ὁμοῦ into ἐμοῦ : while
τίνειν is probably a literal error for τείνειν : for δίκας τίνειν is ‘to suffer
punishment,’ but δίκας τείνειν ‘to inflict it.? With regard to the
introduction of ἀσκεύοις, H. refers to Hesych. ᾿Ασκεύοις" ψιλοῖς,
ἀπαρασκεύοις.----Αἰσχύλος ᾿Αγαμέμνονι. 1 propose to read—

ἡλίου τόδ᾽ εὔχομαι

πρὸς ὕστατον φῶς τοὺς νέους τιμαόρους
ἐχθρᾶς φονεῦσι τίσιν ἴσην τείγειν ἐμοῦ
δούλης, θανούσης εὐμαροῦς χειρώματος---

to this last light

Of the sun I pray, that young avengers may
For feuds an equal punishment inflict

Upon the murderers of me a slave,

Dying by handiwork not hard to do.

For most assuredly in such a prayer Cassandra would never think of
making any allusion to Agamemnon. With regard to the alterations,
ἡλίου τόδ᾽ εὔχομαι might have been easily corrupted into ἡλίῳ δ᾽ ἐπεύ-
χομαι, and ἐχθρᾶς into ἐχθροῖς, and τίσιν ἴσην τείνειν ἐμοῦ into τοῖς
ἐμοῖς τίνειν ὁμοῦ. At all events, we thus get rid of the repeated τοῖς
ἐμοῖς, to which H. has properly objected.

? Such is the literal version of the text of H. But what he understood
by those words I am at a loss to discover; and still more to guess even
at the reasons that led Boissonade, whom H. has followed, to alter rpé-
Ψειεν into πρέψειεν. For as πρέπειν is always an intransitive verb, it
cannot govern εὐτυχοῦντα. It is true, indeed, that a shadow could not
be said ‘ to overturn things prosperous,’ but it might ‘ to conceal them ;’
and hence it is evident that the poet wrote κρύψειεν, and not τρέψειεν.

76 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1296. [H. has marked after Πριάμω the loss of some-
thing like διὰ παντός, requisite to complete
the parcemiac, and to restore the _corre-
spondence of two anapestic systems.] page 135line 8

1299,300. ——————@—do

ποινὰς θανάτων ἐπικραίνει.
Accomplishes the punishment for other

deaths.' sa seas ἘΣ ἘΠ 90 11
1861. ris ποτ᾽ ἂν εὔξαιτο Bporav—
Who of mortals would ever pray—* mene Iss 12
1307. ἀλλὰ βουλευσώμεθ᾽, ἃ ᾽ν πως ἀσφαλῆ βουλεύ-
ματα.
But let us communicate counsels, which may
somehow be safe.* pe ae 3 Loo 4
1311. ———————od» νεοῤῥύτῳ ξίφει.
With ἃ new-drawn sword.! 5: Ἐπ 190 9

1316,7. οἱ δὲ τῆς μέλλους κλέος
πέδοι πατοῦντες οὐ καθεύδουσιν χερί.

But they, trampling on the ground the glory
of delay, do not sleep, with their hand. 136 15

1 H. substitutes θανάτων for ἄγαν, which is omitted in MSS. Ven. and
Flor. How much easier to read ἀτᾶν, Dorice tor aréy—

2 H. with Ahrens inserts ποτ᾽ after τίς ; and though he confesses that
ποτε is seldom found in the second clause of a sentence, yet he has
discovered it once in Soph. Trach, 1230.

3H. reads with Bernhardy ἃ "vy πὼς in lieu of dy πως. And so too
Paley, with some hesitation. Strange that no Editor should have sug-
gested, εὖ zwc—as I did in the Church of England Quarterly Review,
vol. 7. p. 105.

* So H. with Wellauer. But all words ending in ovroc are derived
from péw, not as H. says, from ἐρύω. Hence for σὺν we must read τοὺν,
(i. 6. TO ἐν) veoppdyvTw—where νεοῤῥάντῳ is due to Blomf.

° Such is the literal translation of the text of H., which I must leave
for those to understand, who can. The MSS. and old ed. have ot δὲ
μελλούσης KAE0C........ καθεύδουσιν χερί. But Trypho, quoted by Blomf.,
and Manuel Moschopul. quoted by H., read τῆς μέλλους χάριν:
which H. deems in the Notes to be preferable. Probably Aischylus
wrote—

οἱ δὲ, τῆς μέλλους χάριν,

πέδον πατοῦντες οὐ καθεύδουσιν Δίκης
i. e. ‘ but they are not asleep, through the pleasure of delay, while tread-
ing down the soil of Justice :’ where πέδον Δίκης πατοῦντες is plainly

THE AGAMEMNON, q7

Tine in Reference to
Greek Texte Bohn’s Edit.
1319. τοῦ δρῶντός ἐστι καὶ τὸ βουλεῦσαι πέρα.
It is the part of the doer even to give counsel
beyond.? ἜΣ on page 136line17

1328. σάφ᾽ εἰδότας χρὴ τῶνδε θυμοῦσθαι πέρι.
It is meet for those, who know correctly, to be
angry about these matters.” sage ww. 136 27

1330. ταύτην ἐπαινεῖν παντόθεν πληθύνομαι.
Iam pressed with a multitude on every side
to praise this [opinion |*— ie 136 29

1334-6. πᾶς yap τις ἐχθροῖς ἐχθρὰ πορσύνων, φίλοις

δοκοῦσιν εἶναι, πημονῆς ἀρκύστατ᾽ ἂν"
φράξειεν ὕψος, κρεῖσσον ἐκπηδήματος.

For every one, while bringing acts of enmity
against enemies, who seem to be friends,
would make a fence with the nets of cala-
mity of a height, superior to a leap out of
them.* se sys sw westward 3

1345. μεθῆκεν αὐτοῦ κῶλα. .
He let down his limbs ie Breage 12

supported by Eum. 527, βωμὸν αἰδέσαι Δίκας, μηδὲ νιν, κέρδος ἰδὼν,
ἀθέῳ ποδὶ λὰξ πατήσῃς.

1 Here again I cannot understand the text of H., who has adopted
Schiitz’s πέρα

* H. reads with Ahrens θυμοῦσθαι in lieu of μυθοῦσθαι. But why
the Chorus should allude to their anger here, neither critic has thought
proper to tell us. To myself, it seems evident that the dramatist wrote
τῶνδε νοῦν θέσθαι πέρι, ‘to put down our opinion on these matters.’

3 Such is perhaps the best version of the text ; which is not what the
author wrote, as it would be easy to show, and not difficult to suggest
what he did. H. thus paraphrases—‘ Undique conveniunt mihi argu-
menta, ut hance sententiam probem.

4 H. reads with Bothe, whose name however is omitted, πᾶς for
πῶς, and with Elmsley apxvorar’ ἂν in lieu of ἀρκύστατον, and πημο-
νῆς instead of πημονὴν, with Auratus and Paley on Pers. 100, neither
of whose names are mentioned.

5. So H. renders airov—a meaning that word never bears. Had H.
ever been a performer on a stage, as well as a scholar in a study, he
would have seen that Aischylus wrote μεθῆκεν οὕτω KdX\a—where οὕτω
indicates the gesture of the actor, showing how the muscles of Agamemnon
became relaxed.

78 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1348. οὕτω τὸν αὑτοῦ θυμὸν ὀρυγαίνει πεσών
Thus does he in falling vomit out his
life. cee ἘΣ wee page 157 line 14

1355,6. εἰ ὃ ἦν πρέπον τῷδ᾽ ὥστ᾽ ἐπισπένδειν νεκρῷ,
τάδ᾽ ἂν δικαίως ἦν, ὑπερδίκως μὲν οὖν.
But if it were becoming, so as to make ἃ liba-
tion over this corpse, this would be just,
very just indeed? Ae es i eed 20

1370,1. —————6npo6pdors τ᾽ ἀρὰς
ἀπέδικες ἀποτόμως 5
And hast thou cast away in a rejecting
manner the curses uttered by the people;? 138 6

1H. adopts Schiitz’s αὑτοῦ for αὐτοῦ, and alters ὁρμαίνει into
dpvyaiver, on the authority of a gl. in Hesych. ᾿Ορυγάνει" ἐρεύγεται :
where ὀρυγάνει is plainly derived from a faulty reading for ἐρυγ-

άνει.

2 Such is the literal version of the text of H. I propose to restore
the passage as follows ;—

Εἰ δ᾽ ἦν πρέπον τι orayp’ ἐπισπένδειν νεκρῷ,
τῷδ᾽ οὐ δίκαι᾽ ἣν" οὐδ᾽ ὑπέρδιχ᾽, ὥς γ᾽ ἐμοὶ,
ὕσων γε κρατῆρ᾽, ἐς δόμους μολὼν, ὅδε
ἔπλησ᾽, ἀρύστεις αὐτὸς ἐκπίνει, κακῶν.

Were it becoming on a corpse to pour

One drop of a libation, upon him

It were not so; nor to my mind does he
Unjustly gulp himself of ills the draught,

Of which the cup, on coming home, he fill’d.

with which may be compared Shakespeare’s well-known—

‘

even-handed Justice
Commends th’ ingredients of the poison’d chalice
To our own lips.’

With regard to the alterations, and the reasons on which they rest, I
must leave the discussion of them to the time (should ever such arrive)
when I can complete my still unfinished edition of Auschylus.

H. reads ἀποτόμως for ἀπέταμες, and refers to ἀποτόμου λήματος
in Eurip. Alc. 992. But there the poet evidently wrote ἐπιτόνου
λήματος.

THE AGAMEMNON, 79

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. 4 Bohn’s Edit.
1382-5. λέγω δὲ σοὶ

τοιαῦτ᾽ ἀπειλεῖν, ὡς παρασκευασμένης
ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων χειρὶ νικήσαντ᾽ ἐμοῦ
ἄρχειν.
And I tell you to make threats of such a
kind ; since I am prepared on equal terms
for a person conquering with the hand to
rule over me.’ ae page 138 line 18

1396, οὔ μοι φόβον μέλαθρ᾽ ἂν ἐλπὶς ἐμπατεῖν
There is no expectation that fear will walk in
the house. .... τ 2

1400, [After this verse H. has marked the loss
of another, which he thinks was to this
effect—avnp, θυγατρὸς τῆς ἐμῆς φονεὺς, ὅδε,
i. e. ‘this husband, the murderer of my

daughter—’] ἐπ Be beg SOO). cues
1405,6. ————-vavriros δὲ σελμάτων
ἰσοτριβὴς.
And worn down by the sailors equally with
the benches [of the ships*] fit 139 3
1409. κεῖται φιλήτωρ τῷδ ---
Lies dear to the heart of this one—* jo) 159 5

1409. [H. has edited εὐχῆς for εὐνῆς. But as I
cannot understand his Greek, I must leave
t for those, who can, to construe it. } sxe 199 7

1 Such is the literal English version of the text of H., of which his
Latin explanation is: ‘ hoc dicit, jubeo te talia minari, ut me parata impe-
rare mihi, qui vicissim me vicerit :’

2 H. changes μέλαθρον into μέλαθρ᾽ adv—But it was not fear, of
which Clytemnestra had any fear, but death; and hence H. should have
adopted φόνον, ‘murder,’ suggested by Auratus; who, he says, was the
only critic who had felt the least difficulty here.

3 So H. renders his own ναυτίλοις δὲ σελμάτων ἰσοτριβὴς---Βαΐ vav-
τίλος is ‘a ship,’ not ‘a sailor.’ And hence Casaubon wished to read
ναυτικῶν δὲ σελμάτων---

4 80 H. explains φιλήτωρ 7yd’—referring to Lobeck’s Paralipom.
p- 217, for other instances of compounds ending in -yTwo: although it
appears from Strabo x. p. 484, and Hesych., that φιλήτωρ was applied to
a man in love, and not to a woman.

80 . APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1421. [After this verse H. has marked the supposed
loss of five lines and a half. Had he looked
into my representation of the whole of these
Lyric and Anapzestic Songs, which I pub-
lished in the Classical Journal, No. 24.
p- 346, he would have seen that not a single
line has been lost. ] 1 wees page 139 line 15

1427-9. ἢ πολύμναστον ἐπηνθίσω αἷμ᾽ ἄνιπτον,
στᾶσα τότ᾽ ἐν δόμοισιν
ἐρίδματός τις ἀνδρὸς οἰζύς
Alas! thou heavy pest, the destroyer of a
husband, standing then on the house, hast
become conspicuous through blood much-
mindful, and not to be washed out.! τς 199 16

1435. ἀξύστατον ἄλγος ἔπραξεν
Has effected a pain that cannot stand toge-
ther.” ἐπ aise oo 22

1436-9. δαῖμον, ὃς ἐμπίτνεις δώμασι καὶ διφυί-

οἱσι, Τανταλίδαισιν,
κράτος τ᾽ ἰσόψυχον ἐκ γυναικῶν
καρδιόδηκτον ἐμοὶ κρατύνεις

O thou demon, that fallest on the house and the
sons of Tantalus with their double-branch,
and rulest the victory of an equal soul,
biting my heart through women, (Helen
and Clytemnestra—*) το 109 24

1 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text, both
equally unintelligible—to myself at least; and what is still stranger,
the translation does not give even a fair representation of the Greek,
which he has concocted out of πολύμναστον ἐπηνθίσω Ov αἷμ᾽ ἄνιπτον
ἥτις nv τότ᾽ ἐν δόμοις ἔρις ἐρίδματος ἀνδρὸς οἰζύς. For in the first
place he translates the words πολύμναστος actively ‘remembering,’ which
means passively ‘much remembered.’ Secondly, he renders ἐπηνθίσω
‘conspicua,’ which, if it meant anything at all, would mean ‘ thou hast
caused thyself to bloom.’ But there is, in fact, no such verb as ἐπὴν-
θίσω in the middle voice. Thirdly, αἷμα could not follow ἐπηνθίσω
without the preposition διὰ, found in the MSS. Lastly, although ἐρι is
compounded with some passive participials, it is not so with duaroc.

2 Such is the literal version of ἀξύστατον, which Paley renders
‘incompatible,’ without producing a single passage to prove that
ἀξύστατος either has, or could have, such a meaning.

3 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text,

THE AGAMEMNON, 81

Linein © Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1440-2. ἐπὶ δὲ σώματος, δίκαν
κήρυκος, ἐχθροῦ σταθεῖσ᾽ ἐκνόμως
ὕμνον ὑμνεῖν ἐπεύχεται
And standing after the manner of a herald
upon the body of a foe, she lawlessly boasts

to hymn a hymn! ἽΝ ws page 140line 1
1444.5. τὸν τριπάχυντον
δαίμονα----
The very fattened demon— τος οὐ 140 4

1447,8, ἐκ τοῦ γὰρ ἔρως αἱματολοιχὸς
νείρει. τρέφετα----
For by it is blood-licking love brought up ina
recess—* aves oes rok: aces. 140 5

1449,50. 7 “μέγα δώμασι τοῖσδ᾽
αἵμονα καὶ βαρύμηνιν aiveis—
Greatly dost thou praise [a power] of blood
and grievously angry with these houses—* 140 8

1466. μηκέτι λεχθῇ δ᾽
But Ιοὐ 1Ὁ no longer ne 5814---ὖῦ ς,, τ ΤΑ NTS |

where he has inserted 7’ after κράτος, and thus left the two sentences
without a conclusion, and translated καρδιόδηκτον ‘cor edentem,’ as if
δηκτὸς could ever be taken in an active sense, and be followed by the
dative ἐμοί.

1 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has altered κόρακος,
‘a crow,’ into κήρυκος, ‘herald,’ and added μύσος to supply the defect in
the metre.

2 H. adopts Bamberger’s τὸν τριπάχυντον in lieu of τὸν τριπάχυιον :
who might have referred to Shakespeare’s ‘I will feed fat the ancient
grudge I bear him.

3 So H. understands νείρει, which, he says, is the dative of an old
word νεῖρος, signifying ‘a recess:’ at least, Lycophron has in v. 896,
Κρύψασ᾽ ἄφαντον ἐν χθονὸς νειροῖς μυχοῖς. But as Lycophon delights
rather in words coined at Alexandria than in those which were current
at Athens, his νειρὸς, used as an adjective, could be no authority for
introducing veiper, as a substantive, into a play of schylus.

4 So H. reads instead of 7 μέγαν οἴκοις τοῖσδε δαίμονα : and renders
αἵμονα ‘fond of blood,’ or ‘bloody,’ but without stating to what noun
aipova is to be referred.

5. Ἡ, alters μηδ᾽ ἐπιλιχθῇς into μηκέτι λεχθῇ O—

82 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1472,3. τόνδ᾽ ἀπέτισεν
τελεον νεαροῖς ἐπιθύσας
Has paid off this grown person, by sacrificing
[him] in addition to the young—' ~— page 140 line 25

1479,S0. —————6rror δὲ καὶ προβαίνων
πάχνᾳ κουροβόρῳ παρέξει.
And wheresoever it is progressing it shall
afford to hoar-frost boys-devouring.? ww. 140 28

1489. [H., who once defended the words—oir’ ἀν-
Ὁ ΕΘΗ οἶμαι θάνατον τῷδε γενέσθαι, which
Seidler was the first to reject as spurious,
has subsequently given them up, but with-
out stating how they could have come
here. | sees aa ar, eos LAD 40

1492. ἄξια δράσας ἄξια πάσχων---
After doing eee acts, ΣΤ acts suf-
fering—* Sie és es πὴ ΡῈ 3

1498. ἀπάλαμον μέριμναν
As to care without skill! pick ΠῚ: L

1 Such is the literal version of words, which H. thus paraphrases—
‘ Has paid off this grown person, as an act of revenge for children, by his
being slaughtered for them.’

2 Such is the literal version of words, which H. thus paraphrases—
‘and wheresoever it is progressing, it shall exhibit to clotted blood
boys devouring them,’ i. e. ‘the flowings of blood that came from the
same seed :’ while he rejects δίκαν, which Butler proposed to read in lieu
of δὲ καὶ, and some have adopted, and rightly so; for A‘schylus wrote,
as I pointed out thirty-nine years ago, ὁ παῖς σὲ yap, προβαίνων aye,
κηρὶ βορὰν παρέξει, i.e. ‘ for the boy, progressing with the down on his
chin, will give thee as food for fate’—where there is an evident allusion
to Orestes.

3 Such is the literal version of words, which H. says have this meaning
—‘suffering things worthy of worthy doings.” But how Agamemnon’s
doings towards Iphigenia could be called ‘ worthy,’ instead of ‘ unworthy,’
as in the common text, H. has not even attempted to show.

4 Ἡ, alters εὐπάλαμνον, or, as Porson edited, εὐπάλαμον into ἀπά-
Aapov—So too I had published in Classical Journal No. 24. p. 347,
ἀπάλαμος pepyvav—unknown perhaps to H., but without referring, as
he has done, to Pindar, ΟἹ. 1. 95, for an example of the word ἀπάλαμον :
while ἀπάλαμος μεριμνᾶν may be compared with ἄχαλκος ἀσπίδων, in
Soph. Gid.T. 185 ; where see Brunck and Elmsley.

THE AGAMEMNON. 83

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
1509,10. κτείνασ᾽ ἄνδρα τὸν αὑτῆς

ἀποκωκῦσαι ψυχῇ τ΄ ----
After killing thine own husband to bewail
him, and to perform for hissoul—' —s_ page 141 line 7

1513. [H. retains ἐπιτύμβιος αἶνος, considering ἰάπτω
as an intransitive verb; which it never is:
and vainly does he refer to Suppl. 531.] .... 141 20

1519. H. has marked the omission, as he imagined,
ot a distich, of which the sense was—‘ nor
shall we suffer others to accompany his
funeral; and he renders τῶν ἐξοίκων, the
reading of Auratus, ‘of the domestics,’
referring to Cho. 426, δαΐαις ἐν ἐκφοραῖς
ἄνευ πολιτῶν ἄνακτ᾽, ἄνευ δὲ πενθημάτων

ἔτλης ἀνοίμωκτον ἄνδρα θάψαι.) τς L141 27

1525. [Although H. retains πόρθμευμ᾽ ἀχέων in the
text, yet in the Notes he seems to prefer
πόρθμευμα vexpoav—without giving any rea-
son; nor, had he been asked, could he, I

think, have given one. ] τ . 141 27
1530. ——pipvortos ev θρόνῳ Διὸς
Jove remaining on his throne—* we 141 3]

1533. κεκόλληται γένος προσόψει

The race is glued to a looking-on—* w 141 34
1534,5. ἐς τόνδ᾽ eveBns ξὺν ἀληθείᾳ

Thou hast come of a truth upon this oracle—* 141 35

1 H. alters ψυχὴν into Ψυχῃ r—and unites Ψυχῇ to ἐπικρᾶναι, to
avoid the asyndeton. And so Ahrens had edited before H.

2 H. adopts θρόνῳ, the correction of Schiitz in lieu of χρόνῳ.

3 Such is the literal version of the unintelligible text of H., who once
suggested πρὸς &/n—a word of his own coining: and after rejecting what
was manifestly wrong, he has proposed what is not more correct, προσόψει
—rather than admit πρὸς ἄτᾳ, so happily elicited by Blomfield from
προσάψαι.

4 Ἡ, adopts Canter’s ἐνέβης for ἐνέη----Βαΐῦ surely the oracle came
rather upon Agamemnon, than he upon the oracle; just as in Hamlet,
Ophelia went to the water, rather than the water came, as the Gravedigger
wanted to prove, to Ophelia. Hence the poet probably wrote, ᾽ς τόνδ᾽

EVEBN....00- χρησμός, not χρησμόν. :
G

84. APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. : Bohu’s Edit.
1542-4, ——_——_—_——_——-r 08
ἀλληλοφόνους

μανίας μελάθρων ἀφελούνῃ.
After having taken away from the house
these phrenzies producing alternate mur-
ders! “te ee vw. page 142line 9

1558. doroféua .
And during an ‘act of hospitality for citizens? 142 19

1563,4. ἔκρυπτ' παρ δὴ Re ien tet δον ὁ
ἄσημ᾽ :
He concealed= Sapee tie. “without a mark— we L42 24

1573,4. τρίτον yap ὄντα μ᾽ ἐπίδεχ᾽ ἀθλίῳ πατρὶ
συνεξελαύνει τυπθὸν ὅ ὄντ᾽ ἐν σπαργάνοις
For me, being the third in succession, did he
drive away, together with my unhappy
father, while I was still a little one in swad-
dling clothes—* τις ες ον 142 3

1583. [After this verse H. has marked the loss of
another, which he conceived was to this
effect —Totyup στυγηθεὶς δυσθέοις τολμή-
μασιν, i.e. ‘Hence hated for thy impious
darings.’ But here, as in the preceding
lyrical portions, there is nothing to be
supplied, but ony hemes i to be cor-
rected. | as Sees . 143 13

1 Ἢ. alters μοι δ᾽ into τάσδ᾽ ----

2 Such I presume, is the meaning H. intended by his ἀστοξένια, which
he has made out of αὐτοῦ ἕξένια----

3 H., who once thought that some verses had dropped out here, has now
suggested after Tyrwhitt, whose name is not mentioned, ἔκρυπτ᾽ in the
place of é09vmr’— adopting likewise Dindorf’s ὃ δ᾽, and reading moreover
καθημένοις, which, as far as I can discover, is without regimen.

4 H. alters, not without some hesitation, ἐπὶ δέκ᾽ into érideya—But
as ἐπίδεξ, from which he derived ἐπίδεχα, is a word not to be found
elsewhere, the restoration of the passage is still left for a more happy
critic ; since neither Emper, who first objected to ἐπὲ dé&«’—for nothing
is known elsewhere of the thirteen children of Thyestes,—nor Ahrens,
who felt the full force of the objection, have been able to meet it satis-
factorily.

THE AGAMEMNON, 85

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. : Bolin’s Edit.
1588,9. ὡς διδάσκεσθαι βαρὺ

τὸ τηλικούτῳ σωφρονεῖν εἰρημένον.
How hard it is to be taught that, which is
prescribed for a person of such an age, to
be moderate.' ate sed page 143 line 18

1606. [After this verse H. has marked the loss of a
line, which he conceived was to this effect,
ὥστ᾽ ηὐλαβεῖτ᾽ av viv δ᾽ ἐγὼ κρατῶν δόμων,
ἐκ τῶνδε τοῦδε χρημάτων πειράσομαι
ἄρχειν πολιτῶν----
i.e.‘so that he would have been on his
guard; but now being the master of the
house, I will endeavour from the property
of this man to rule over the citizens.’ But
here too nothing has been omitted, only
something corrupted. Bi uw. 144 2

1609,10. —————révde μὴ πειθάνορα
ζεύξω βαρείαις οὔτι μὴ σειραφόρον
κριθῶντα πῶλον.
And this colt, that does not obey a man, I will
unite to a heavy [yoke], and I will not
{make him] full of oats, a trace-bearer? .... 144 4

1621. [Here again H. conceives a line has been lost,
but without venturing even to guess at the

sense of the missing matter.] .... wee 144 14

1624, —————_—_—_—__ τὴν τύχην αἱρούμεθα
We choose the fortune.* τς Ὁ... 144 21
1 So H. in lieu of To........ εἰρημένον. But such a sentence would indi-

cate that the thing to be taught was—ryXikcity σωφρονεῖν, not simply
σωφρονεῖν. Hence he should have suggested—we διδάσκεσθαι βαρὺ Τῷ
τηλικούτῳ ---- σωφρονεῖν δεῖ "---ῥῆμ᾽ ἐμόν ---ἰ. 6. ‘* how hard it is fora
person of such an age to be taught my saying (mamely) ‘one must be
temperate.’ ”’

2 Such, I presume, is what H. understood by οὔτι py—for he pro-
bably conceived that ζεύξω was to be supplied in the second clause,
although it is a negative idea, from the verb in the first clause, although
it is a positive one. This however is not the only difficulty. For πει-
θάνωρ could mean only ‘ man-persuading,’ not what the sense requires,
‘man-persuaded.’ Moreover, correct language would demand ov, not
μὴ. before πειθάνορα, while to avoid the asyndeton, one would have
expected κοῦ τι μὴ, not οὔ τι μὴ----

3 Ἡ, adopts Auratus’ αἱρούμεθα in lieu of ἐρούμεθα.

86 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1626,7. [H. has transposed these two verses, and
given πημονῆς ἅλις δ᾽ instead of πημονῆς δ᾽
ἅλις γ᾽ ----] we Did ws page 144 line 24

1627. ἀλλὰ καὶ τάδ᾽ ἐξαμῆσαι πολλὰ δύστηνον θέρος.
But even these are ue [so as] to reap a
woeful harvest! ἧς Ἔ ὦν, 144 23
1628. [H. has placed here εἰ verse See ae
commonly found after πειρωμένους in 1635,
and supplied αἶσχος μέγα, esa great
disgrace,’ after κρατοῦντ᾽]

1629, στεῖχε καὶ σὺ xoi γέροντες

Go, both you and the old men— we 144 25
1630. πρὶν παθεῖν ἔρξαντες" ἀρκεῖν χρῆν τάδ᾽, ὡς ἐπρά-
ξαμεν.

Before you suffer after having done [some-
thing]. It is meet for these Ainge to

suffice, as we have done.? . 144 26
1631, εἰ δ᾽ ἔτ᾽ οὐ μόχθων γένοιτο τῶνδ᾽ ἅλις, δος
μεθ᾽ dv—
But if there is still not enough of these trou-
bles, we shall receive— ων 144 27

634, [ Although, says H., Wakefield's « ἀκοντίσαι is
not inappropriate, yet ἀπανθίσαι seems to
be said correctly ; for it means nearly the
same as δρέψασθαι. But such is never its
meaning ; and if it were, ‘to pluck a foolish
tongue,’ would be here pertectly unintel-
ligible, where the sense required is, as
Wakefield saw, ‘to dart out a foolish
tongue ;? in Greek, ματαίαν γλῶσσαν ἀκον-
τίσαι.] Ate ie ae ΩΣ

1 H. unites τάδε πολλά éorty—and understands ὥστε before ἐξα-

ἤσαν.
* H. adopts στεῖχε καὶ σὺ χοὶ yépovrec—first sueested by Franz.

3H. now alters gofaytec καιρὸν in MS. Flor. into ἔρξαντες" ἀρχεῖν
—and thus rejects his previous sug ggestion ἔρξαντ᾽ ἄκαιρα----

4 So H. instead of εἰ δὲ τοι αὐ Buy γένοιτο τῶνδ᾽ ἅλις γ᾽ ἐχοίμεθ
av—observing that εἰ,...οὐ are here united, not εἰ... μὴ, because οὐ is to
be referred to ἅλις, not to εἰ-

THE CHOEPHORI,

ἘΠΕ ee Oe ΓΎΡΗ

87

Line in Reference tu
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

3. [After κατέρχομαι H. conceives a tristich to
have dropped out, which he has attempted to
supply,as regards the sense, in the manner
following :—‘I unhappy Orestes, after bring-

ing my foot in secret, where my father was
destroyed by violence with the secret craft

of a woman’s head—’] Os page 146 line 3

7. [After πενθητήριον H. has marked a lacuna by
asterisks, and then introduced a distich,
quoted by the Vatican Scholia on Kurip.
Alc. 784.—‘ For I did not lament, being pre-
sent, thy fate, O father, nor did I stretch
out my hand at the carrying out of thy

corpse’. | at : 147
19. -------------πῆμα....... νέον ;
Hasanewcalamity? ..... ae ὦν 147

23, χοᾶν πρόπομπος---
A sender-forth of libations—* Ξοξ ἘΠ ad

24,5. πρέπει παρῇσι φοίνιος διωγμὸς
ὄνυχος ἄλοκι νεοτόμῳ.
Conspicuous on the cheeks is the blood-shed-
ding-force of the nails in a new-cut furrow* 147

13

15

1 H. adopts πῆμα from two MSS. and Rob.

2 H. in the Notes reads χοᾶν with Casaubon, for χοὰς. He should

have adopted rather Paley’s χοὰς προπέμπουσ᾽--

3H. alters παρηϊς φοινισσαμυγμοῖς into παρῇσι φοίνιος διωγμὸς---
But how διωγμὸς, literally ‘ persecutio,’ could be rendered ‘ cruenta vis,’

by H., one cannot understand.

88 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

31, τορὸς de φοῖτος ὀρθόθριξ---
A piercing agitation causing the hair to stand
erect—! oe +3 we page 147 line 19

53-7. ῥοπὴ δ᾽ ἐπισκοπεῖ Δίκας
ταχεῖα τοὺς μὲν ἐν φάει,
τὰ δ᾽ ἐν μεταιχμίῳ σκότου
μένει χρονίζοντ᾽ ἀτυχῆ,
τοὺς δ᾽ ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ.
But the sudden balance of Justice looks upon
some in the light ; but the things in twilight
remain for a time unfortunate ; but some
persons does night not perfected hold.2.... 148 6

63-5, ----πόροι τε πάντες ἐκ : μιᾶς ὁδοῦ
διαίνοντες τὸν χερομυσῆ
φόνον καθαρσίοις ἴοιεν ἂν μάτην
And all the streams from one road, wetting
thoroughly a foul hand murder, would with
puritying | powers] go in νὰ]. .... 148 13

69-70. δίκαια καὶ μὴ "pals πρέπον τύχαις βίου
βίᾳ φερομένων αἰνέσαι----
It is becoming to my misfortunes in life to
praise [the deeds] just, or not, of those who

bear themselves with violence—* aT 148 18
wy δακρύων ὑφειμάτων
With the sorrows of tears under a cloak’ 7070 2

1 H. reads with Bamberger φοῖτος for φόβοε--

2 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text ;
where he has elicited yooviZovr’ ἀτυχῆ from χρονίζοντ᾽ ἄχη in one MS.
and ypoviZovr’ εὔχη in another, and rejected βρύει, found after dyn or
εὔχη in MSS. That the author however did not write, what H. has
attributed to him, is shewn by what is generally the best test, an unintel-
ligible literal version.

3H. adopt’s Lachmann’s διαίνοντες in lieu of βαίνοντες, and alters
καθαίροντες ἰοῦσαν ἄτην into καθαρσίους ἴοιεν ἂν μάτην : where μάτην
is due to Heath, and καθαρσίοις obtained from καθάρσιοι, of which
Bamberger said καθαίροντες was the explanation.

4 Such, I presume, is the sense which H. meant to convey by his text,
which he dias elicited from δίκαια καὶ μὴ δίκαια πρέποντ᾽ ἀρχαῖς ΠΕ ΟΣ
where πρέπον τύχαις is due to Schiitz.

5 H. reads δακρύων ὑφειμάτων, and unites δακρύων πένθεσιν, in
lieu of δακρύω δ᾽ ὑφ᾽ εἱμάτων.

THE CHOEPHORI. 89

Line in Reference to

Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
84, ἔσθλ᾽ ἀντιδοῦναι . .

To give in return good things! we = age 149 line 11

97—100, λόγους ἃ ἂν, οἷσπερ ἠδέσω τάφον πατρὸς,
στέγοις ἂν, εἴ τι τῶνδ᾽ ἔ ἔχεις ὑπέρτερον, ,
φθέγγου χεόυσα σεμνὰ τοῖσιν εὔφροσιν.

The reasons, for which you reverence the tomb
of your father, you will conceal, if you have

anything of greater moment......... Speak,
pouring forth solemn words to the well-
disposed.” ἘΣ = saa ὦ. 149 22
112. ἁπλωστὶ φράζουσ᾽
By saying simply—* ἘΠ λεὺς ss, 150 12
115,16. κήρυξ μέγιστε τῶν ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω
ἄρηξον Ἑρμῆ ..
Aid, O Hermes, thou greatest herald jof those
above and below— “ aks ... 150 16
118. --πατρῴων αἱμάτων ἐπισκόπου-----
The inspectors of my father’s blood— sa LO 18

121-5. aye, χέουσα τάσδε “χέρνιβας φθιτοῖς,
λέγω, καλοῦσα πατέρ᾽, ἐποικτείρειν ἐμὲ
τ ίλον τὸ ρέστην . . 2 ws

φίλον τ᾽ ᾿Ορέστην πως ἀνάξομεν δόμοις.
Which words do I, while pouring out these
sacred urn-drops for the dead, pronounce,
calling upon our father to pity me and dear
Orestes, [and to see that we are conquerors, |
and that we may somehow bring back
Orestes home.® Mice τὺ £2050 20

1 H. adopts Elmsley’s ἔσθλ᾽ for ἐστ᾽, and, in v. 85, Stanley’s δόσιν
γε for δόσιν τε.

2 So H. transposes the order of the verses and the speaker, and
supposes the loss of a verse, indicated by asterisks.

3H. alters ἁπλῶς τι into ἁπλωστὶ, although he confesses that
ἁπλωστὶ is a word not to be found elsewhere.

* H. places the verse here, which is commonly found after 159, and
inserts ἄρηξον to fill up the sense.

5 H. adopts Ahrens αἱμάτων for δωμάτων----

6 H. reads ἃ γὼ for κἀγὼ, and φθιτοῖς for βοτοῖς in one MS., and
βροτοῖς in another ; and ἐποικτείροντ᾽ for ἐποίκτειρόν τ᾽, and πως for
πῶς, and conceives that some words have dropped out, answering to
those between the brackets.

90

APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
137. καὶ τοὺς κτανόντας ἀντικακτανεῖν δίκῃ.
And to kill in return with justice, those who
killed thee! .... sant we άφο 150 line 33
145-51, tere δάκρυ καναχὲς
ὀλόμενον ὀλομένῳ
δεσπότᾳ πρὸς ἔρμα γᾶς
τόδε κεδνόν' κακῶν δ᾽
ἀπότροπον ἅγος amevyerov"
κεχυμένων χοᾶν, κλύε δέ μοι σέβας,
κλύ,, ὦ δέσποτ᾽, ἐξ ἀμαυρᾶς φρενός.
Send a tear with a shriek, miserable, for the
miserable lord, at this sacred mound of
earth ; but the pollution from libations
poured out, to ward off ills, 1s an abomi-
nation. Hear, O lord, hear the honors
[paid to thee] from a darkened mind? _.... 151 8
152-8. ὁ To To To To To Tot ἀντιστρ.
Ὁ ΤΟ ΤΟ ΤΟ TOL (ἰὼ
τίς δορυσθενὴς ἀνὴρ
ἀναλυτὴρ δόμων
Σκυθικά τε χερὶ παλίντονα
ἐν ἔργῳ βέλη ᾽πιπάλλων ”Apns
σχέδια T αὐτόκωπα νωμῶν ξίφη ;
Who is the man strong with a spear, the
deliverer of houses, and hurling, [like] War,
the arrows [of the bow] bent back by the
hand in battle, and brandishing swords in
close quarters, together with their very
hilts 13 ens τ ὌΝ sgn tok 13
175. οὐχ ἧσσον αὖ δακρυτά---
Not less on the other hand to be wept for—* 152 19
1 H. adopts Scaliger’s ἀντικακτανεῖν in lieu of ἀντικατθανεῖν. But

Scaliger’s reading was, as I can testify, ἀντικατακτανεῖν, found subse-

quently with a yp. in MS. Med.

be contracted into κακτανεῖν.
2 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
where he has altered ἔρυμα into ἕρμα, and τόδε κακῶν κεδνῶν τ᾽ into
τόδε KEOvOY κακῶν δ᾽, and ἄλγος into ἄγος, and κλύε δέ μοι κλύε σέβας
ὦ into κλύε δὲ μοι σέβας κλύ᾽ O—
3 Such is the literal version of the text of H., where he has changed
τ᾽ ἐν χεροῖν into τε χερὶ, and νωμῶν βέλη into “νωμῶν ξίφη with Pauw.
4 H. adopts Emper’s αὖ δακρυτά in lieu of εὖ δακρυτά.

In Attic Greek κατακτανεῖν could not

THE CHOEPHORI. 91

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
183, [After this verse, H. has marked the loss of

another with this sense— the wife of Aigis-

theus the doer of shame ;’ in Greek, Ἢ τοῦ

μὲν αἰσχυντῆρος Αἰγίσθου δάμαρ. 1 page 152 line 16
189. [After ᾿᾽ορέστου H. understands οὐκ ἔχω with

the Schol., and conceives that Electra is

here talking to herself. | sa ww. 152 20
191. εἰθ᾽ εἶχε φωνὴν ἔμφρον---
Would that it had an imtelligent voice! wag Ὁ» 21

193. ἀλλ᾽ ἦν σαφηνῆ τόνδ᾽ ἀποπτύσαι πλόκον----
But it would have been clear? for me to a
this lock— ᾿ς... ri το 23

197-201. [This tetrastich, Sanat? ee ΤΥ
ation of the speech of Electra, is assigned
to the Chorus by H. but without his giving

any reason for the change. | . 152 27
204. [After συνεμπόρου τινὸς, H. has eta τ
loss of one or more lines by asterisks. | fon Vee 33

290, ὡς ὄντ᾽ ᾿᾽Ορέστην γάρ σ᾽ ἐγὼ προσεννέπω ;

As being Orestes do I then address thee # .... 153 19
225,6. Ξ---- --------- Βύστρυχον τριχὸς
σαυτῆς ἀδελφοῦ, συμμέτρου τῷ σῷ κάρᾳ.
The bunch of the hair of thy brother, cor-
responding with that on thy head. .. 153 23

228, [After eis δὲ θήρειον γραφὴν, ‘upon the ibe
of animals, H. has marked by asterisks the
loss of a line; which, had it been preserved,
would have equalized the eleven lines
spoken by Orestes with the eleven in the

mouth of Electra. | wuts ine .. 153 30
235. ὦ τερπνὸν ὄνομα---
O name delightful to πη6---ὖ δ w.. 164 9

1 H. adopts Auratus’ ἔμφρον᾽ instead of εὔφρον’---

2 H. adopts Erfurdt’ 8 iV σαφηνῆ in lieu οὗ εὖ σαφηνῆ---

8. Ἢ, reads γάρ σ᾽ ἐγὼ προσεννέπω in lieu of τάδ᾽ ἐγὼ σε προυννέπω :
where προσεννέπω is due to Arnald. But γὰρ could not be the fourth
word in a sentence.

+ This verse H. has placed after βόστρυχον τριχὸς, not, as commonly,
after κηδείου τριχός.

5. H. adopts Valckenaer’s ὄνομα for oupa—

92 _ APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

252-60. [These nine verses H. assigns to Electra, to
answer to the nine spoken by Orestes.] page 154 line 18

275. τὰ μὲν yap ἐκ γῆς δυσφρόνων μηνίματα
For the angry feelings of the mains
[coming] from the earth! ὌΝ ὍΣ Us. 9

276, ————————ras δ᾽ αἰνῶν νόσους,
Praising others as diseases—* ἘΣ es 5

281. [H. has put the verse, commonly read here,
after φόβος, in v. 284. So too does Blomf.,
whose name however is not mentioned. .... 155 8

δέχεσθαι δ᾽ οὔτε συλλύειν τινα. :
And that no one receive him nor sail with him? 155 18

302, [H. prefers in the Notes εἰ δὲ μὴ, τάχ᾽ εἴσομαι,
ἴο αὐ εἴσεται being taken in a passive
sense.] . ms i ἫΝ 156 3

316. σκότῳ φάος ἀντίμοιρον
A light, having a share opposite to [or ‘in
return for ᾽] darkness* séte wits 206 12

327-9. πατέρων τε Kal τεκόντων
γόος ἔνδικος ματεύει
ῥοπὰν, ἀμφιλαφὴς ταραχθείς.
A just sorrow, excited in abundance, seeks
the turn [in the scale] for a father and a

4

mother? ate sass anh «a 456 18
330,1. —————60° ἐπιτύμβιος
θρῆνος
This Jament over thy tomb—* wots weet NOG 21

1 H. adopts Lobeck’s μηνίματα in lieu of μειλίγματα----

2 Such is the literal version of the text of H., which I must leave for
others to understand, if they can.

3 So H. adopts Bothe’s interpretation of συλλύειν----

4 H. adopts Erfurdt’s ἀντίμοιρον in lieu of ἰσόμοιρον----

5 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
where he has adopted Lachmann’s ῥοπὰν in lieu of τὸ πᾶν.
ταραχθεὶς, literally ‘troubled,’ could hardly mean ‘ excited.’ But

6 H. reads δὲ σ᾽ 00’ in lieu of toic—for the sake of the metre in the
strophé ; where is now retained ἂν cafev—although he once suggested
ἄγκαθεν, asserting that the optative could be used in a potential sense
without ay.

THE CHOEPHORI. 93

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

846,7. τέκνων τε κελεύθοις
κτίσας ἐπιστρεπτὸν αἰῶ

After having built up ἃ life to be turned to in

the paths of thy children— we page 157 line 2
355. βασιλεὺς yap ἦν, ὄφρ᾽ ἔζη
For he was a king, while he lived—* ee LOT 9
360, per’ ἄλλῳ δουρικμῆτι λαῷ
With another spear-subdued clan—* Ay noe 14
961,2, mapa Σκαμάνδρου πόρον τεθάφθαι
πέπρωσο
By the stream of Scamander, thou hadst been
‘fated to be buried—* _.... oe spe EOE 15

369.—————dvacar γάρ.
For thou canst— si ates Bea 7 Fs 9

972,3, ----------- -τῶν δὲ κρατούντων
χέρες οὐχ ὅσιαι στυγερῶν γ᾽ ὄντων.
But unholy are the hands of those in power

being hateful. more 157 23

380. τοκεῦσι δ᾽ ὅμως τελοῖτο.

And may it be accomplished equally for
parents.’ ὅρον aah oust Ἢ ΠΣ

24

981,

4 /
γένοιτό pot ποτε---

Would that it may be at some time for me® .... 158 4

1 So reads H. in lieu of ἐπιστρεπτὸν αἰῶνα κτίσσας, and refers to
Bekker, Anecdot. p. 363, 17, Ai@* τὸν αἰῶνα κατ᾽ ἀποκοπὴν Αἰσχύλος
éi7evy—and so too Ahrens, whose name however is not mentioned.

2 So H. in lieu of ἧς and ἔζης.

3-H. reads per’ ἄλλῳ with Stanl. and δουρικμῆτι with Blomf.

4H. alters τέθαψαι into τεθάφθαι with Ahrens (or rather Abresch),
and inserts from conjecture 7izpwoo—But πέπρωσο is a word that
‘ never is, for it never could be, found.

5 H. alters ὀδυνᾶσαι yao, found in MSS., to δύνασαι yap—which he
renders—‘ For thou mayest.’ But the meaning of those words he has
failed to unfold.

6 H. alters τούτων into γ᾽ byrwy—

7 H. reads with Boissonade τοκεῦσι δ᾽ ὕμως τελοῖτο in lieu of τελεῖται.
But ὅμως means ‘ however,’ not ‘ equally.’

8 H. adds from conjecture ποτε after γένοιτο por—

94 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text, Bohn’s Edit.

384-8, ————ri t γὰρ κεύθ-
ω, ω, φρενὸς οἷον ἔμπας

ποτᾶται πάροιθε πρώρας

δριμυστάκτου κραδίας,

θύματος ἔγκοτον, στύγος :

For why should I conceal how great a hatred

of mind, mixed with anger for a sacrifice, is

flitting entirely before the prow of a heart

dropping with bitterness ?! ae page 158 line 6

394, κλῦτε δὲ τὰ χθονίων πρότιμα----
And hear ye, the honored ot those under the

earth,” or woud hice ih DS 12
401. —— ἀραὶ τεθυμένων
Ye curses of the sacrificed—? ais ες 168 19

406. οἰκτρὸν τόνδε κλύουσαν οἶκτον.

On hearing this piteous lament. __.... as. tog 22

410-12, ὅταν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἐπαλκὲς ἢ ἦτορ
θάρσῃ,᾿ πέστασεν ἄχος
πρὸς τὸ φανέν τί μοι καλῶς.
But when again a valiant heart shall be bold,
it has displaced a sorrow, by causing some-
thing to appear well to me.® sale sae WOO 1

1 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; where he has altered
θεῖον into οἷον, and δειμὼς ἄκται in Rob. into δριμυστάκτου, and
πάροιθεν δὲ into πάροιθε---

2. So H. who now prefers πρότιμα to τιτηνὰ, which he once sug-
gested, in lieu of τετιμέναι, and this too after τιτηνὰ had been received
by Martin, Bamberger, and Paley, as the very word of Aischylus, or
leading the nearest to it.

3H. reads τεθυμένων for φθιμένων---Βυῦ τῶν could not be omitted.

4 H. inserts from conjecture οἰκτρὸν between κέαρ and τόνδε----

° Such I presume is the literal version, which H. would have given of
his text; where he has introduced 7rop from conjecture after ἐπαλκὲς,
and altered Qpapé into θάρσῃ, and πρὸς τὸ φανεῖσθαι μοι into πρὸς τὸ
φανεῖν τί μοι--- Το get however at the presumed sense, it would be requi-
site to write πρὸς τοῦ in lieu of πρὸς τὸ---Βαΐ as even H. confesses the
whole passage to be in a desperate state, it would have been perhaps wiser
to have left it untouched.

THE CHOEPHORI. 95

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

418,4. τί δ᾽ ἂν φάντες τύχοιμεν ; ἢ τά περ
πάθομεν ἄχεα πρός γε τῶν τεκομένων :
In saying! what should we hit [the mark]?
Are they not the pangs,? which we have

suffered from our parents ? wv. page 159line 3
415, πάρεστι σαίνειν----
It is possible to flatter [some acts*] ἘΠ 109 3
418. ἔκοψα koupov” Aptov
I struck an Arian strain—* ὙΠ feer, BOO 7
418,9, ———————_-& τε Κισσίας

νόμοις ἰηλεμιστρίας----
And with the measures of a Cissian woman
lament-pouring® ah ave wate LOO a

420.

ἄδην ἰδεῖν
To see in abundance—* .... es seat ἘΠ 8
+ ” /

439. ἔχεις πατρῷον Kopov—

Thou hast’ [or ‘ hearest’] thy father’s death .... 160 4
441, μυχῷ δ᾽ ἄφερκτος
Confined in ἃ recess—*__... δῶ 100 6

443, χέουσα πολύδακρυν γόον----
Pouring forth a moaning with many tears’ .... 160 8

444, [H. has marked by asterisks the loss of some
words between ἀκούων and ἐν φρέσιν ; and
in the Notes asserts that, although it cannot
be stated exactly what has dropped out, the

12 H. adopts ri δ᾽ ἂν φάντες, suggested by Bothe and Bamberger, in
lieu of τί δ᾽ ἂν πάντες, and ἄχεα, for ἄχθεα, with Lachmann.

3 So probably H. understood ἸΠάρεστι σαίνειν, by mentally sup-
plying τὰ μὲν in the first clause, from τὰ δὲ in the second.

4H. alters ἔκοψε into ἔκοψ᾽, and “Apevoy into “Aocov—where ὁ Arius,’
he says, alludes to the people called Arii, who were related to the
Medes.

ὅ. H. corrects πολεμιστρίας into ἰηλεμιστρίας on the authority of
Hesych. Ἰηλεμιστρίας᾽ θρηνητρίας.

° H. reads πολυπλάνητ᾽ ἄδην with Bamberger, in lieu of πολυπά-
λαγκτα δ᾽ ἣν in Turneb.

7 Ἡ. alters λέγεις into ἔχειο----

8 H. adopts Stanley’s μυχῷ for μυχοῦ----

9 H. adopts Dobree’s χέουσα in lieu of χαίρουσα----

96. | APPENDIX,

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

whole verse was perhaps to this effect :—
‘Hearing of the insulting acts done by these
parties, in your thoughts—’]

455, "Αρης Αρει ξυμβαλεῖ
War shall conflict with war— oe page 160 line 20

475,6. κἀγὼ, πάτερ τοιῶνδε σοῦ χρείαν ἔχω
τυχεῖν, μέγαν προσθεῖσαν Αἰγίσθῳ φθόρον----
I have a need of meeting with such things
from thee, O father, that after having placed
a great destruction upon Aigistheus—.... 161

“1

492. ἢ τὰς ὁμοίας ἀντίδος λαβὰς λαβεῖν.
Or grant them in return to receive equal
layings-hold 13 cece eves eves 161 29

497 and foll. [H. thus arranges the speeches :—
497 OR. 498 EL. 499 OR. 502 EL.
505 CH. 508 OR., and reads Αὐτὸς δὲ σῶζε
in lieu of Αὐτὸς δὲ σώζει, and, placing Τίμημα
before, instead of after, Kal μὴν, he changes
ἀμόμφητον δέ twa τὸν into nee τόνδ᾽
ἐτεινάτην----] ..... . 162 i

524, [H. after Abresch assigns this verse to OR). ἘΠ. 29

525, αὐτὴ προσέσχε μαστὸν ἐν γ᾽ ὀνείρατι
She gave herself the breast at least in a
dreani.* x Bake ree LOZ 30

546. [H. thus arranges the re ve —

CH. So may it be; but explain the rest to
thy friends.
OR. The story is a simple one. 1 tell this
person to go within, and others to
do one thing, and others not to do
anything at all. ] ΤῈ ae 20

1 Ἡ, adopts Pauw’s ξυμβαλεῖ for ξυμβάλλει.

2H. alters τοιάνδε σου φυγεῖν in Turneb. into τοιῶνδε σου.... τυχεῖν
—and substitutes his own θόρον for μόρον, the supplement of Canter.

3 H. adopts Musgrave’s λαβὰς for βλαβὰς ; who refers to Plato in
Phedr. p. 236. B. εἰς τὰς ὁμοίας λαβὰς ἐλήλυθας: and Rep. vii.
p- 544, B., from whence it appears that λαβὴ was applied to the laying-
hold of each other by wrestlers, when they were on the ground.

4H. reads ἔν γ᾽ ὀνείρατι in lieu of ἔν τ᾽ --Ξ

a

THE CHOEPHORI. 97

Tine in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

563,4. τί δὴ πύλαισι τὸν ἱκέτην ἀπείργεται
Αἴγισθος ; εἴπερ
Why does Agistheus bar out the suppliant at
the gates ? especially if—! ta page 163 line 35

567,8. 7) καὶ μολὼν ἔπειτά μοι κατὰ στόμα
ἀρεῖ, σάφ᾽ ἴσθι, καὶ κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμοὺς βαλεῖ
Or even after arriving he shall then, know
thou clearly, lift up his mouth before me,
and cast down his eyes—* say vw. 164 1

581,6. movria τ᾽ ἀγκάλαι
κνωδάλων ἀνταίων
Bpvovot πλάθουσι καὶ πεδαίχμιοι
λαμπάδες πεδάοροι"
πτανὰ δὲ καὶ πεδαβάμον᾽ ἀπ᾽ ἀνεμοέντων
αἰγίδων φράσαι κότον.

And the arms of the sea flourish with hostile
monsters; and the lights in midair are
plentiful in the space between combatants ;
and things flying and walking on foot
have spoken of the anger from windy hurri-
canes—* “ὩΣ aa sis wien, 164 18

1H. reads ἀπείργεται Αἴγισθος, with MS. Med. But ἀπείργεται
is never found in an active sense. Ald. and Turn. more correctly, azeio-
γέτε, Αἴγισθος εἴπερ--- :

2 Such is Bamberger’s version of his own ἰοχί---κατὰ στόμα ἀρεῖ---
adopted by H. in lieu of éosi—But correct Greek and common sense
would require rather—ézeir’ ἐμοί γ᾽’ ἀνὰ στόμα apsi—for thus ἀναρεῖ
would be properly opposed to καταβαλεῖ-τ--

3 Such is the literal translation of the text of H.; where he has
altered βροτοῖσι into βρύουσι, of which, as being, he asserts, the under-
written gloss, he has rejected βλαστοῦσι, and changed πεδαβάμονα
KavewoevTwy into πεδαβάμον᾽ ἀπ᾽ avepoévTwy—observing that the
masculine ἀνεμοέντων, joined to the feminine aiyidwy, ought not to
excite the least suspicion. But as he has failed to show the syntax in
φράσαι, I have translated, as if he meant to write φράσαν, i. 6. ἔφρασαν.
He might however have intended to take φράσαι, the infinitive, in the
sense of the imperative. The latter part of these alterations was first
proposed in his Dissertat. de different. Pros. et Pcet. Orat. p. 33; but
its meaning even Wellauer said he could not comprehend.

H

98 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

587-92. ἀλλ᾽ ὑπέρτολμον avdp-
ds φρόνημα τίς λόγῳ
καὶ γυναικῶν φράσει
τλημόνων παντόλμοις
ἔρωτας ἄταισι συννόμους βροτῶν,
συζύγους θ᾽ ὁμαυλίας ;

But who will tell in a speech the overdaring
thoughts of a man, and the loves of bold
women, and their cohabitings under a yoke,
the fellow-livers with bids daring calamities
to mortals! ε wee page 104 line 22

593,4. θηλυκρατὴς a ἀπέρωτος ἔρως πάρα νείκᾳ
κνωδάλων τε καὶ βροτῶν.
The love, that rules in females, is present
unlovely in a contest, in the case of monsters
and mortals? τὰ +3 wee 164 24

595-8. ἴστω δ᾽ ὅστις οὐχ ὑπόπτερος
φροντίσιν, τὰν δαεῖσ᾽ ὁ παιδολύμ-
ας τάλαινα Θεστιὰς μήσατο,
πυρδαῆτιν πρόνοιων----
Let him, who is not with flighty thoughts, know
the fire-burning plan, which the wretched
child-destroying et of Thestis knew

and contrived—* ᾿ U2 SGA 2. ΘΟ
604. ἄλλον δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐν λόγοις στυγεῖν ᾿
Another there is in stories to hate—* wel Go 1
605. ——————ex6par ὑπαὶ
Induced by foes— sae on pau, GD 2

1 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; where he has altered
λέγοι into λόγῳ, and φρεσὶν into φράσει, and adopted from one MS.
παντόλμοις instead of παντόλμους, and rejected kai after τλημόνων on
conjecture. And he has thus given up the notion he once promulgated,
even after it had been adopted by his admirers, that τίς λέγοι could be
united without av.

2 Such, I presume, is the version of the text of H.; where he has
altered, with Victorius, ἀπέρωπος into azipwroc, and παρανικᾷ into
πάρα νείκᾳ.

3 Such is the version of the text of H.; where he has altered δαεὶς τὰν
into τὰν δαεῖσ᾽, and πυρδαῆ τινα into πυρδαῆτιν----

4 Ἡ, alters ἢ τιν᾽ into δ᾽ ἔστιν, as he had suggested at Soph. Cid.
R. 688 ; and adopts Canter’s ἄλλαν for ἀλλὰ----

5 So H. in the text; but in the Notes observes that Porson’s ὕπερ for
ὑπαὶ is very apt.

THE CHOEPHORI. 99

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. i Bohn’s Edit.
614-8. ἄκαιρος ¥ 6...... σέβων

Unseasonable is the person reverencing' page 165 line 8
619. ἐπ᾽ ἀνδρὶ δάοις ἐπικλύτῳ
Against a man renowned amongst foes—*__..... 165 10
622,9. -----γοᾶται δὲ ya πάθος κατά-
πτυστον

And the land moans for a yi ai in Seni of
abomination? εν . 165 14

nkacev δέ τις
τυ δεινὸν ἂν Λημνίοισι πήμασιν
Aud a person would assimilate the dreadful
thing to the calamities at Lemnos.‘ wee 164 15

623,4.

631-3. ———76 μὴ θέμις γὰρ, οὐ
λὰξ πέδοι πατούμενον, τὸ trav Διὸς
σέβας παρεκβαντὸς οὐ θεμιστῶς.
For that which is not lawful, being not trod-
den on the ground [is the act] of a person,
who has transgressed not lawfully the whole
respect due to Zeus.> _.... ἫΣ τὸν 10 2]

636-8. τέκνον δ᾽ ἐπεισφέρει δόμοισιν, ἐκ δ᾽
αἱμάτων παλαιτέρων τίνει μύσος
χρόνῳ κλυτὰ βυσσόφρων Ἐρινύς.
And it brings a child to houses; and the
deep-thinking Erinnys, time-honoured, pays
the pollution ἘΕΘΒΕΉΣ from more ancient
blood.® ae τ ΚΡ EGS 25

1H. alters ἀκαίρως δὲ........ σέβας into ἄκαιρος δ᾽ ὃ ........ σέβων---

2 So Η. substitutes ἐπικλύτ w for ἐπικότῳ, and refers to Apollon.
Rh. 11. 236: Εἰ δὴ ἐγὼν ὁ πρίν ποτ᾽ ἐπίκλυτος ἀνδράσι Φινεὺς “OABy
μαντοσύνῃ τε---

3. Ἢ, alters γοᾶται δὲ δὴ ποθεὶ into γοᾶται δὲ ya πάθος---πά takes
γοᾶται in an active sense, which would be inadmissible in correct Greek.

4 H. adopts Portus’ ἂν for as—

5 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; out of which the reader
is left to make what sense he can. That it was not very intelligible to
H. himself, is shewn by his abridged representation of the passage.—
‘ The wickedness of that person, who has impiously violated the reverence
due to Jupiter, is not neglected.’ But how such a meaning can be
extracted from the words of the text, I am at a loss to discover.

6 Here again the reader is left to make what sense he can out of this
literal version of the text of H., where he has adopted Miiller’s ἐκ δ᾽---
Canter’s αἱμάτων, and rive, in Turneb.

H2

100 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

642,9. τρίτον τόδ᾽ ἐκπέραμα δωμάτων καλῶ,
εἴπερ φιλόξεν᾽ ἐστίν, Αἰγίσθου βίαν.
I make this third call for the coming-out of
the might of Aigistheus from the house, if
indeed it is friendly to strangers. page 1\66line ὃ

650. γυνὴ oréyapxos
A female the ruler of the roof? δ oa OG 12

651. αἰδὼς yap ἐν λέσχαισιν
For modesty in places of public resort? om LOG 14

657.

δικαίων τ᾽ ὀμπνίων παρουσία
And the EEE of food for ἐν 0
sons ὃ . 166 20

677. οἱ ᾽γὼ κατ᾽ ἄκρας, ἐκπαθῶς anette
Woe! woe! we are destroyed utterly without
suffering.’ ἘΣ a τ τ ΠΟ 6

680. [H. transposes this verse after v. 682, and
reads ἀποψιλοῖ, ‘he strips me naked,’ instead
of ἀποψιλοῖς, ‘thou strippest me naked.

684,5. σὺν δ᾽, ἥ ἥπερ ἐν δόμοισι βακχείας ζαλῆς
ἰατρὸς ἐλπὶς ἦν, παροῦσαν ἐγγράφει.
And at the same time he (Orestes) writes
down as present the hope, which was the
cure for the storm of drunken passion.’ .... 167 13

1H. adopts Bamberger’s reading and interpretation. But such a
sense cannot be fairly elicited from the Greek. For καλῶ could not be
thus united, as Bamberger fancies it could, to the two accusatives,
ἐκπέραμα and βίαν.

2 H. adopts Bamberger’s στέγαρχος in lieu of τόπαρχος in MSS.

3 Ἢ, adopts Emper’ Ξ λέσχαισιν for λεχθεῖσιν ----

4 H. alters ὀμμάτων into ὀμπνίων, referring to Hesych. “Onna
τροφή" Ὄμπνια᾽ τὰ ζωτικά: Ὀμπνία' καρποφόρος τροφή.

5 H. reads ἐκπαθῶς in lieu οἵ ἐν waco’ ὡς in MSS., and ἐνθάδ᾽ we in
Turn., and remarks that ἐκπαθῶς, which elsewhere means ‘out of suf-
ferings? as shewn by Suidas in ’Exzracic, here means ‘ immediately.’

6 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text ;
where he has altered νῦν into σὺν, and adopted Emper’s ζάλης for
καλῆς : while he attempts to explain the passage thus altered, by saying
- He (Orestes) shews the hope to be present; since he is present
himself, although reduced to ashes.’

THE CHOEPHORI. 101

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

699. ὀπισθόπουν τε τοῦδε καὶ ξυνέμπορον.
Both the follower of this person and partner
of his path'.... aise ἐδ} page 167 line 28

714. [H. rejects here τὸν χθόνιον : but in Opuse. I.
p. 115, τὸν νύχιον : whom Paley has followed,
but without mentioning Hermann’s name.] 168 6

716. [After this verse H. marks the absence of
another, which he has given in the Notes—
Οἴκοισι πένθος θεὶς νέοις ἀγγέλμασιν, obtained
from the words of the Scholiast—avri τοῦ
πεποιηκέναι πένθος τῷ οἴκῳ διὰ τῆς ayyeAias—
and he thus renders this supplement, after
reading τυχεῖν κακὸν in lieu of τεύχειν κακον,
‘This stranger seems to have excited sorrow
in the house by their tidings. |

725. θετοσκυθρωπὸν ἐντὸς ὀμμάτων γέλων

κείθουσ᾽
Concealing a smile of adopted sadness within
her eyes? ae iy ad a 68 1

738. [In defence of the irregular construction
that led Dindorf to suspect a lacuna here,
H. has written a note, which even his
admirers, with the exception of Bam-
berger, will ie think rea have been
omitted. | ae . 168 28

759,60. ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν, ὡς πος ἧς me
ἄνωχθ᾽ ὅσον τάχιστά γ᾽ εὑδούσῃ φρενί.
Order him to come as quickly as possible with
a sleeping mind, that he may fearlessly hear? 169 13

760. ἐν ἀγγέλῳ yap κρυπτὸς ὀρθοῦται λόγος.
For in the case of a messenger a concealed
speech is made straight.+ ite .-. 169 15

1 H. adopts Pauw’s ὀπισθόπουν... ξυνέμπορον, and changes δὲ τόνδε
into τε τοῦδε---
2 H. adopts Erfurdt’s θετοσκυθρωπὸν in lieu of θέτο σκυθρωπὸν---
But θετοσκυθρωπὸς is scarcely a good Greek compound.
3H. changes γαθούσῃ into γ᾽ εὑδούσῃ, refering to εὑδούσῃ φρενὶ in
= Tympanistr. Fr.
4 H. retains κρυπτὸς, furnished by the Scholiast in the Leipsic MS. of

102 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

772-4, δὸς τύχας εὖ τυχεῖν
κυρίως τὰ σὠώφρον᾽ εὖ
μαιομένοις ἔχειν
Grant that events may turn out well to those
seeking that temperate matters may be

decidedly well. ee oo page 170tine 1
775,6. καδ δίκαν πᾶν ἔπος
ἔλακον----
According to Justice, I have oui every
word? ἫΝ oa Se vents EO 3

775-7. πρὸ δέ γ᾽ ἐχθρῶν τὸν ἔσωθεν μελάθρων Zed
Place, Ὁ Zeus, him within the house before
his foes* ἘΠ ss δ: ical 70 4

781-7. ἴσχε δ᾽ ἀνδρὸς φίλου πῶλον εὖν-
ιν ζυγέντ᾽ ἐν ἅρμασιν
πημάτων, ἐν δρόμῳ
προστιθεὶς μέτρον, τίν᾽ αὖ
σωζόμενον ῥυθμὸν
τοῦτ᾽ ἰδεῖν γάπεδον
ὁνομένων βημάτων ὄρεγμα,

Support thou the orphan colt (offspring) of a
beloved man, yoked to the car of calamity;
and place thou a limit to his race, so that
this soil may see again that the endeavour
of his paces may, as a ὙΠ preserve
some measure’ ὑὸς ee af PLEO 8

Homer, IA. xv. 207, and rejects κυπτὸς, found in the Venice MS,
according to Villoison, and adopted by Blomf.

1 So H., where εὖ τυχεῖν is due to Bamberger, in lieu of δὸς τύχας
δὲ Bee τυχεῖν κυρίως τὰ σώφροσυνεο μαιομένοις ἰδεῖν.

2 Ἡ. reads kad δίκαν πᾶν is lieu of διὰ δικᾶσαι in MSS., where πᾶν
is due to Pauw. But cad δίκαν is an AXolism, never found in Tragic
Greek at Athens; although it is in the Comic fragments of the Doric
Bee ns

3 H. adopts Seidler’s τὸν ἔσωθεν in lieu of τῶν Eow—

4 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
where he has adopted Pauw’s ἴσχε for i¢@:—and altered τίς ἂν into τίν᾽
av—and δάπεδον into γάπεδον. To myself the Greek and the version
are equally unintelligible.

THE CHOEPHORI. 103

Line in ἢ Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

788-90. of τ᾽ ἔσω δωμάτων
πλουτογαθῆ μυχὸν ἐνίζετε,
κλῦτε, σύμφρονες θεοί.
Ye too, ‘who sit in the recess rejoicing in
wealth within the house, hear, ye gods, who
think with us.! ois ie wage 170 line 11

791,2. ἄγετε, τῶν πάλαι
λύσασθ᾽ αἷμα προσφάτοις δίκαις
Come, absolve by new acts of justice the blood

of those of former times—* see Bie 1. 12
793. [After δίκαις H. has marked the loss of a line
by asterisks. ]
795,6. τὸ δὲ καλῶς κτίμενον ὦ μέγα ναίων
στόμιον
Ο thou that dwellest in the well-built large
[cavern’s] mouth—* a sere 15

796-8. ——et δὸς ἀνέδην δόμον indpis
καί νιν ἰδεῖν φιλίοις
“ὄμμασιν ἐκ δνοφερᾶς καλύπτρας.
Grant that the house of the man and himself
may freely see with friendly eyes out of the
dark veil a isis wef emnaeee 16

799-801. ξυλλάβοι δ᾽ ἐνδίκως
παῖς ὁ Μαίας ἐπιφορώτατος
πρᾶξιν οὐρίαν θέλων

And may the son of Maia, bearing down very
much, assist justly, wishing an action with
a favourable wind.5 ae ΝΣ pee 19

1 H. adopts Seidler’s ἐνίζετε in preference to his own ὁρίζετε, in lieu
of vopiZere—

2 H. omits with Canter πεπραγμένων after τῶν πάλαι--

3 Ἢ, adopts Bamberger’s κτίμενον for krausvov—which I first pro-
posed in the Classical Journal No. 13, p. 168.

* Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
where he has altered ἀνιδεῖν into avidnv—of which he says, that both
ἐλευθερίως and λαμπρῶς are glosses, that have crept into the text.

5 Such is the literal and to myself unintelligible version of the text of
H.; where he now retains ἐπιφορώτατος, which he formerly altered into
ἐπιφθορώτατος.

104 , _ APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greck Text. Bohn’s Edit.
802-5. τὰ δ᾽ dda ᾿ἀμφανεῖ ν

χρήζων" ἄσκοπον δὲ ἔπος λέγων
νύκτα “πρό τ᾽ ὀμμάτων σκότον φέρει,
καθ᾽ ἡμέραν δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐμφανέστερος.
He, who gave the oracle, will shew forth what
was dark; but, by speaking a word not to
be seen through, he brings a night and
darkness before the eyes, and during the
day he is not more clear.! ieee page 170 line 20
806. καὶ τότ᾽ ἤδη, τότε πλοῦτον οἴσομεν
And then now, then, we shall bring wealth? 171
809,10. ἅμα δὲ κρεκτὸν yoaray νόμον
θήσομεν πόλει
And at the same time we shall place in the
city a strain struck on the lyre-string, by
persons lamenting® a ἐπὶ eal fal 1

810,11, ———————ra δ᾽ εὖ
ἔχοντ᾽ ἐμὸν κέρδος αὔξει TOO —
But affairs, by turning out ala increase this
oy; gain. 4 το πο ἘΝ 4
813,16. ov δὲ θαρσῶν, ὅταν ἥκῃ μέρος. ἔργων,
ἐπαΐσας TE θροοῦσαν
πρὸς σἐ---τέκνον---πατρὸς
περαίνειν ἐπίμομφον αὐδάν.
And do thou boldly, when shall come [thy]
share in deeds, having heard her cry out to
thee—‘ My child’—bring to a finish the
inculpating voice of thy father® πο ΜῈ vi

1 Such, I presume, is what H. meant by his refiction. of the text 5
where, in lieu of πολλὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα φανεῖ χρηΐζων kourra—he reads τὰ δ᾽
ἄλα᾽ ἀμφανεῖ χρύζων-- and says that κρυπτὰ has crept into the text
from the Schol. ra δὲ κρυπτὰ νῦν φανερώσει. But if the sense is what
I have supposed, correct Greek would require yoyoac: and hence,
perhaps, χρηίζων must be rendered ‘if he wishes it—’

2 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; where he has supplied
οἴσομαι from conjecture, and elicited τότ᾽ ἤδη τότε from τότε 67}—without
observing that τότ᾽ ἤδη is Blomfield’s suggestion, and still less, that τότ᾽
nen is incorrect Greek, and that τότε could not be repeated after τότ᾽ ἤδη.

3 Such is the version of the text of H., which he has given in lieu of
ὁμοῦ κρεκτὸν γοητῶν νόμον μεθήσομεν ee where δὲ is due to Blomf.

4-H. alters ra ἐμὸν ἐμὸν κέρδος ἀέξεται τόδε into τὰ δ᾽ εὖ ἔχοντ᾽ ἐμὸν
κέρδος αὔξει τόδ᾽ "answering to the Scholiast’s explanation, ra καλῶς
ἀποβαίνοντα τὸ ἐμὸν κέρδος ἐστίν.

> Such is the text οἵ H., which he has substituted in lieu οὗ ἐπαῦσας

THE CHOEPHORI. 105

Line in Reference t®
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

819,20. τοῖς τ᾽ ἄνω πρόπρασσ᾽ ἰὼν
χάριτας ὀργᾶς λυγρᾶς.
And in behalf of those above go and perform
the favour of a harsh passion! __.... page 171 line 10

820,21. Sa ee
φοινίαν ἅγαν τιθεὶς
Placing within thee an ΤΗΡΉΣΕΙ seating
with blood?] _.... ai yeh dl 12

829, [After this verse H. εὐ ας the loss of tase
but without even attempting to shew what

was wanting for the sense. | st ἐὰ 171 13
828, γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἄχθος Setpatoorayes—
Would be ἃ fear-dripping burden—* On f 18
842, ————————kambedfove’
And calling upon the gods' is es Wo 2

850. [After this verse H. notices the loss of Need
in Greek πλοῦτόν τε δόμων, 1. 6. ‘and the

wealth of Ποιι568.᾽} see δ: ae. Fee 8

862. ———_————dcorrérov πεπληγμένου

Of my master, who has been struck® [70 19
870, ————————_rrot Κλυταιμνηστρα ;

Whither [is gone] Clytemnestra 75 Pome by: 26
871. ———————emi ξυροῦ πελας

Near to the edge—’ ie xs HATZ 27
872. ————————_-pés δίκης πεπληγμένος.

Struck justly®.... ἘΞ ταν λό τάν! ἐγ». 27

πατρὸς ἔργῳ θροούσᾳ πρὸς δὲ, τέκνον, πατρὸς αὐδὰν και περαίνων
ἐπίμομφαν ἄταν, in MS. Med.

1 Such is the text of H., where χάριτας is due to Schiitz, and λυγρᾶς
to Blomf. in lieu of τοῖς τ’ ἄνωθεν προπράσσων χάριτος ὀργᾶς λυπρᾶς.
. alters ἄταν into ἅγαν----

. retains δειματοσταγὲς----
. adopts Schiitz’s κἀπιθεάζουσ᾽ in lieu of κἀπιθοαζουσ
. adopts Schiitz’s πεπληγμένου instead of τελουμένου----
. retains ποῖ against Elmsley’s tov—
So H. in the text; but in the Notes he prefers ἐπιξήνου πέλας,

‘near to the butcher’s block,’ as suggested a Abresch ; who refers to
Ag. 1236.

8 So H. reads partly with MS. Med., instead of πρὸς δίκην πεπληγ-

μένης in Turneb. But most assuredly a domestic servant of Agistheus
would never have said that the neck of Clytemnestra had been struck justly.

ζ0 ΚΠ γπὶ [πὶ ΠΠ ΓΠ

2
3
4
5
6
7

106 APPENDIX.

Line in
Greek Text.
891. --------------καὶ παραινεῖς μοι καλῶς.

Reference to
Bohn’s Edit.

And nies admonishest me well.! _.... page 173 line 16

906, ἀλλ᾽ εἴφ᾽ ὁμοίως . -
But vinte equally—* a: or

932.

καὶ κτεάνων τριβᾶς
ὑπαὶ δυοῖν λύσιν μιαστόροιν
And a release from the me of chattels by
two polluters? ἐς ἐς
996,7. ἔθιγε δ᾽ ἐν μάχᾳ χερὸς ἐτήτυμος
Διὸς κόρα----
And the true daughter of Zeus hath touched a
hand in battle—+

942.3. ἁγνὸν ἔχων μυχὸν Δ 8 ὁ anges ἢ
μεσομφάλοις θεὸς παρ᾽ ἐσχάραις
Holding the great recess of the earth, the
Pythian god at the hearths of the ’mid-
navels—

943. [After the ΝΑ δα θοΝ ἀλλ μενος in the ies
Note, H. has marked the loss of the rest of
the first Antistrophé, and the commence-
ment of the second Strophé. ]

945. [H., who once attempted out of ἐπ᾽ ὄχθει ἀξεν
ddéhas δολίας to elicit ἐπαξίως δολία, and
subsequently ἐπ᾽ ἐχθροξένοις δόλοισιν δόλια,
and more recently em ἐχθρόφρον᾽ ἔταξεν, ἃ
δόλιά σε δολίαν, has confessed, at last, his
Inability to make anything satisfactory out
of ἐπ᾿ ὄχθει ifev—and has retained merely
ἃ δόλιά oe Sokiav—and χρονισθεῖσαν, got out
of Pauw’s χρονισθεῖσά γι---Ἰ woke τ

1.22

“Tip

. 175

. 17

ete

175

40

1 So H. in the text; but in the Notes he prefers his own zapyvecac

καλῶς.

2 H. reads ἀλλ᾽ εἴφ᾽ ---ἰπβίθαά of μὴ ἀλλ᾽ ei¢’—How easy was it for

him to read My ἄλειφ᾽ ---- Do not daub out—’

3 H. introduces from conjecture λύσιν between δυοῖν and μιαστό-

βοιν---

ΠΗ͂Σ adopts Pauw’s δ᾽ ἐν μάχᾳ; and in the Notes prefers Scaliger’s

i μὼς to ἐτήτυμος..

° H. refers to this place the fragment, as he imagined, of A¢schylus,
preserved by Marius Plotius, p. 2645: ὁ Πύθιος μεσομφάλοις θεὸς παρ

ἐσχάραις.

THE CHOEPHORI. 107

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
962,3, κρατείτω δ᾽ ἔπος τὸ θεῖον τὸ μή μ᾽
ὑπουργεῖν κακοῖς.
Let the divine word rule—* Do not assist the :
wicked.” } fas ae ws page 175 line 10

956. μέγα τ᾽ ἀφῃρέθην ψάλιον οἰκετῶν.
I have taken away a great manacle of the
domestics.?—.... a ΤΣ ee 275 12
957. ἄναγε μὰν, δόμοι.
Rise up, ye Ποιι568.5 oni a ae 5 13

957,8. ———————_roddv ἄγαν χρόνον
χαμαιπετεῖς ἔκεισθ᾽ ἀεί.
For a very long time ye have lain for ever
fallen upon the ground.‘ sits ἘΞΕΤῚ σές 14

963-5. τύχᾳ δ᾽ εὐπροσωποκοίτᾳ τὸ πᾶν
ἰδεῖν θρευμένοις
μέτοικοι δύμων πεσοῦνται πάλιν.
And with a fortune, that has a good-looking
bed, [it is possible] for those, who lament, to
see all; the foreign settlers in the house
shall fall again.® aoe aes cat kio 18

1 H. alters κρατεῖται δέ πως into κρατείτω δ᾽ Eoc—and rejects παρὰ
before τὸ μὴ---ϑ if it had dropped from the clouds, to use the language
his son-in-law, Fritzsche.

2 H. reads μέγα with Porson and οἰκετῶν with Franz, in lieu of
μέγαν and οἴκων.

3. Η, alters ἀναγεμὰν δόμοις into ἄναγε μὰν δόμοι---Βυῦ how the
singular ἄναγε is to agree with the plural δόμοι, H. has neglected to
shew.

4 H. changes χαμαπετεῖσε κεῖσθ᾽ in MSS. into χαμαιπετεῖς ἔκεισθ᾽ ---
where χαμαιπετεῖς is due to Wellauer, and ἔκεισθ᾽ to Bamberger, as it
seems.

5 Such is the literal and to myself unintelligible version of the text of H., —
of which he has given this Latin representation—translation it is not—
‘ Prospera ad videndum narrantibus fortune revertentur restituti edibus ’
—which I must leave for those to understand, who can ; and to explain
why he omitted ἀκοῦσαι between ἰδεῖν and Opevpivorc—for to say, as he
does, that it was introduced by an interpreter to explain something,
when, in fact, it explains nothing, is to give a reason that is in fact no
reason. With regard to the strange compound εὐπροσωποκοίτα, it
neither is, nor could be, a Greek word.

108 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

976. [After ποδοῖν ξυνωρίδα, H. has with Meineke
introduced eight verses, commonly found
after φρονήματος, in v. 998, ] "τὰ page 176 line 3

983-6. τοιοῦτον ἂν κτήσαιτο φηλήτης ἀνὴρ
E€vev ἀπαιόλημα, κἀργυροστερῆ
βίον νομίζων τῷδέ γ᾽ ἂν δολώματι
πολλοὺς ἀναιρῶν πολλὰ θερμαίνοι φρένα.

Such a thing of trickery a man, who cheats
strangers, would possess ; and he, who prac-
tices a money-robbing lite, would with this
craftiness destroy ane Sarwan and warm
his ἤθασὺ τὸν ἘΠ 170 2

991.

Αἰγίσθου yap οὐ λέγω μόρον.
For of the fate οἵ Agistheus I say nothing—* 176 9

992, ————————-os vopos . . :
As is the law? _.... ἜΤΙ ΔῸΣ τς. 210 11

996,7. 7 σοι δοκεῖ μύραινά γ᾽ εἴτ᾽ ἔχιδν᾽ ἔφυ,
σήπειν θιγοῦσ᾽ ἂν μᾶλλον, οὐ δεδηγμένη.
Does she not seem to you, whether she were
naturally a murzena or a viper, to produce a
rotting by ae rather, not ee been
bitten—* »" ε or ie avo 14

1001. στρ.

1009. νῦν αὑτὸν αἰνῶ

Now I praise myself5 sie τς παν d= 92

1 So H. reads with a new punctuation, and by adopting Lobeck’s

θερμαίνει φρένα, and rejecting Dindorf’s θέρμ᾽ ἅνοι φρενί---
2 Η. prefers λέγω! in Schol. and Turneb. to ψέγω in MSS.

3 H. prefers we νόμος in Canter’s ed. to we νόμου---

4 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
where he has preferred Meineke’s"H σοι δοκεῖ to his own Οὐ σοὶ δοκεῖ,
and to Ti σο! δόκεϊ in MSS. ; and he has received from Rob. θιγοῦσ᾽ av—
and from Blomf. μᾶλλον ---

5 H. reads αὑτὸν for αὐτὸν---Βαῦ αὑτὸν is never used for ἐμαυτὸν, as
Elmsl. and Blomf. have correctly remarked. Hence H. should have
read Νῦν μ᾽ αὐτὸν αἰνῶ---

THE CHOEPHORI. 109

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1013-16. οὔτις μερόπων ἀσινῆ βίοτον
διὰ πάντ᾽ εὔθυμος ἀμείψει,
τέκνον, ἐς μόχθον δ᾽
ὁ μὲν αὐτίχ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ ὕστερον, néev.
No one of voice-dividing beings shall pass with
good spirits through a life wholly harmless,
my child ; but one has rushed on the instant
to trouble, and another subsequently. page 177 line 5
1017. ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἂν εἰδῆτ᾽, od yap οἶδ᾽ ὅπη τελεῖ----
But that ye may know—for I do not know

where [things] will end—* ais 1.77 9
1018--20. ὥσπερ ξὺν ἵπποις ἡνιοστρόφον δρόμου
ἐξωτέρω φέρουσι γὰρ νικώμενον
ένες δύσαρκτοι.
Feelings ill-controlled carry [me], as ἃ cha-
rioteer overcome, sot with his horses,
out of the course.® fsa wkeny ἐγ σι 10
1020,1. τ TR Ae δὲ sip φόβος
adeu ἕ ἕτοιμος, ἢ δ᾽ ὑπορχεῖσθαι κρότῳ.
And fear is ready to sing to the heart, which
[is ready] to dance with the noise.‘ ws AT 12
1028. [After παρέντα δ᾽, H. ΤῊ the mark of an
aposiopesis. | ΞΕ Ὶ & 20
1029, τόξῳ γὰρ οὔτις πημάτων Sa ay
For no one will touch upon calamities with
ὉΠ ΣΤΟΝ ΝΣ νυ ae se TE 21

1 So H., with the view of equalizing the antistrophical measures, has
introduced from conjecture τέκνον after ἀμείψει, and ὕστερον before
géev—and altered ἄτιμος ἀμείψεται into εὔθυμος ἀμείψει. He either
got the idea from, or suggested it to, Erfurdt ; who, in the Heidelberg
Journal for 1809, p. 294, proposed to insert τέκνον, and with Schiitz,
ὕστερον, and to read ἔντιμος---

2H. adopts ὡς ἂν εἰδῆτ᾽, οὐ γὰρ oi0’—as suggested by Emper and
Martin—in lieu of ἄλλος ἂν εἰδὴ τοῦτ᾽ do’—in MSS.

3 So H. by taking away the stop after ἐξωτέρω ---α if yap could thus
be found after the seventh word in a sentence—and by adopting Schiitz’s
ἡνιοστρόφον in lieu of ἡνιοστρόφου. And yet how easy was it to read
ὡς yao—and φέρουσιν ἐμὲ instead of ὥσπερ and φέρουσι yao—

4 H. reads with Emper ἣ δ᾽ ὑπορχεῖσθαι κρότῳ: where κρότῳ is due
to Abresch. But δὲ could not thus follow the relative 7j—although it
might ἡ» in the sense of αὕτη.

® Ἡ, adopts Meineke’s προσθίξεται in lieu of προσίζεται. But in this

110. ᾿ APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Boln’s Edit.
1034,5, οὐδ᾽ ἐφέστιον

ἄλλῃ τραπέσθαι ,
Nor as a person at ‘the hearth to turn by
another road.! ER w. page 177 line 29

1036,7. τὰ δ᾽ ἐν χρόνῳ μοι πάντας ᾿Αργείους λέγω
ἐκμαρτυρεῖν 7) μέλε᾽ ἐπορσύνθη κακά.
I say that all the Argives will in time testify
in what way ee evils have been fur-

nished by me.? as τοῦς Yt) 1
1039. [After this verse, H. has with ὙΠῸ marked
with asterisks a lacuna, ] re We) 3

1046. ποῖαι γυναῖκες aide
What women are these—?22 re 118 8

1048, τίνες σε δόξαι, φίλτατ᾽ ἀνθρώπων πατρὶ
What visions, O thou dearest of men to thy
father—* uA mia vie ὡς 179 li

1053. ἐκ τῶνδέ σοι ταραγμὸς ἐς φρένας πίτνει
From these a verturbation falls on thy mind’ 178 17

formula the perpetual phrase is ἐφικνεῖσθαι or προσικνεῖσθαι. Hence
Schiitz’s ἐφίξεται, adopted by Blomf., is preferable.

1 H. elicits ἄλλῃ from ἄλλην and retains ἐφέστιον in MSS. But I
confess I do not understand how a person, who was at the hearth, could
be said to turn by another road, without any mention being made of the
place to which Orestes was to go.

2-H. alters καὶ μαρτυρεῖν μοι μενέλεως ἐπορσύνθη κακὰ in MSS. into
ἐκμαρτυρεῖν ἡ μέλε᾽ ἐπορσύνθη Kaxa—and thus rejects his former read-
ing—we péXe’—adopted by Paley. He conceives, however, that some-
thing has been lost here.

3 H. has given ποῖαι for Awwai—as he had tacitly corrected in his
Dissertation attached to his edition of Aristotle’s Poetics, p. 224. But
he should have adopted Δειναὶ rather, as I suggested on Eum. 95, For
Opwai could scarcely have been corrupted into ποῖαι.

4 So H.in the text; but in the Notes he gives up his previous alte-
ration πάτρας for πατρὶ, although it had been adopted by Schiitz, and
proposes to read—@iArar’ ἀνθρώπων, κέαρ Στροβοῦσιν. But had he
turned to my note on Eum. 95, he would have seen that I had already
suggested φίλτατ᾽ ἀνθρώπων, wepi—which is nearer to the old πατρὶ
than his reap—

ὃ H. reads σοι for ror—

THE CHOEPHORI. 111

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
1056,7. ets wot! καθαρμός" Λοξίου δὲ προσθιγὼν
ἐλεύθερόν σε τῶνδε πημάτων κτίσει.
There is one purification for thee ; and laying
hold of Loxias, it shall render thee freed

from these calamities." ae we. page 178 line 20
1066, μὄχθοι τάλανες.
Wretched troubles. OE |: ae

1H. adopts εἷς cor—elicited from εἰσσ᾽ ὁ in MS. by Erfurdt and
Ahrens.

2-H. retains κτίσει. But he does not explain the syntax; which, as
Ritschel saw, requires κτίσεις, if προσθιγὼν is to be applied to Orestes;
and so it must be applied; for assuredly the purification did not touch
Apollo, although it came from him.

3 H. omits re Θυέστου, as he had suggested in Opusc. I. p. 112.

΄

112 APPENDIX.

THE FURIES.

Tine in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
6. Tiravis ἄλλη, παῖς XOovds—

Another Titanian, a daughter of Earth' page 179 line 5

21. [After ἀναστροφαὶ H. has marked a supposed
lacuna by asterisks ; but without assigning
any reason for doing so. | τ 3 LSO 8

32, ————————kel πάρ᾽ ‘ENAnvev twes—
And if there are present any of the Greeks—* 180 14

45, Anvet μεγιστοσωφρύόνως ἐστεμμένον---
Crowned with wool in a very modest manner? 181 3

50. [After τύποις H. marks the absence of a verse,
which Wakefield first eee to supply
from the Schol.] ει . 181 7

DD; ῥέγκουσι δ᾽ οὐ πλαστοῖσι ΣΝ

And they snore with breathings not feigned‘ 18] 10

1 §. H. with Stanley and Wakefield.

2 So H. with Abresch. But πάρα is never found with a plural noun
in the sense of πάρεισι ; nor is the last syllable elided, when it is united
to a noun singular.

3-H. reads μεγιστοσωφρόνως in lieu of μεγίστῳ σωφρόνως, and refers
to μεγιστότιμος in Suppl. 679. Drake, in his recently published edition
of this play, would read λήνει μὲν εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐξεστεμμένῳ : where
μὲν is due to Hemsterhuis, as stated by Valckenaer on Phoen. 994.

4 H. retains πλαστοῖσι, which every one else since the time of Schiitz,
who first proposed πλατοῖσι, had rejected; and this too without H.
explaining what he understood by ‘‘not-feigned breathings ;” as if the
breathings of the Furies would be represented in any other light than
real.

THE FURIES. 113

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

56. ἐκ δ᾽ ὀμμάτων λείβουσι δυσφιλῆ λίβα
And they distil disagreeable rheum from their
eyes! ὃν boo page 181 line 11

61, ———————_p) μεταστένειν πόνον
So as not to groan after its labour— ἘΠ ΒΤ 15

70. [After H. had in Opuscul. VI. p. 23, ἘΣ ΠΕ,
that πεσοῦσαι Was a nominative absolute, he
discovered that the aorist participle could
not be so used; and hence he conceived
that a verse of this kind has fallen out—
Ἐν τοῖσδε τοῖς θρόνοισιν ἀσθενεῖς πάρα, i. 6.
‘In these seats here are weak.’] ate 180 6

72. Νυκτὸς παλαιαὶ παῖδες

Ancient children of Night—* sie w. 182 7

79. βιβῶντ᾽ av’ ἀεὶ τὴν πλανοστιβῆ χθόνα---
Stalking through the earth ever-trodden ss
wanderings—* . 182 12

95. σέβει τοι Ζεὺς τόδ᾽ ἐκνόμων ΠΕ
Zeus revereuces this honour of lawless per-

sons— ΣΡ aS aes sein es 27

1H. adopts my λίβα, which he calls an egregious emendation;
although he once laboured to defend βίαν, the reading suggested by
Sophianus, in lieu of διὰ, and by so doing misled Wellauer and his
followers.

2 H. adopts Arnald’s πόνον for tovwy—

3H. adopts Νυκτὸς in lieu of Tpata,—the conjecture of Valckenaer—
But how such a mistake could have arisen, it is difficult to understand.
The poet evidently wrote Γραῖαι, πάλαι τ᾽ ἄπαιδες, as I suggested thirty
years ago.

4 So reads H., and compares Plato, Legg. VIIT. p. 832. c. ἄρχει σὺν
ἀεί τινι βίᾳ---Βαὶ though ἀεὶ might be thus inserted between ody and
τινὶ, it could not be between ody and τῇ. Moreover, as βιβῶν is an
Epic form, it cannot be shewn to be a Dramatic one by quoting, as
H. does in its defence, the Lyric Pindar.

> H. retains ἐκνόμων σέβας, and renders ἐκνόμων, ‘lawless,’ since
Suidas explains ᾿Εκνόμοις by παρανόμοις: and he observes that the
whole passage means, that pity is not wanting to the wicked, when
assisted by a faitnful companion. But how such a meaning can be
elicited from the Greek words, I must leave for others to discover ; espe-
cially as H. never hit upon it, when he suggested in Opuscul. VI. p. 25,
ἐκνόμως, what he has subsequently rejected, even after it had been
adopted by Dindorf.

Ι

114 APPENDIX,

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
99,100. ———-—————-ov ....
ὄνειδος

A disgrace on account of whom—' 0... page 183 line 5

106. ὅρα δὲ πληγὰς τάσδε καρδίας ὅθεν----
But see these blows of the heart from whence
[they are? _.... Peas ae gs Abe 10

108. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ δὲ μοῖρ᾽ ἀπρόσκοπος φρενῶν
But in the day the lot of the mind is not fore-
seelng—* Sate ae πος Re cs) 11

117,8, ἀκούσαθ᾽ " ὡς ἔλεξα τῆς ἐμῆς πέρι
ψυχῆς. Φρονήσατ᾽---
Hear ; since I have spoken of the danger of
my soul. Reflect—' _.... a eksS 19

122, φίλοις γάρ εἶσιν, οὐκ ἐμοὶ, προσίκτορες.
For to relations, not to me, there are deities
presiding over suppliants® ne ἐὸν EBS 22

128. τί σοι πέπρακται---

What deed has been done by you® w. 184 1

1 H. has edited ὧν for we, as suggested by Wakefield and Tyrwhitt.
But how dévewWog ὧν can have that meaning, I cannot under-
stand.

2 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; which Miilier would not,
although Dindorf would, receive ; while Schoemann is content with καρδίᾳ
σέθεν found in three MSS., as I had edited long ago.

3-H. in lieu of βροτῶν, reads what the Schol. leads to, φρενῶν, whose
words are—7 τῆς φρενὸς μοῖρα οὐ προορᾷ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ.

4 H. retains ὡς, which Schiitz had altered into ov—

5 So H. understands this passage by altering ἐμοῖς into éuoi—But
φίλοις does not mean ‘relations ;’ nor, if it did, would the ghost of Cly-
temnestra speak of her son, who had murdered her, by the title of φίλοις ;
nor lastly, could προσίκτορος mean ‘ presiding over suppliants,’ unless
the name of a deity were introduced. The alteration and interpretation,
it seems from Paley’s note, are due to Miiller.

6 H. retains πέπρακται, despite the fact, that πέπρωται, suggested by
Stanl., is confirmed by Ti yap πέπρωται Ζηνὶ πλὴν ἀεὶ κρατεῖν in
Prom. 518.

THE FURIES. 115

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

140-2, σὺ δ᾽ αἱματηρὸν πνεῦμ᾽ ἐπουρίσασα τῷδ᾽
ἕπου, μάραινε δευτέροις διώγμασιν,
ἀτμῷ κατισχναίνουσα, νηδύος πυρί,
But do thou sending to this person a favor-
able breath blood-flowing, waste him away
by second pursuits, making him thin by a
vapour, the fire of the belly! ws page 184 line 10

165,6. κρατοῦντες, τὸ πᾶν δίκας πλέον,
φονολιβὴ θρόμβον
Ruling over the blood-distilling er: alto-
gether more than is just? . 184 27

174. ἐμοί τε λυπρὸς καὶ τὸν οὐκ ἐκλύσεται----
And he is both grievous to me, and he shall
not liberate him? seco ws ono 184 34

176,7. ποτιτρόπαιος Sv δ᾽ ἕτερον ev κάρᾳ
μιάστορ᾽, ἔστιν ὃν, πάσεται.
But being impious he shall possess another
avenger, it is whom, on his head.‘ ww 185 2

187. παίδων τε χλοῦνις 75° ἀκρωνία κακῶν.
The castration of boys and the climax of
ill— i Ph: Be owen ἢ τ ἐν 11

1 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; who has altered τῷ into
τῷδ᾽, through his conceiving, what he could not support by a single
passage, that τῷδ᾽ could thus end one verse, if the next began with a
vowel ; while to prevent the ambiguity that would arise from τῷδ᾽ thus
coming before ἀτμῷ, he has changed the order of vv. 141,2.

2 S. adopts Wakefield’s θρόμβον for θρόνον, and unites θρόμβον with
κρατοῦντες.

3. Η. reads ἐμοὶ for kapoi—and applies τὸν. in the sense of τοῦτον, to
Orestes. But had Aischylus alluded to Orestes, he would have written
rather τόνδε r’—not καὶ τὸν---

* Such is the literal version of the text of H. where he once wished te
read ἔστιν ov —

5 H. adopts the emendation, suggested by Fritzsche, Iaidwy re
χλοῦνις ἠδ᾽ ἀκρωνία KakGy—to which he was led, as the son-in-law of
Hermann should have stated, by my correction—Ilai¢wy re χλοῦνις καὶ
κακῶν akowvia—For ἠδὲ is an Homeric word, never found except in cor-
rupt passages in the extra-choral parts of Greek tragedy, as Valckenaer
was the first to remark, whose doctrine I have supported sufficiently
against the objections of Porson.

12

116 APPENDIX.

Line in teference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

188, λευσμόν re καὶ μύζυυσιν . . -
And persons moana Β.ΟΠ]Πρ"---ὖ .... page 185 line 12

193,4. ἐν τοῖσδε πλησίοισι χρηστηρίοις
In these neighbouring oracular shrines—* ,.... 185 17

199. ἀλλ᾽ eis τὸ πᾶν ἔπραξας, ὡς παναΐτιος

But you singly have done all, as agar the

entire cause® Ὡς . 185 20
212, --------------καὶ παρ᾽ οὐδὲν ἢ ἧκέ σοι
And of no account have come to γου---ὖ τ 1860 18

219. τὸ μὴ τίνεσθαι μηδ᾽ ἐποπτεύειν κότῳ
So as not to punish nor to look upon them
with anger— athe seat ἀπ 180 10
226, τιμὰς σὺ μὴ σύντεμνε τὰς ἐμὰς ψόγῳ
Do not cut short my honors by abuse—* .... 186 26

230, —————————-kakvvnyeT@.
And I hunt him out.’ meee ἐν 188 90

236-8. οὐ προστρόπαιον, οὐδ᾽ ἀφοίβαντον χέρα
ἄλλοισιν οἴκοις καὶ πορεύμασιν βροτῶν"
ἀλλ᾽, ἀμβλὺς ἤδη προστετριμμένον μύσο-----
ΝΟΥ uncleansed as to hand in other houses and
journeyings of men ; but ri ἐᾶι blunted as
to a pollution, worn ‘down—* ὁ. sant ΤΟΝ 2

1H. retains λευσμὸν and unites it to μύζουσιν, as Kiihner wished to
do. But those scholars should have produced at least one passage, to
prove that μύζουσιν could be thus introduced between τὲ καὶ and oix-
TLO POV.

2 So H. retains πλησίοισι, and refers πλησίοισι χρηστηρίοις to the
places near the temple, where the Chorus were then supposed to be,
after having been driven out of it by Apollo.

3H. reads with Canter εἷς for εἰς and retains ὡς against Wakefield’s
wy, which Dindorf attributes to one Martin.

4 H. reads ἧκε σοι in lieu of ἠρκέσω in MSS.

5 H. adopts Meineke’s alteration of γενέσθαι into τίνεσθαι, and
endeavours to support it by Aid. C.994, εἰ πατήρ σ᾽ ὁ καίνων ἣν [vulg. ἢ]
τίνοι᾽ ἂν evGéwc—But he forgot that as τίνεσθαι is ‘ to revenge oneself,’
it could not be applied to the Furies. Bad, however, as is the proposed
reading, it is better than πένεσθαι, ‘to be in poverty,’ formerly sug-
gested by Schiitz, and adopted by H.

6 H. reads ψόγῳ for λόγῳ----

7 H. has edited Eurfurdt’s κἀκκυνηγετῶ in lieu of κἀκκυνηγέτης in
MSS.

8 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; where he transposes two

THE FURIES. 117

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

253. ὅρα, dpa μάλ᾽ αὖ, λεῦσσέ τε πάντα---
Look, look much again, and look at every-

thing— ὅτι: ει anv page 187 line 15
254, ὁ δ᾽ αὖτέ γ᾽ ἀλκὰν €xov—
He having protection again— oat ao toe yi

257. ὑπόδικος θέλει γενέσθαι χρεῶν
Is willing to became amenable in ἃ law-suit for
debts? ee aS Lc. 18 0 18

283, [The verse Χρόνος pup πάντα γηράσκων ὁμοῦ
is considered spurious by H., as it was by
Musgrave. And so too it is by Dindorf.} .... 188 20

289. ἀλλ᾽ εἴτε χώρας ἐν τόποις Λιβυστικοῖς
But whether in the nae Baers of a
country* ae eave 189 5

291. τίθησιν ὀρθὸν ἢ κατηρεφῆ 63a,
Places her foot erect or covered— ... 189 6

299. ἀναίματον βόσκημα τῶνδε δαιμόνων.

The bloodless food of these deities® ged 13

310,11. τοὺς μὲν καθαρὰς
καθαρῶς χεῖρας προνέμοντας
On those who put forth purely pure hands’ .... 189 21

346, ἀθανάτων diy’ ἔχειν yépas—
To have honours apart from the immortals’ .... 190 -

verses, and reads μύσος instead of τε πρὸς---ὐν]ο ἢ he once changed into
πάρος, adopted by Schiitz and Reisig, and subsequently into τὲ πρὸς, as
others likewise had done.

1H. alters λεύσσετον into λεῦσσέ TE—

3 H. reads αὖτέ γ᾽ instead of αὖτε γοῦν in some MSS., and αὖτέ γ᾽
οὐκ in others. But ye could not thus follow αὖτε.

3 H. in the text adopts Scaliger’s χρεῶν. But in the Notes he prefers
χερῶν.

+ So H. reads with an antiptosis—

5 So H. in the text, explaining κατηρεφῆ by “ cloud-covered ’—for he
probably remembered the expression in Horace: ‘Nube candentes
humeros amictus ’—But he observes in the Notes that that my κατω-
geo, from which Fritzsche got his κατηφερὴ, is not an improbable
conjecture.

6 H. reads τῶνδε δαιμόνων, rejecting σκιὰν after δαιμόνων, as a gl.

7 H. supplies καθαρῶς after καθαρὰς ---

8 So reads H., where γέρας is due to Evers, as stated by Miiller, in
lieu of χέρας---

118 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. : Bohn’s Edit.
948, παλλεύκων πέπλων δ᾽ ἀγέραστος ἄμοιρος ἄκληρος
ἐτύχθην.

And i ie been formed without the honour
and the share and the lot of very white
garments! . 2... ὃν uw. page 190line 4

352-4, ἐπὶ τὸν, ὦ, διόμεναι,
κρατερὸν ὃν ἔθ᾽ ὁμοίως
μαυροῦμεν νέον ἅλμα.
After whom, alas ! pursuing, we render equally
obscure the young nei: ee it is
strong? 2 .. 190 8

355-7. σπενδομένᾳ δ᾽ achenetv τινὶ ΤΉΝ μερίμνας
Μοῖρ᾽ ἀτέλειαν ἐμαῖσι λιταῖς ἐπικραίνει
μηδ᾽ εἰς ἄγκρισιν ἐλθεῖν.

had for me, making a libation to take away
from some one these cares, Fate has accom-
plished a non-efficiency to the prayers
addressed to myself, and to come not even
to /a-trial.?’. ;... ᾿ aa ine AO 10

358,9. Ζεὺς yap δειματοσταγὲς Py rtm ἔθνος τόδε
λέσχας
ἃς ἀπηξιώσατο---
For Zeus has thought this race, fear-shedding,
hate-deserving, not worthy of his converse.* 190 13
363,4. σφαλερὰ τανυδρόμοις yap
k@\a—

For limbs are unsteady to the quick running® 190 15

366. τακόμενοι κατὰ yas—

Wasted away below the earth*® os sa 190 17

1H. supplies from conjecture ἀγέραστος before ἄμοιρος.

2 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own present
text; for in Opuscul. V1.2. -p..73,. he had suggested another refiction
of the passage which is commonly read at its close—pavpotuey ὑφ᾽
σεμαῖος γέου.

3 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; who has altered σπεῦὺ-
δόμεναι into σπενδομένᾳ, and twa into 71vi—But what he understood
himself by the passage, as thus edited, he does not state, nor can I
discover.

4 Ἡ, alters αἱματοσταγὲς into δειματοσταγὲς----

> ἘΠ. inserts yap—as Paley was the first to suggest.

6 H. reads κατὰ γᾶς for κατὰ γᾶν, as Paley first suggested.

THE FURIES. 119

Line in Reference to
Greek ‘Text. Bohn’s Edit.

984,5. ae δέ μοι
μένει γέρας παλαιὸν
Still to me remains the ancient honour’ page 190 ζΐγ 51

397. κώλοις ἀκμαίοις τόνδ᾽ ἐπιζεύξασ᾽ ὄχον.
After having united this car to limbs in their
prime. pn ΠΕΣ paid salon 9

405,6. λέγειν δ᾽ ἄμομφον ὄντα τοὺς πέλας κακῶ----
But for a person, who has no cause of pene,
to speak ill of his neighbours—? ato l 15

406. [Although H. has in the text ἠδ᾽ ἀποστατεῖ
θέμις, yet in the Notes he prefers the ἐν pti
of Abresch—7& amocrarei θέμις.] 191] 16

452,2. ——————roxi hors a ἀγρεύμασιν
κρύψασ᾽, ἃ λουτρῶν ἐξεμαρτύρει φόνον.
Having concealed with cunning means of cap-
ture, which witnessed the murder at the
bath—* “ack ἘΣ poe aay 190 23

452, εἰ μή τι τῶνδ᾽ ἔρξαιμι τοὺς ἐπαιτίους
Unless I did something to the cee who are
the causers of these things.* τ 105 28

462,3. τὸ πρᾶγμα μεῖζον ἢ εἴ τὶς οἴεται τόδε
βροτὸς δικάζειν.
The matter is greater than if any mortal
thinks to decide this.® wets oD 3) 32

1 H. inserts from conjecture μένει after por—He formerly supplied
ἐστιν after madavov—

2 H. adopts Wakefield’s κώλοις in lieu of πώλοις---

3 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his present text ;
λέγειν δ᾽ ἄμομφον ὄντα τοὺς πέλας Kakwc—where he has adopted
ἄμομφον from Rob., as recommended by Elmsl. on Med. p. 93.

4 H. has edited Κρύψασ᾽, ἃ λουτρῶν ἐξεμαρτύρει φόνον---ἃ5 he sug-
gested in Opuscul. tom. IV. p. 339. Schoemann, however, and Franz,
prefer Κρύψασα, λουτρὼν δ᾽ ἐξεμαρτύρει φόνον, as 1 had edited long ago
from the conjecture of Scaliger, whose supplement of δ᾽ after λουτρὼν
has been confirmed by three MSS.

5. So H. in the text; but in the Notes he proposes to alter εἰ μή τι
τῶνδ᾽ ἔρξαιμι into Ei μὴ ἀντιδρῶν ἔρξαιμι---οΥ he saw, as I was the
first to point out, that there was nothing to which τῶνδε could be
referred.

6 H. reads μεῖζον ἢ εἴ τις οἴεται, where after μεῖζον he has inserted ἢ,
which he once conceived to be unnecessary. See my Poppo’s Prolegom.
p. 200.

120 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

465-7. ἄλλως τε καὶ od μὲν κατηρτυκὼς δρόμοις

ἱκέτης προσῆλθες, καθαρὸς ἀβλαβὴς δόμοις
ἐμοῖς" ἄμομφον ὄντα δ᾽ αἰδοῦμαι πόλει.

Especially since, after having been worn down
by runnings, thou hast come as a suppliant,
purified and guileless, to my house; and I
feel a pity for a person, who is without
blame from the city.’ .... a page 191 line

469-471. καὶ μὴ τυχοῦσαι πράγματος νικηφόρου,
χώρᾳ μεταῦθις ἰὸς ἐκ φρονημάτων
πέδῳ πεσὼν ἄφερτος αἰανὴ νόσος.
And not meeting with a victory-bringing suit,
hereafter poison from our thoughts, falling
on the ground, [shall be] a disease painful,
not to be borne by the country.’ sas A 94 4

472,3. τοιαῦτα μὲν τάδ᾽ ἐστίν᾽ ἀμφότερα μένειν
πέμπειν τε, δυσπήμαντ᾽ ἀμηχάνως ἐμοί---
Of such kind are these things ; both acts to
remain and to send, are, as being very cala-

mitous, without a plan for me.’ so OF 7
474-7. ἐπεὶ δὲ πρᾶγμα δεῦρ᾽ ἐπέσκηψεν τόδε,
φόνων δικαστὰς ὁ ὁρκίους αἱρουμένη
σέβειν κελεύσω τῶν ἐμῶν ἀστῶν πόλιν,
θεσμὸν, τὸν εἰς ἅπαντ᾽ ἐγὼ θήσω χρόνον.
But since this matter has come, like a thun-
derbolt, hither, I will, after selecting sworn
judges of murders, * order the state of my
citizens to reverence* the ordinance, which
I will lay down for all time.* —.... 1085 8

1 So H. transposes the verses, and adopts δρόμοις from two MSS. in
lieu of ὕμως, and ἐμοῖς, the conjecture of Linwood and Franz, in lieu of
ὅμως, and alters αἱροῦμαι into aidovpar—

2 Such is the literal version of the text of H.; where χώρᾳ μετ᾽ αὖθις,
the conjecture of Wellauer, elicited from yoous per’ αὖθις in MSS., has
been adopted, even though the verb required for ἰὸς is wanting in this
sentence, and in the preceding one another verb to agree with τυχοῦσαι.

3 Such is the literal version of the text of H., who has adopted Sca-
liger’s δυσπήμαν τ᾽ in lieu of δυσπήματ᾽.

4 So H. partly in the text, and party in the Notes, where he has given
the Greek words Σέβειν κελεύσω τῶν ἐμῶν ἀστῶν πόλιν, answering to
the English between the asterisks. But that A®schylus, or any other
poet, would have written τῶν ἐμῶν ἀστῶν πόλιν, even H. himself,
were he alive, would scarcely have undertaken to prove.

/ μὰ Y
R UNIVE® 7
THE FURIESR. -,, κα .19]
See
Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

479.

dpwya τῆς δίκης θ᾽ ὁρκώματα.
And oaths the aiders of Justice.! .... page 194line11
482. ὅρκον πορόντας μηδὲν ἔκδικον φράσειν.
Giving an oath not to say anything unjustly. 194 13
495. πάντ᾽ ἐφήσω μόρον.
I will send every destruction.’ ae at 195 4
496-500. πεύσεται δ᾽ ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν, προφων-
ὧν τὰ τῶν πέλας κακὰ,
λῆξιν ὑπόδυσίν τε μόχθων"
ἄκεα δ᾽ οὐ βέβαια τλά-
pov μάταν παρηγορεῖ.
One shall hear from one quarter, and another
from another, while proclaiming the ills of
neighbours, an end and remission of labours,
and an unhappy one vainly advises reme-
dies not firm.‘ ue ἘΠ ἀπ 190 5

510-12. ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου τὸ δεινὸν αὖ
τις φρενῶν ἐπίσκοπον
δειμανεῖ καθήμενον.
It is where ἃ person will again dread what
is terrible, that sits as the inspector of
thoughts*— eo roe ww. 195 11
515,16. τίς δὲ μηδὲν ἐν δέει
καρδίαν ἔτ᾽ ἀνατρέφαν---
Who nourishing not at all his heart still in
fear— τεῖς ww. 195 13

1 H. adopts Wellauer’s dowya τῆς δίκης θ᾽ ὁρκώματα---Βαΐ the copu-
lative could not be thus found after the third word in a sentence.

2 So H. elicits πορόντας from περῶντας, by the aid of the Scholiast’s
διδόντας, and adopts Mark.and’s φράσειν for φρεσίν. But ὅρκον πορεῖν
is not a Greek phrase; and, if it aie it would mean, like ὅρκον διδόναι,
‘to tender an oath to another’, not ‘to make oath,’ as the reading of
H. would require.

3H. tacitly retains é¢j7ow—to which not a few critics have justly
objected.

4 Such is the literal version of H.’s last refiction of the text, which
differs but slightly from the equally unintelligible one which he had
given in Opuscul. VI. 2. p. 82.

5 H. has now edited ad in place of εὖ, which he had previously
retained from MSS.; and he is now content with δειμανεῖ, which he had
previously altered into δεῖ μενεῖν.

ΕΟΡΕ. adopts δέει for φάει, as suggested by Auratus, and inserts ἔτ᾽
before ἀνατρέφων---

122 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

526-8. ἐκ δ᾽ ὑγιείας
αὖ “φρενῶν ὁ ὁ πάμφιλος
καὶ πολύευκτος ὄλβος.
But on the other hand, after health of mind,
wealth all-loved and much-prayed-for—! page 194line19

542-45, τὸν ἀντίτολμον δέ φαμι καὶ παραιβάταν
τὰ πολλὰ παντόφυρτ᾽ ἄνευ δίκας
βιαίως σὺν χρόνῳ καθήσειν
λαῖφο-ς---
And I say that the man of opposite boldness,

and a transgressor,? [as regards] the majo-

rity of things all confused without justice,

will the sail let down with violence in

time—* οἷς ἜΝ ue το 90 26

556. εἴτ᾽ οὖν Sidropos......... Τυρσηνικὴ
Whether the piercing Tyrrhene trumpet—* 196 7

560-3. σιγᾶν ἀρήγει καὶ μαθεῖν θεσμοὺς ἐ ἐμοὺς
καὶ τὸν διώκοντ᾽ ἠδὲ τὸν φεύγονθ᾽ “ὅμως
πόλιν τε πᾶσαν, εἰς τὸν αἰανῆ χρόνον
ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ ὅπως ἂν εὖ καταγνωσθῇ δίκη.
It is an advantge to be silent * and for both
the pursuer (plaintiff), and the flyer (de-
fendant) equally,* and for the whole city, to
learn my statutes, in order that the suit may
be decided sy iiss aed by these for all
time.® » 196 9

1H alters φρενῶν ὁ πᾶσι φίλος into ad φρενῶν ὁ πάμφιλος----

2 Ἡ. has edited, what he proposed in Opuscul. VI, 2. p. 84, dapi καὶ
παραιβάταν, and rejects his previous φημὶ παρβάταν, although the
latter has been adopted by his followers, little dreaming that they would
be eventually deserted by their guide.

3 Such, I presume, is the version that H. intended of his text; where
κατὰ is to be supplied before ra woAXd—or perhaps he meant λαῖφος ἴο
be the object, not the subject of καθήσειν ; and in that case the version
would be—‘ will let down the sail.’

4 H. marks here a lacuna betwteen διάτορος and Τυρσηνικὴ, which, he
says, cannot be supplied in any sure manner ; and though he conceived
that his own supplement, proposed in Opuscul. VI. 2. p. 85, Eir’ οὖν
διάκτωρ διάτορος Τυρσηνικὴ, is not unworthy of the poet, he has not
shewn what he understood by διάκτωρ, thus standing by itself; and he
has even confessed it is a word not to be found elsewhere.

5 So H. has marked in the text a lacuna, which he has supplied in the
Notes with his own Greek—Kai τὸν διώκοντ᾽ ἠδὲ τὸν φεύγονθ᾽ ὅμως---

THE FURIES. 123

Line in Reference to
Greek ‘Text. Bolin’s Edit.
566,7. ———————eorn yap νόμῳ
ἱκέτης ὅδ᾽ ἁνὴρ----

For by law this man isasuppliant—' page 196 line 1ὅ
570,1. ———_——————ov δ᾽ εἴσαγε,

OM@S T EMIOTA........00c00c0ee- δίκην.
Do you introduce the suit, and, as you know? 196 18

583. πρὸς τοῦ δ᾽ ἐπείσθης καὶ τίνος βουλεύμασιν ;
By whom were you persuaded, and by the
counsels of whom? ,,., ue we 197 15

586. καὶ δεῦρό γ΄---
And to this date—* a et wy 192. “20

588. κἀμοί γ᾽ ἀρωγοὺς ἐκ τάφου πέμψει πατήρ.
To me, too, father will send aiders from the
tomb. i = ihc wad, LOB 23

593. τί γάρ ;
What is this 25 es ee ew. 198 1

answering to the English between the asterisks. But he forgot that ἠδὲ
was an Homeric, not a Tragic word, as shewn on v. 187, n. 5, and that
ὅμως is never, in correct Greek, used in the sense of ὁμοίως.

1 H., who once proposed to read, καὶ τόνδ᾽ ὕπως Gv—and to refer
τόνδε to Orestes, but afterwards preferred Kai rovcde—has now
suggested "Ex ta@vé’—which he refers with the Schol. to the Areo-
pagites.

2 H. adopts νόμῳ, edited long ago by myself and suggested likewise
by Erfurdt, in lieu of δόμων, for which H. once proposed 9p6ywy—and
so after him did Elmsley on Med. 155.

3 H. reads Ὅπως τ᾽ for “Orwc—

4 So H. in the text; but in the Notes, he says: ‘I have not thought
proper to change πρὸς τοῦ δ᾽ éxeioOnc—although πρὸς τοῦ δὲ πεισθεὶς,
would come into the mind of any one,’ where he alludes to myself; for
so I had edited, and corrected καὶ τίνος into ἔκτανες, not only to avoid
the tautology in τοῦ and τίνος, but to complete the sense.

° So H.in the text; but in the Notes he doubts whether Aschylus
did not write Ναί δεῦρο y’—forgetting that kai—ye are frequently united
with a word intervening, but »ai—ye are never so.

® So H. reads Κἀμοί γ᾽ in lieu of πέποιθ᾽ ---ἰο which he was led by
finding in the Schol. βοηθοὺς κἀμοὶ πέμψει ὁ πατήρ.

7 So H. reads τί γὰρ for τοὶ γὰρ in some MSS., and τὸ γὰρ in others.

124 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to

Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
622. [After bee irk H. has marked a lacuna by

asterisks. | ws page 198 line 28

642,3. ——ra δ᾽ ἄλλα πάντ᾽ ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω
στρέφων τίθησιν οὐδὲν ἀσμένῳ μένει.
But turning all the rest of the things topsy-
turvy with a peed power, he considers
them as nothing. ae aR 17

655. [After Διὸς H. has marked by πε a
lacuna, first pointed out by Butler; and he
observes that the sense of the missing verse
was, ‘Ex capite Jovis armata prosiliens ’"—
Perhaps he meant to read, eects θοροῦσ᾽

ἔνοπλος ἐκ κρατὸς Διός, | -- τ 200 1
679. doTiKos λεὼς---
Ye people of the city—* mice ‘2. 200 17

674, [After χυτοῦ H. inserts a tristich commonly
placed after 698, ev τόποις.

680. πάγον δ᾽ ὄρειον τόνδ᾽--
But this mountain-hill? as ince B08 24

688,9. αὐτῶν πολιτῶν “μὴ ᾿'πικαινούντων" νόμους
κακαῖς ἐπιῤῥοαῖσι----
The citizens themselves not making new laws
by a vicious influx— an ΣΤ ΘΟ 26

692. [H. retains περιστέλλουσι, but without stating
what he understood by that word. ] sa OE 2

719. σύ τοι, παλαιὰς διανομὰς καταφθίσας----
Thou then, having οὐδ αι the ancient dis-
tributions—* 201 30

1 Hi. alters τίθησιν οὐδὲν ἀσθμαίνων μένει, readin some MSS., into
τίθησιν οὐδὲν ἀσμένῳ μένει, and takes τίθησι; as τίθημι in Soph.
E ).1270, δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ᾽ ἐγώ.

2 H. reads ἀστικὸς for ᾿Αττικὸς----

3 H. reads ὄρειον for "Apevov—and so too Dindorf. But the adjective
derived from ὄρος, is ὀρεινὸς, not ὄρειος, in correct Greek.

4H. adopts Stephens’ ἐπικαινούντων for ἐπικαινόντων, putting a
colon after ἐπιῤῥοαῖσι.

δ H. adopts διανομὰς, as quoted by the Schol. on Eurip. Alc. 10,
first edited by Matthiz.

THE FURIES. 125

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit,

766. καὐτοί γ᾽ ἂν ἡμεῖς εἶμεν εὐμενέστεροι.
And we ourselves would be with more kindly
feelings.’ ie wise ἘΠ: page 208 line 6
774,5. ἰὸν ἰὸν ἀντιπενθ-
ἢ μεθεῖσα καρδίας
Sending down poison, poison, in return for the
grief of heart—* ss ie .... 203 13

χθόνιον, apopov—

Belonging to the earth, not bearing—* ww. 203 14
777. ———————-6 δίκα, δίκα----

O Justice, Justice !#

780. --------------------γελῶμαι πολίταις
I am laughed at by the citizens— τ 203 18

781. δύσοισθ᾽ ἃ ἔπαθον.
Hard to be borne are what I have suffered—* 209 19
787. αὐτός θ᾽ ὁ φήσας αὐτὸς ἣν ὁ μαρτυρῶν
And he who spake, was himself the witness—’ 203 25
789,90. ὑμεῖς δέ τοι yn τῆδε μὴ βαρὺν κότον
σκήψητ᾽, ἀφεῖσαι δαΐων σταλαγμάτων"

But do not ye hurl on this land, like ἃ thunder-
bolt, heavy anger, sending of hostile drop-
pings® ee iis τ ᾿ς

813. καὶ κλῇῆδας οἶδα δώματος μόνη θεῶν
I alone of the gods know the keys of a house” 204 12

203 27

. allers αὐτοῖσιν ἡμεῖς ἔσμεν into καὐτοί γ᾽ ἂν ἡμεῖς siuev—

. adopts ἰὸν, ἰὸν ἀντιπενθῇ from γε. Μ 55.

. reads χθόνιον, ἄφορον for χθονιαφόρον.

- repeats Aika—

. adopts γελῶμαι, the conjecture of Tyrwhitt and Lachmann, in
lieu of γένωμαι----

6 H. rejecting what he had suggested in Opuscul. VI. 2. p. 101, reads
δύσοισθ᾽ ἃ παθον----

7 Ἡ. reads φήσας for θήσας in MSS.

8 H. incloses within brackets, as being spurious, μὴ θυμοῦσθε μηδ
ἀκαρπίαν revénr’, commonly inserted between σκήψητ᾽ and ἀφεῖσαι----
But how those words came to be inserted there, H. has failed to unfold.

9 H. adopts Pauw’s daiwy for δαιμόνων.

10 H. reads δώματος for éwuarwy—For, says he, it is not likely that
Zeus would have more than one magazine of lightning.

or

Oo [πὶ τ [ἢ

126 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

825. ————————karr τε γῶν οἰχνεῖν

And to go below the earth—' we = page 204 line 21
830. τίς μ᾽ ὑποδύεται Tis ὀζύνα πλευράς ;

What pain, what is going under [my] sides?? 204 29
822.

ἀπὸ γάρ με τιμᾶν duay—
For from my honours—* a vee 204 25
835. |H. agrees with Bothe in ed. 1. in considering
the verse Καίτοι ye μὴν ov κάρτ᾽ ἐμοῦ σοφω-
τέρα as spurious, which he had attempted to
amend in Opuscul. VI. 2.p.107. But he
has neglected to shew from whence the

rejected words could have come. | .. 204 26
844. [After στόλων H. has marked a lacuna by
asterisks.] —.... ae ww. 204 33
848. μηδ᾽ ἐκζέουσ᾽ ὡς καρδίαν mata
Nor causing to boil, as the heart of cocks .... 205 2

851. θυραῖος ἔστω πόλεμος ἢ μόλις παρών
Let war be outside the doors or ρον with
difficulty® ese Ls w.. 205 5

879. ----------------τίνα pe φὴς ἔ ἔχειν elie :
What seat do you say that I possess 1 ou OD 1

890. ὁποῖα νείκης μὴ κακῆς ἐπίσκοπα
Such as look upon a contention not bad’ .... 202 26

1 Hi. alters οἰκεῖν into οἰχνεῖν.

2 So H. repeats the second τις---

3 H. reads ἀμᾶν for δαμαίων in MSS.

ἘῊΗ: adopts, in lieu of ἐξελοῦσ᾽, the conjecture of Musgr. ἐκζέουσ᾽---
which he says is to be taken in an active sense, as ἐπέζεσεν is in Eurip.
Ce 392, Kai χάλκεον λέβητ᾽ ἐπέζεσεν πυρί.

5. H. reads ἢ μόλις παρὼν in lieu of οὐ μόλις παρὼν, and says that
there is an allusion to the battle of Marathon. But why such an allusion
should be made here, he has not explained, nor can I discover. Paley,
in his recently published second edition of this play, admits the reading,
but rejects the allusion.

6 Ἡ, retains ἔχειν, which Elmsl. had altered into ἕξειν ; for he could
not understand ἔχειν, nor can I.

7 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
where he considers veixky¢ as synonymous with veicouc, and ἐπίσκοπα
with ἐπιμελητικά. But νείκη is never found in ancient Greek for veixog.

THE FURIES. 127

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. 5 Bohn’s Edit.
918,20. ὁ δὲ μὴ κύρσας

βαρέων τέκτων οὐκ οἶδεν ὅθεν
πληγαὶ βιότου προσέπαισαν.
But he, who does not happen to be a fabri-
cator of grievous things, does not know
from whence the blows of life have struck
him ?! a sais ws page 207 line 7

933. ———— γόνος δ᾽ ἀεὶ
And ever let arac’— ..ὕ.. ons Bee 16

946. ————— κύρι᾽ ἔχοντες
[Ye gods] possessing power over marriages? ....

947. θεαί τ᾽, ὦ Μοῖραι,
And O ye Fates—who are goddesses—* Ni ἢ 25

971-4. doa φρονοῦσιν γλώσσης ἀγαθῆς

ὁδὸν εὑρίσκειν ἐκ τῶν φοβερῶν
τῶνδὲ προσώπων μέγα κέρδος ὁρῶ
τοῖσδε πολίταις ;

Do I not see a great gain to these citizens,
when they are wise to find the road of a
good tongue, from these terrible person-
ages 25 ee ae ἘΣ ἀν 208 7

976. καὶ γῆ Kal πόλις ὀρθοδίκαιοι
And the land and the state in uprightness and

justice’ HE We i 208 10

1 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
where he has altered τούτων into τέκτων, and supplied from conjecture
προσέπαισαν after βιότου.

3 H. adopts δ᾽ ἀεὶ, which Musgrave was the first to supply.

3 So H. renders κύρι᾽ ~xovrec—But how such a sense is to be elicited
from those words, I cannot understand ; and least of all, where θεοὶ is
omitted.

4 So H. in lieu of θεαί τ᾽ ὦ μοῖραι---ἰο avoid the necessity of uniting
ἔχοντες with @sai—a violation of syntax that Kiihner considers quite
unexceptionable.

5 So H. renders his present text; where he has now adopted Pauw’s
εὑρίσκειν for εὑρίσκει, and rejected his former alteration doa φρονοῦσα....
evpioxerc—where εὑρίσκεις is due to Rob.—and this too after it had
been received as the very words of AZschylus by Dindorf and Paley.

6 So H. in lieu of καὶ γῆν καὶ πόλιν ὀρθοδίκαιον---

128 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

981,2, παρθένου φΐλας φίλοις
εὐφρονοῦντες ἐν χρόνῳ.
With kind feelings after a time towards the
friends of the virgin their friend! © page 208line13

996. χαίρετε, χαίρετε δ᾽ αὖθις, ἐπανδιπλοίζω
Farewell, and farewell again—I redouble ie

word? Ne ν ... 208 24
1009. [After πρεσβυτίδων H. bins sey a iaeaeen
by asterisks, | site one 208 31
1021,2. δεῦρ᾽ tre, σεμναὶ, σὺν AN υτῦι
λάμπᾳ.
Come hither, ye solemn deities, with the fire-
devoured torch—* Ἢ: Ae wae UD 9

1024-6, σπονδαὶ δ᾽ ἐς τὸ πᾶν ἔνδαιδες οἴκων
Παλλάδος ἀστοῖς" Ζεὺς ὁ πανόπτας
οὕτω Μοῖρα τε συγκατέβα.
Libations for all time together with the light
of torches of houses from the citizens of
Pallas. So the all-seeing J οὐ μὰν and Fate
have come together.‘ 6 BOB) See

1 So H. in lieu of φίλοι σωφρονοῦντες---

2 So H. in lieu of αὖθις, ἐπιδιπλοίζω.

8. Ἡ͵ inserts σὺν after σεμναὶ---

* Such is the literal and unintelligible English of the text of H. His
Latin version is—‘ Pax in omne tempus cum lumine tedarum in sedibus
[Furiarum] Palladis civibus. Juppiter et Parce sic consenserunt.’ But
συγκατέβα means ‘ have come down together,’ not ‘ have agreed tugether,’
which would he, in correct Greek, συγκατέφαν,

THE SUPPLIANTS. 129

THE SUPPLIANTS.

Line in Reference to
Greek ‘Text. Bohn’s Edit.

8. ἀλλ᾽ αὐτογενεῖ φυξανορίᾳ
But through a flying from men of the same

family? oa page 210wne 5

24, ———_————-xa Wp ies

And deeply-honoured—* tas sa BEL 1
98, σφετεριξάμενοι---3

After having made as their own—* ss) 211 10
42,3, —————————_iw

. Boos
The offspring of the cow—* το ave 911 12

50,1. SS yore ἐπιδείξω

πιστὰ τεκμήρια
I will show forth the credible eth of ed
rents—° oe me ἣΝ . 211 17

1 H. adopts αὐτογενεῖ φυξανορίᾳ, the emendation of Bamberger, in
Zeitschrift tiir die Alterthumswissenschaft, 1839, p. 878.

2 Instead of βαρύτιμοι H. has βαθύτιμοι---- Το he refers to the
heroes under the earth. But βαθύτιμοι would be scarcely a good Greek
compound.

3H. reads σφετεριξάμενοι, as edited long ago by myself, in lieu of
σφετεριξάμενον, from the conjecture of an unknown scholar, whom ἢ
have designated by LG. From Hermann’s words, ‘ Scripsi σφετεριξά-
pevot, it would seem as if he were the original proposer of the alteration.

4 H. omits τ᾽ after iyeyv—as I had tacitly edited.

5 H. reads γονέων ἐπιδείξω in lieu of ra re νῦν ἐπιδείξω----

K

130 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

51,2. ————_—————-yarovd poror δ᾽, ἄ-
eAmra περ ὄντα, φανεῖται
And what shall appear, although being un-
expected, to those inhabiting the land! page 211 line 18

59. ἅτ᾽ ἀπὸ χλωρῶν πετάλων ἐγρομένα
Who roused from the green leaves? ἜΝΙ 22

60. πενθεῖ νέοικτον οἶτον ἤθεων
In laments for the newly-grieved fate of ner

haunts? a ae anv eee 23
61. καὶ ξυντίθησι δὲ
And composes—* ety eae area a 24

“5, δάπτω τὰν ἁπαλὰν ethobepy παρειὰν
I tear my cheek, tender, warmed by summer
heat® ae πε Εἴ ax 20 26

68,9, γοεδνὰ δ᾽ ἀνθεμίζομαι
δεῖμα, μένουσα φίλου-----
With sobs I cull the flower of fear, while
waiting for friends— sais ect 28

73,4. ὕβριν δ᾽ ἐτύμως στεγοντες εὖ
πέλοιτ᾽ ἂν ἔνδικοι νόμοις.
But truly supporting insolence well, will ye be
just towards laws,’ sis aie ees a 32

4

1H. elicits γαιονόμοισι tom παντανόμοιαοι---Βυῦ γαιονόμος is
sarcely a good Greek compound.

2 So H. in lieu of ἅτ᾽ ἀπὸ χώρων ποταμῶν éypouéva—referring to
yAwonic ἀηδὼν....Δενδρέων ἐν πετάλοισι καθεζομένη, in Od. XIX. 518;
while to ἐγρομένα he applies διωκομένη in the Schol., not perceiving that
it belongs evidently to κιρκηλάτου.

3 H. reads νέοικτον οἶτον for νέον oixrov—But νέοικτον is scarcely a
good Greek compound.

4 . inserts δὲ after ZuvTiOnow—

5 H. adopts Emper’s conjecture εἱλοθερῇ in leu o νειλοθερῆ, which
Blomfield more correctly changed into Nevtoropadj—Emper’s εἱλοθερῆ
was first suggested by Bothe in ed. 2., and subsequently by Winckel-
mann in Zeitschrift fiir die Alterthumswissenschaft, 1840. No. 157.

6 So H. in lieu of ἀνθεμίζομαι δειμαίνουσα gitove—But what is
meant by ἀνθεμίζομαι δεῖμα, H. does not state, nor can I tell.

7 H. substitutes στέγοντες for στυγοῦντες, and νόμοις for γάμοις,
and inserts εὖ with Heath. Perhaps, however, by στέγοντες he under-
stood ‘ cncealig’—

THE SUPPLIANTS. 131

Line in Referencet
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edi
78. idein Διὸς
By the straight-forward [will] of Zeus—' page 212line 2

80,1. πάντα τοι φλεγέθει Kav σκότῳ μελαίν-
ᾳ τε τύχᾳ μερόπεσσι λαοῖς.
Every where [the desire of Zeus] shines, and
even in darkness and with a dark fate to
people voice-dividing.? tise ches ee 4

88,9. βίαν δ᾽ οὔτις ἐξαλύξει
τὰν ἄπονον δαιμονίων.
And no one will escape the violence of the
deities, which is without trouble* bee 4 be 9

90-2. μνῆμον ἄνω φρόνημά πως
αὐτόθεν ἐξέπραξεν ἔμ-
πας ἑδράνων ἀφ᾽ ἁγνῶν
A mind above remembering has somehow
from itself ἘΠΕῚ altogether, from ΠΥ
seats.* ooee . 212 14

99,100, Se
av δ᾽ ἀπάτᾳ μεταγνούς.
It shall know its fault, too late ,deceived by
our flight. —.... . 212 15

100. τοιαῦτα πάθεα μέλεα ecto δ᾽ ΞΡ
And I lamenting such wretched suffer-
ings—® _ Sse oe netee A Ὁ, 16

1 So H. renders his own conjecture ἰθείῃ for «i@eiy—referring to
Hesych. Εἰθεῖα’ δικαιοσύνη.

2 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
where he reads μελαίνᾳ τε τύχᾳ in lieu of μέλαιναι ξυντύχαι in MSS.,
observing that Zvy came from some interpolator, who fancied that
preposition to be wanting.

3 So H. in lieu of οὔ τιν᾽ ἐξοπλίζει... ἄποινον 3 where οὔτις is due to
Auratus and ἄπονον to Wellauer.

. + Such is the literal version of the text of H., in lieu of ἥμενον ἄνω....
ἐφ᾽ ayvev—where ἀφ᾽ is due to a V. D. mentioned by Spanheim.

® Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text,
ἄταν δ᾽ ἀπάτᾳ perayvotc—But how those words can convey such a
meaning, I must leave for others to to discover.

6 H. adopts δ᾽ ἐγὼ, the alteration of Enger for \éyw—But δ᾽ coul
not thus be placed after the fourth word in a sentence.

K 2

132 APPENDIX.

Line it Reference to
Greek Text. Bohu’s Edit.

105. xapSav’ αὐδὰν εὖ ya kovveis
O foreign land, thou knowest well the
word! bas = wee page 212 line 25

121,2, ———————rarijp
παντάρχας παντόπτας
And the father all-ruling, all-seeing, will in

the end of time kindly make— at 2 15 2
128, ἔχοντα σέμν᾽ ἐνώπι᾽ Αρτεμις
Artemis having a solemn visage—* ste 15 5

129,30. παντὶ δὲ σθένει διωγμ-
ols ἐμοῖσιν ἀσχαλῶσ᾽
And with all oes indignant at my being
pursued Siz — sane αν 19 6

136-9. εἰ δὲ μὴ, none
ἡλιόκτυπον γένος
Tava Ἐν ydiov—
But if not, we, a black-flowered race, sun-
struck...to Zeus the earthy— sus key 8
144,5. ὦ Ζὴν, Ἰοῦς ἰῶ μῆνις
μάστειρ᾽ ἐκ θεῶν.
O Zeus, through the hatred of Io, there isa
heaven-sent anger a seeker-out.® a als 18

Se OO

1 So H., where γᾶ κοννεῖς is due to Boissonade and Bamberger, both
of whom were indebted to my εἴ ye κοννεῖς ; while καρβᾶν᾽ ὦ, sub-
stituted by H. for κάρβανον, is evidently incorrect; since it was not the
land, but the word βοῦνις, which was ‘ foreign.’

2 H. inserts ἂν before ἐν and παντάρχας before παντόπτας, as in
Soph. Cid. C. 1058. Ζεῦ, θεῶν πάνταρχε, παντόπτα.

3H. alters ἀσφαλῶς into “Apreutc—But by no mistake of a trans-
scriber could those two words be interchanged.

4 H. reads with Heath παντὶ δὲ σθένι for παντὶ δὲ σθένουσι, and
changes ἀσφαλέας into ἀσχαλῶσ΄---

®° Such is the literal version of the text of H. But as no flower
is black, except the smut in wheat, there could be no such compound as
μελανθές. The gl. in Hesych. Μελανθές" μέλαν, is evidently an error
for Μελανθέν: μέλαν. Moreover, since ἡλιόκτυπος would mean ‘ sun-
struck,’ just as Διόκτυπος means ‘ Zeus-struck ;’ the expression ἡλιόκ-
κτυπον γένος would signify only ‘a race that had sufferred from a sun-
blow ’—which is a very different thing to being merely ‘ sun-burnt.’
Lastly, since Γάϊον means one, who is ‘ on the earth,’ or ‘ earthy,’ it could
not be applied to Pluto, who is ‘ under the earth.’

6 So H. renders his own text ; where he says that i, literally ‘ poison,’

TIE SUPPLIANTS. 133

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

158,9. hoe δ᾽ ἄταν
γαμετᾶς σᾶς οὐρανόνικον
I know the heaven-conquering calamity, which
comes from thy wife—! ww. page 213line19
180, αἰδοῖα καὶ γοεδνὰ καὶ ζαχρεῖ ἔπη
Words of reverence and moaning, and very
necessary”? _.... as tise ὦν 214 10

187.

τὸ τῇδε, κάρτ᾽ ἐπίφθονον γυνή.
With regard to this point, a woman is a thing
very exposed to blame? ww. 214 14

194 and foll. [The speeches are ar eas as marked
in the Note,! and the loss of a verse indi-
cated by asterisks, where H. conceives that
mention was made of a cock, the symbol of
the Sun, | an a ay wa O14 20

214,15. πῶς δ᾽ ἂν, γαμῶν ἄκουσαν ἄκοντος mapa,
ἁγνὸς γένοιτ᾽ ἄν ;
How shall a person, marrying a damsel unwil-
ling from an unwilling, be pure ? cen pee 10

218. [After δίκας H. has marked the lacuna, which
he had pointed out in the Vienna Review,
vol. C. p. 179.]

222. πέπλοισι βαρβάροισι και πυκάσμασι
By barbaric dresses and coverings® we SLO 18

is to be taken in the sense of ‘ hatred ;’ while by ‘ aseeker-out,’ we are to
understand ‘ a pursuer of us.’ But ἰὸς never does, nor ever could, mean
by itself ‘ hatred.’

1 Here, again, I have rendered into English the Latin version by H.
of his own text, where has inserted σᾶς from conjecture.

3 H. adopts ζαχρεῖ as proposed by Bamberger in lieu of τὰ χρεῖ in
Turneb.

3 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
where he has substituted γύνη in the place of γένος : for says he, from
whence did Danaus, who had lately come to Argos, learn that the Argives
were ἐπίφθονον γένος ?

4 AA. “Idotro.... XO. Odo’... AA. μή vuv.... XO. & Zev....

LAS ἐκ ἘΠῚ; OU. 4s. ROH EON AA. καὶ Ζηνὸς

5.50 H. with the common text; where Dindorf has adopted my
πατρὸς, for which, says H., there is no sufficient reason.

6 H. adopts πυκάσμασι found in LQ’. in lieu ot πυκνώμασι.

134 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text, Bohn’s Edit.

225, ————_——ov6d¢ κηρύκων ὕπο
Not even by heralds—' ___.... wee 2606 215 line 22

:230, μόνον τόδ᾽ ἝῬλλὰς χθὼν συνήσεται στόχῳ
The land of Greece will comprehend this alone
by a guess? .... πῆς iste ἘΣ ΣΙΝ. 5 25

231. καὶ τἄλλα πού μ᾽ ἐπεικάσαι δίκαιον ἦν
And the rest of things somewhere it were just

for me to conjecture’... = ats ees 26
235. ἣ τηρὸν Ἑρμοῦ ῥάβδον
Or a staff, the preserver of Hermes—* ee BLD 30
241,2. καὶ πᾶσαν αἶαν, hs δὲ ἁγνὸς ἔρχεται
Στρυμάών----
And all the land through which the ΤΣ
Strymon passes—*® 2 ease . 215 35

242, τὸ πρὸς δύνοντος ἡλίου κρατῶ.
That which is towards the setting sun, I rule

over® ea deus ae weve 1

946. ---ττττ-τ--------τῶνδε τἀπὶ τάδε κρατῶ

Of these on this side I am the ruler’ Pee {Ὁ} 5

ἀνῆκε γαῖα μηνιταῖ ἄκη
The earth sent up consolations for anger® .... 2165 10

253.

1 Instead of οὐδὲ, H. thinks that Aischylus wrote otre—as I edited
tacitly, seeing that οὐδὲ could not be introduced between ὕπως re and
ἀπρόξενοί TE.

2 H. reads ξυνήσεται in lieu of ξυνοίσεται. But the middle ξυνή-
copar from ξυνίημι is not a Greek word ; and if it were, it could ot be
united to στόχῳ.

3-H. reads πού μ᾽ for πόλλ᾽ in MSS.

4 So H., who says that by τηρὸν ‘Eppod ῥάβδον is meant ‘a herald’
—But he should have shewn how τηρὸς either is, or could be, a Greek’
word.

5 H. adopts aiay ἧς Ot’ from Turneb. and alters ἄλγος into ἁγνὸς---
referring to Pers. 492, ayvov Στρυμόνος.

6 H. reads τὸ for rov—But τὸ could hardly thus follow πᾶσαν aiav—
although it is partly confirmed by MS. Med.

7 Ἡ. elicits τἀπὶ τάδε from τἄπειτα δὲ in Rob. and considers ἐπὲ τάδε
as one word. But how τὰ ἐπὶ τάδε could thus follow τῶνδε he has not
explained ; and hence in Pref. Hec. p. 39, he formerly suggested τῶνδε
κἀπὶ τὰ κρατῶ.

8 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text;
μηνιταῖ ἄκη elicited from μηνεῖται ἄκη in MSS. But he has not shewn

; THE SUPPLIANTS. 135

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

258. ἔχοντες ἤδη --το
Ye having now—t ὅν “eee page 216 line 14

263. καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἀληθῆ πάντα προσφύσω λόγῳ.
And all these things I will fit to a discourse,
that they may appear true—* νὰν wie 2G 19

272,3. Ἰνδούς τ᾽ ἀκούων....
οἶμαι.

And hearing of the Indians.,.I think® we 216 25

274-6. καί τἂν ἀνάνδρους κρεοβόρους ᾿Αμάζονας
ἘΠ πε 23). ry MET, αν κασι
ὑμᾶς,
And unmanly flesh- devouring Amazons I should
have conjectured you to bone τὸ jn [ς 26

278-82. ΧΟ, κλῃδοῦχον Ηρας φασὶ δωμάτων ποτὲ
Ἰὼ γενέσθαι τῇδ᾽ ἐν ᾿Αργείᾳ χθονί.
ΒΑ. ἦν ὡς μάλιστα, καὶ φάτις πολλὴ κρατεῖ.
μὴ καὶ λόγος τις Ζῆνα μιχθῆναι βροτῷ ;
ΧΟ. κἄκρυπτά γ᾽ Ἥρας ταῦτα τἀμπαλάγματα.
CH. They say that Io was once the key-bearer
of the houses of Juno in this ee
land: τ besa . 216 31
KING. She was as much as possible, and a
great report prevails. Is there not
a report that Zeus had a connexion
with a mortal ?
CH. Yes; and that this intercourse was not
concealed from Juno } se maa ΤῸ 35

where μηνιταῖος is to be found, nor how μηνιταῖ ἄκη could bear the
meaning he assigns to those words.

1 H. reads ἔχοντες in lieu of ἔχον δ᾽ ἂν in MSS. But ἔχοντες
could not be united to ἐξεύχοιο, unless the first sentence be taken abso-
lutely.

2 So H. renders the words of the text, which mean literally—‘ And I
will fit all these true things to a discourse.’

3 Β΄, adopts my οἶμαι in lieu of eivai—

4 H. changes καὶ τὰν in MSS. to καί ra4v—But as τἂν is τοι ἂν, the
particles kai tot would have no meaning here. He next adopts κρεο-
βόρους, the reading of an unknown critic, and of Lobeck in Paralipom.
p- 260, in lieu of κρεοβρότους.

5 So H. by rearranging the speeches, and by altering ἣν into 7v—and
kai κρυπτὰ into Kdkpumra—and τῶν παλλαγμάτων in Turneb. ino

136 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
293. οἶστρον καλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ᾿Ινάχου Teas. ᾿

They call it cestrum, near Inachus.' page 217 line 9

296. [After ἵκετο H. has marked the absence of a
line by asterisks. ] A os 2 17 1ὅ

300. [After ἐπώνυμος H. has ae pointed out by
asterisks a lacuna he uals 21

322. τίς δ᾽ ἂν φιλῶν ὠνοῖτο τοὺς κεκτημένους ;
What person loving would eee his mas-

ters ?? Ie nos 6
924, ναὶ, δυστυχούντων γ᾽ εὐμαρὴς sere ΝΕ
Yes, there is an easy liberation—* te 21S 9

336,7. λυκοδίωκτον ὡς δάμαλιν
As a fawn wolf-pursued'— ae ae LS 22

340. νεύονθ᾽ ὅμιλον τόνδ᾽ ἀγωνίων θεῶν.
This nodding band of the gods, Pree over
contests® ses . 218 23

346. σὺ δὲ map’ ὌΝ, μάθε ΝΗ ἘΣ
But do thou with an old mind learn from one
born later® _.... ae ee ΤΕΥ eS 30

τἀμπαλάγματα---Βυΐ what is the meaning of the words, ‘ She was as
much as possible,’ as applied to Io, or ‘It was as much as possible,’ to
the report, H. has not explained.

1 So H., who says that as οἶστρος is a Greek word, it is false to attri-
bute it to the AXgyptians ; and that, if it be an A’gyptian word likewise,
it is absurd to introduce the mention of it here. Accordingly he has
elicited Ἰνάχου from ot veikou—forgetting that the ot could not be
dispensed with.

2-H. reads φιλῶν for φίλους.

3 Ἢ, reads vai for καὶ. But what is got by the change, it is difficult
to discover.

4 Ἡ. elicits λυκοδίωκτον from Aevedduerov—But neither he nor any one
else ever saw or heard of a doe crying out, when pursued by a wolf; for
instead of crying out, it runs away as fast at it can, as shewn by Theo-
critus, Φεύγεις, ὥσπερ Vic πολιὸν λύκον ἀθρήσασα, and by Horace—
‘Cervus uti....visum lupum fugies.’ Hence I suggested λύκῳ δερκτὸν,

“seen by a wolf ’—or λύκῳ δηκτὸν, ‘ bitten by ἃ wolf.’ —

® Such is the version of the text of H. where νεύονθ᾽ has been sug-
gested by Bamberger, in lieu of νέον θ᾽, and τόνδ᾽ by H. instead of τῶνδ᾽
—But how the band of the gods could be said to nod under the shade of
the boughs, it is difficult to understand.

6 H. adopts my γεραιόφρων in lieu of γεραφρόνων.

THE SUPPLIANTS. 137

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

347-9. ποτιτρύπαιον αἰδόμενος οὐ Tevet
Ἀκαλλιπότμου τύχας" ἢ ἱεροδόκα * πέλει *
θεῶν λήματ᾽ an’ ἀνδρὸς ἁγνοῦ.
Pitying a suppliant thou wilt not be in want
of fortune with a good tate. The dispo-
sition of the gods is sacrifice-receiving from
a pure man—! ste τὸς page 218 line 31

384,5. ——————————ko μήποτε

”
εἴπη λεὼς

And never shall the people say? ὁ .... wee DIM 27
402, μῶν σοι doxei—
Does it not seem to you—* safe we 220 6

418,9, ———————_pever δορὶ τίνειν
ὁμοιΐαν θέμιν.
It remains for equal Themis to pay with the
sword ea on ΣΝ “op ΟΡΗΣ 15

424, στρέβλαισι ναυτικαῖσιν ὡς προσηρμένον.

As if fitted together by twisted naval [tools]. 220 22

426. καὶ δώμασιν μὲν, χρημάτων πορθουμένων,
γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἄλλα κτησίου Διὸς χάριν,
ἄτης τε μείζω καινὸν ἐμπλῆσαι γόμον.
And to houses, property being destroyed, there
would be other things, through the favour
of Zeus, who presides over property, and
to fill a new freight greater than calamity® 290 23

1 Such, I presume, is what H. meant by his text: where ail the words
between the asterisks have been inserted from conjecture, and οὐ πενεῖ
elicited from οὗπερ by the aid of οὐ πτωχεύσεις in the Schol. But how
λήματα can be said to be ἱεροδόκα, it is impossible to understand. For
ἱεροδόκα is applied only to altars or temples, as I have shewn in my note
on this passage.

2 H. adopts κοὐ μή ποτε, the alteration of Wordsworth, in lieu of καὶ
μῆ ποτε---

3 Ἡ, reads Μῶν σοι δοκεῖ in lieu of Μῶν οὐ δοκεῖ---

4 H. adopts δορὶ τίνειν, suggested by Boissonade, in lieu of δρεικτίνειν
—and reads ὁμοιίΐαν with Klaussen. But δορὶ τίνεν would mean “ to
pay for wrong by a spear,’ not ‘to punish;’ while the Homeric form
ὁμοιΐαν is justly repudiated by Dindorf; to say nothing of the fact that
Justice was not represented by the ancients, as holding a spear, like
Pallas, although she was seen with a sword.

5 H. reads προσηρμένον, the conjecture of Scaliger, for προσηγμένον.

6 Such is the literal version of the text of H.: where he has transposed

138 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

431, μὴ ἀλγεῖν, ἃ θυμοῦ κάρτα κινητήρια
So that the things, which are exciting anger
greatly, may not be a pain. ae page 220 line 27

437,8. 7 κάρτ᾽ ἄνοικτος τοῦδ᾽ ἐγὼ παροίχομαι.
πολλῶν ἄκουσον τέρματ᾽ αἰδοίων λόγων.
CH. Surely I pass very much unpitied by this
person. Hear thou the finish of sk
modest words.” .... ... 220 91

441. τάχ᾽ ἂν γυναικὶ ταῦτα ΣΈ ΕΝ, πέλοι
These would gee be becoming to a

woman‘ RY το ag Bee) | i

445, εἰ μή τι πιστὸν τῷδ᾽ ὑποστήσεις στόλῳ.
Unless you shall undertake for this migrating
band something to be relied upon: eve DAL 6

449, ἤκουσα δακνιστῆρα καρδίας λόγον

I have heard a speech, a biter of the heart. 221 13

404. 1θ᾽ ὡς τάχιστα τήνδ᾽ ἐρημώσασ᾽ edpav—
Go as quick as possible, and make a desert of
of this seat® .... ἜΝ ΜΞ ee | 26

the second and third verses, and altered χρήμασιν μὲν ἐκ δόμων into
δώμασιν μὲν χρημάτων, and γε μείζω καὶ μέγ᾽ ἐμπλῆσας into τε μείζω
καινὸν ἐμπλῆσαι, and adopted ἄτης for ἄτην from Turneb,

1 H. has altered ἀλγεινὰ θυμοῦ into μὴ ἀλγεῖν d—but forgotten to
shew on what μὴ ἀλγεῖν depends.

2 H. has placed the verse Ἢ κάρτα νείκους τοῦδ᾽ ἐγὼ παροίχομαι,
which commonly follows πημονῆς ἄκη, after γνώμην ἐμὴν, and altered
it into Ἢ κάρτ᾽ ἄνοικτος rovd’—although he was content formerly on
Med. 964, to read Kai κάρτα veixovc—without any other alteration.

3H. adopts Tay’ dy, the conjecture of Marckscheffel, in lieu of
τύχαν in MSS., and he reads, himself, γυναικὶ for yuvauov—But the
question is not about what would be, but what i is, befitting.

4 H. adopts in lieu of ὑποστήσει my ὑποστήσεις, which he attributes
to Wellauer ; while Paley takes the credit of the alteration to himself.

5 H. in lieu of μακιστῆρα reads δακνιστῆρα---ἃ word that is certainly
not found elsewhere, nor probably could be. H. quotes, indeed, Pers.
569, στένε καὶ daxvaZov. But there it is easy to τϑαᾶ---πύκν᾽ ἄζ᾽ ὦ.
For ἄζειν is ‘ to cry ai,’ as οἰμώζειν is ‘to cry οἴμοι.᾽

6 H. has introduced this verse of his own composition, evidently
modelled after Agam. 1037, 10’, ὦ τάλαινα, τόνδ᾽ tpnuwoac’ ὄχον :
although he says himself not a word about the imitation.

THE SUPPLIANTS. 139

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

465, ———-————ap ev ἀγκάλαις λαβὼν
Taking back in βρέ arms— ΔΕ page 221 line 26

466. βωμοὺς mpovdous καὶ πολυξεστους edpas
Altars before the ey and ae each
seats—* ans τς wee 221 26

470. καὶ yap τάχ᾽ ἄν τις οἰκτίσας, ἰδὼν τάδε----
For perhaps some one, feeling pity, after
seeing these things’... Lue eo

482, ———————__p:7) θράσος τέκῃ φόβον.
Lest [my] boldness ΠΕ ΕΝ a fear foe the ie

of the people |}' . 222 1
486. καὶ ξυμβόλοισιν----
And to those who meet* .... ie wee 222 5
488, ——_—————-xal τεταγμένος κίοι
And may he ordered go.® me) “ὦ. 222 a

498, ἀεὶ δ᾽ ἀνάρκτων ἐστὶ Seip’ ἐξαίσιον.
‘The fear of persons without a ruler is ever
unreasonable,’ ease sng we. 222 23

1H. reads ἂψ for aid’—For though Valckenaer had remarked in
Diatrib. p. 139, that ἂψ was a word never heard on the Attic stage, yet
H. asserts that the language of this play approaches rather close to that
of Homer—an assertion it would be difficult to prove, at least in the
extra-choral parts.

2 H. reads πολυξέστους in lieu of 7oAtccovywy—But why mention
should be made of ‘ much-polished seats,’ H. has not thought proper to
Sa mp

δ᾽ So H. reads, as Linwood suggested, whose name is however omitted,
in lien of οἶκτος εἰσιδὼν Tade—

4 So H. explains the common text—and rejects φόνον, proposed by
Pauw and adopted by nearly all subsequent editors.

5 Although H. has edited ξυμβόλοισιν, yet in the Notes he doubts
whether the poet did not write ξυμβολοῦσι---Ὀαῦ without stating that the
same correction had been suggested by myself in the Classical Journal,
and by Valckenaer in Not. MSS.

6 So H. in text; but in the Notes he prefers «ier, the conjecture of
Schiitz, to κίοι. For the optative is scarcely intelligible here.

7 Ἡ. alters ἀνάκτων into ἀνάρκτων, which he refers to the daughters
no longer under the rule of their absent father.

140 APPENDIX.’

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

500. ἀλλ᾽ οὔτι δαρόν σ᾽ ἐξερημώσει πατὴρ
But not for a long time shall father leave you

deserted. ve ἘΝ we = page 222 line 24
511. πιθοῦ re καὶ γενέσθω
Be persuaded and let it be.? ss was 22D" BS
515. τὸ πρὸς yevapxav ἐπιδὼν
Looking on the side of ancestors? one DOD 36

£20,1. δίας τοι γένος εὐχόμεθ᾽ εἶναι
ἂς ἀπὸ τασδ᾽ ἔνοικοι.
We boast to be ἃ race from this divine land,
being settled [in itl! .... a ence ee 2

524, ματέρος ἀνθονόμους ἐπωπὰς

The flower-feeding lookings-out of her

mother— ..... ἊΣ be wee 22D 4
534. Λύδιά τ᾽ ἀν γύαλα
And through the hollows of Lydia— w.. 223 10
535. καὶ δι ὅρων Κιλίκων
And through the boundaries of Cilicia—’ —..... 223 11

537. γᾶς ποταμοὺς ἀενάους

The ever-flowing rivers of the land’ “. 223 12

1 H. reads δαρόν σ᾽ ἐξερημώσει in lieu of δαρὸν χρόνον ἐρημώσει----

So H. in the text ; but in the Notes he mentions the ingenious con-
jecture of Lobeck on Soph. Aj. p. 283=250, Πειθοῦ τι, καὶ γένει σῷ
in lieu of καὶ γενέσθω.

3 Ἢ, reads τὸ πρὸς γεναρχᾶν in lieu of τὸ πρὸς γυναικῶν----

4 Ἡ, retains δίας, which Porson had altered into δι᾽ ac—

5 H. adopts the interpretation, given by Paley of ματέρος ἀνθονόμους
ἐπωπάς, and refers to Steph. Byz. in 'Exw7), which was a name
applied to Acrocorinthus, because it was the look-out of Sisyphus. But
as a look-out is always on the highest ground, and as the highest ground
has the fewest flowers, and as a cow does not, like a goat or a sheep,
prefer the short grass upon high grounds to the long grass of low grounds,
the interpretation of Paley seems to be perfectly untenable, and at
variance with λειμῶνα βούχιλον, ‘ a meadow with much fodder.’

6 H. alters re γαύλα into τ᾿ ἀν γύαλα, as Paley, whose name is not
mentioned, had already suggested.

7 H. reads ὅρων for dp:wyv—forgetting that ὀρέων is the very word
suited to the mountainous Cilicia.

8 H. reads γᾶς for rag—as I had edited long ago.

THE SUPPLIANTS. 141

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

540. ἱκνεῖται δ᾽ ἐγκεχριμένα βέλει
And she arrives pricked by the ἀατὺ--ὖοὀ page 223line14

547,8. ——_——-obvvats τε κεντροδαλ-
ἤτισι θυιὰς Ἥρας.
And excited by the goading and destructive
pains from Juno.? ee mee ww. 2203 15

552. βοτὸν κακόχαρι δυσχερὲς
A cow disgusting, intractable® he ites as |

558,9. dv αἰῶνος κρέων ἀπαύστου
πράκτωρ τῶνδ᾽ ἐφάνη Ζεύς.
Zeus, who rules through ceaseless ages, has
appeared the doer of these acts.* we 220 24

OE) ΕΝ τ ΤῈ
siete meas Connie

And calamity......is stopped® =e Capt eben oe
560,1.

δακρύων δ᾽ ἀπο-
σχάζει πένθημον αἰδῶ.

And [she] lays open the Se ne shame
oftears—_.... we we 220 26

576. εὖτε ye πατὴρ
When the father’ Ἐς es we. 223 34

1 H. alters εἰσικνουμένη into ἐγκεχριμένη---ἃπὰ refers to Prom, 564,
ape .με....οἷστρος---

2 H. reads κεντροδαλήτισι with Erfurdt—and θυιὰς with MS. Med.
in lieu of κεντροδαλήτοις Osiarc—But κεντροδηλητὶς is scarcely a good
Greek compound.

3 So H. inserts hesitatingly κακόχαρι before dvoyepic—

4H. reads δι᾿ αἰῶνος with myself, although my name is not men-
tioned, and supplies from conjecture—zodakrwp τῶνδ᾽ ἐφάνη ZLevo—
similar to Κύπρις τῶνδ᾽ ἐφάνη πράκτωρ in Soph. Trach, 862, and to
Ζεὺς ὅτου πράκτωρ φανῇ in 251.

5 H. reads δύα for Bia: and he might have referred to my note on
Prom. 534, where I have made a similar correction.

6 Such, I presume, is the version of the text of H., which he has
substituted for δακρύων δ᾽ ἀποστάζει πένθιμον αἰδῶ. His own explan-
ation is—‘ Pudor cum dolore et lacrimis conjunctus, quod forma humana
privata erat.’

7 H. supplies the lacuna by reading Εὐτέ ye—

142 . APPENDIX.

Line in “Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

588, δήμου κρατοῦσα χεὶρ ὅπερ πληθύνεται,
For which matter the prevailing hand of the
people has become numerous. page 224 line 8

603, λέγων διπλοῦν μίασμα πρὸς πόλεως φανὲν
Saying that a double pollution, appearing on
the part of the city? .... bse wee 224 22

607,8. Snunydpous δ᾽ ἔλυσεν εὐπιθεῖς στροφὰς
δῆμος Πελασγῶν.
And the Pelasgian people set free the well-
persuading turns of the public-speaker.® .... 224 25

608. ——

Ζεὺς δὲ κράνειεν τέλος,

And may Zeus perfect the end.*_.... wee 224 27
616. τάνδε Πελασγίαν

This Pelasgian® sisi sate we 224 34
618. ἀρότοις....... ἐν ἄλλοις-----

In other ploughed fields® a vue 2924 35

625. δῖον ἐπιδόμενοι πρακτορα πάνσκοπον
Looking up to the divine all-seeing avenger—’ 225 3

626,7. ὅστις ἂν δόμος ἔχη σφ᾽
ἐπ᾿ ὀρόφων ἰαύοντα
Whatsoever house shall have it sleeping on
the roof. eae στοῦ zee ened: GAO 4

1 So H. in lieu of χεὶρ ὅπως πληθύνεται in Turneb. But how ὕπερ
can be governed by πληθύνεται, we are not informed.

2 H. reads πρὸς πόλεως for πρὸ πόλεως---

3 fH. changes ἤκουσεν into <hucev—

4 So H. in lieu of Ζεὺς δὲ κράνειν τέλος : for, says he, how did
Danaus know that Zeus had brought the affair to an end? A wish is
rather required here. Hence he might have read, Zev δὲ πᾶν κραίν᾽
εὖ TéXkoc—‘ and do thou, Zeus, well bring all to an end.’

5 H. reads τάνδε Πελασγίαν for τὰν Πελασγίαν and rejects πόλιν ---

6 So H. in the text; but in the Notes he prefers ἐνάλλοις, suggested
by Pauw, to ἐν ἄλλοις. But what are ‘ the other’ or ‘ strange ploughed
fields,’ where Mars is the reaper, we are yet to learn.

7 H. reads πράκτορα wavoxorov—with the aid of the Schol. Διὸς
σκοπόν τὸν Διὸς ὀφθαλμὸν τὸν πάντα σκοποῦντα.

8 So H. in lieu of ὃν οὔτις ἂν δόμος ἔχοι ἐπ᾽ ὀρόφων μιαίνοντα---
But if the divine avenger were sleeping on the house-top, it would ill
merit the appellation of the ‘all-looking,’ which H. himself had just given
to it.

THE SUPPLIANTS. 143

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
636,7. pn®...... στάσις
αἱματίσαι
Nor let revolt blood-stain— wee = age 225 line 10

642,3. καὶ γεραροῖσι πρεσβυτοδόκοι προβούλ-
οις θυμέλαι φλεόντων.
And let the altar-places, receiving old men, be
full with honoured counsellors” wie 225 13

644-6, τὼς πόλις εὖ νέμοιτο
Ζῆνα μέγαν σεβόντων
τὸν ξένιον δ᾽ ὑπέρτατον.
So may be well directed the city of those wor-
shipping the great Zeus, and the highest
god, presiding over hospitality.? we 225 23

648,9. τίκτεσθαι δὲ φόρους γᾶς
ἄλλους εὐχόμεθ᾽ εἶναι.
And we pray for other produce of the land to
be brought forth+ Ξι- - wee 225 17

662, mpovoua δὲ Bora yas
And may the cattle feeding over the land® .... 225 25

663. τὸ πᾶν T ...... θάλοιεν

And may they flourish altogether—® wee 225 26

1H. adopts στάσις, which Bamberger would supply here.
2. So reads H, inserting from conjecture προβούλοις in lieu of πρεσ-
\ βυτοδόκοι γεμόντων θυμέλαι φλεόντων O’—But why the altar-places
should be filled by counsellors, we are not informed; as if the proper
place for such ‘ most potent, grave, and reverend signors,’ as they are
called in Othello, were not the council-hall rather.
3H. reads τὼς πόλις with Rob. and μέγαν with Ald., and retains
δ᾽ uxeprarov—with the MSS. and edd. pr., against Canter’ 5 Δί᾽ ὑπέρ-
τατον.
ἜΗΝ adopts Ahren’s reading, ‘licrecGar δὲ φόρους, elicited from
aimee ore δ᾽ ἐφόρους in MSS.
5. H. reads βοτὰ γᾶς in lieu of Bord τως in Turneb., a tacit correction
of esha ατος in MSS,
6 H. reads θάλοιεν in lieu of λάθοιεν in MSS. » although he confesses
that ἔθαλον is an aor. 2, not to be found except in Pseud- Homeric Hi.
Pan. 33.

144 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

664,5. εὐφήμοις δ᾽ ἐπὶ βωμοῖς
μοῦσαν θείατ᾽ ἀοιδοί
And let the minstrels compose ἃ strain at the

altar with good-omened words,! page 225 line 27
668. φυλάσσοι τ᾽ ἀρτέμεια τιμάς
And let sounduess guard honours? one 225 28
669. τὸ δήμιον, τὸ πτόλιν κρατύνει
The people, that rules the city— essa Ὁ 29
697. ἴσως yap ἂν Knpv€......... μόλοι
For perhaps ἃ herald...... will come‘ wees 226 14
720. δολόφρονες δ᾽ ayav—
And with very deceitful minds’ _.... a. 4
724. εἰ coi τε καὶ θεοῖσιν
If both to you and the gods—® aes ἜΘΟΣ 8
790,1, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστι φήμη κρείσσονας λύκους κυνῶν
εἶναι
But there is a saying that wolves are better
than dogs.’ sii ie: 2 -2R7 13

1H. alters μοῦσαι θεαί τ᾽’ into μοῦσαν Osiar’—But as the middle
voice θείατο would be incorrect, Ahrens suggested θεῖεν ----

2-H. alters ἀτιμίας into apréueva—to which he was probably led by
ἀτρεμαῖα, suggested by Paley.

3 So H. in the text; but in the Notes he would read τὸ δήμιόν re
πτόλιν KpaTUvoi—partly with Bamberger: while in the next verse he
reads προμηθὶς---ἃ form, he says, found in Antholog. Palat. XIII. 7,5,
as applied to the name of a woman.

4 So H. reads with myself ἂν κήρυξ... μόλοι in lieu of ἢ....«μόλοι :
although he had on Viger. p. 784, asserted that μόλοι could be used in
a potential sense without ἄν

5 H. alters δὲ καὶ into δ᾽ ἄγαν to suit the ἄγαν in the antistrophé.

* So H. in the text; but in the Notes he prefers Ei σύν ye cai—But
σύν γε καὶ Meoiovv—‘ together with the gods likewise ’—-would be ill-
suited to the train of thought.

7 So H. He should have read rode λύκους Kptiooove—found in MS.
Med., where from the other reading κρείσσων came κρείσσονας in Rob.,
or, what is preferable, H. should have adopted my ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔστι φήμη τις....
AvKovc—for in such a proverbial expression the article would be
inadmissible.

THE SUPPLIANTS. 145

Line in Reference to
Greek Text.- Bolin’s Edit.

732,3, ἔμπας ματαίων ἀνοσίων τε κνωδάλων
ἔχοντας ὀργὰς χρὴ φυλάσσεσθαι κράτος.
It is altogether requisite to guard against those,
who possess the rage of silly and unholy
monsters.' <i net vee ράσο 227 line 15

735. οὐδὲ πεισμάτων σωτήρια
Nor a safety for cables? .... τ: τος Οὐ ἢ 18

741. κἂν ἢ γαλήνη νήνεμος δ᾽ εὕδῃ κλυδών
Although there is a calm, and the wave wind-

less sleeps? ..... = ids wee 22d 18
747. ἰὼ ya Botvis—
O hilly land— un ai RE | 32

752. τὸ πᾶν δ᾽ ἀφάντως ἀμπετὴς εἰς dos, ὡς
Altogether picid stretching out to the air®
as— ἘΠ ». 227 21

754,5. ἄλυκτον δ᾽ οὐκ ἔτ᾽ ἂν a voap"
κελαινόχρων δὲ πάλλεται πρὸ καρδίας.
The phantom would not be perplexed any
longer; but is tossed about of a dark colour
before the heart.5 BY oak it B27 22

1 H. reads from conjecture ἔμπας in lieu of ὡς kai—and from Turneb.
ἔχοντος for ἔ ἔχοντες ---

2 Η. adopts in the text Scaliger’s πεισμάτων σωτήρια, similar to
ναύδετα... πρυμνᾶν in Eurip. Tro. 810. But in the Notes he would
read πείσματος owrnp.ov—conceiving that a verse had dropped out.

3 This Supplement, suggested by Paley, has been adopted by H.
where κἂν ἢ γαλήνη have been elicited from καὶ γαλήνη, preserved by
Plutarch II. p. 1090. a. and νήνεμος δ᾽ εὕδῃ κλυδών, invented by
Paley, who doubtless remembered Agam. 549, πόντος... κοίταις ἀκύμων
νηνέμοις εὕδῃ πεσών.

4. H. reads with Pauw βοῦνις in lieu of βουνῖτι.

5 H. here elicits ἀφάντως ἀμπετὴς εἰς ἄος ὡς from ἄφαντος ἀμπε-
τήσας δόσως in MS. G., and quotes ὄμμα ἀμπετὲς ἀκλήϊστον from
Heliodorus in Stobzus ΧΟΥΠΙ. (C. Herm. ) p. 540, and Hesych.
“Aoc’ πνεῦμα ἢ ἴαμα, correcting there ἢ ἄημα. But as nothing is
known of the strange word ‘Aoc, it would be hazardous to introduce it
here ; and the more so, as it is easy to read in Hesychius ᾿Αοῦς ἄημ᾽ ἦν"
πνεῦμα, ‘ There was the breath of morn ’—For the gl. is a fragment of a
Doric poet, probably Epicharmus, who added, I suspect, ἡδὺ--- and
thus the whole fragment would mean—‘ Sweet was the breath of morn ’—
in Greek, ’Aove dnp’ ἣν ἡδύ.

§ Such is the literal version of the text of H. But what he understood

L

146 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Kdit.

759. πρὶν ἄνδρ᾽ ἀπευκτὸν τῷδε χριμφθῆναι χροΐ.
Before an abominable man comes close to this
skin! eee see wees page 228 line ὃ
762. πρὸς ὃν KuperAN ὑδρηλὰ γίγνεται χιών.
At which the misty and watery clouds become
snow.? ΕΣ ses — ole OO 5
767,8, πρὶν δαΐκτορος Bia pe
καρδίας γάμου κυρῆσαι
Before I meet in defiance of my heart with a
killing marriage.® iss pase 1. 228 8
778,6. ἢ τίν᾽ ἀμφυγὰν er’ ἢ πόρ-
ον τέτμω γάμου λυτῆρα
Or what escape or road shall I discover as the
freer from marriage—* vs ove OO 12
777-80, ἴυζε δ᾽ ὀμφὰν, οὐράνια
μέλη, θεοῖσι λίτανα, καὶ
τέλεα δύας πελόμενα μοι
λύσιμα.
Moan out a voice, heavenly strains, prayers to
the gods, and [pray] for them to be th
releasers from calamity— sass ies) SEO 16
780. μάχαν δ᾽ ἔπιδε, πάτερ,

ρ
And look upon the fight, father,® .... oe 228 16

by those words, I must leave for the reader to discover: especially as
ψνόαρ is not only never found in any good Greek author, but is a manifest
corruption in the opinion of Lobeck, in Paralipom. p. 176, as H._
states himself ; who, however says, that the whole passage alludes to the
imagined appearance of the dark crew, spoken of in the speech of Danaus,
when he first descried their approach.

1 H. adopts τῷδε χριμφθῆναι from MS. P. and χροὶ from MS. E.

2 H. adopts Dindort’s alteration of νέφη δ᾽ ὕδρηλα into κὐφελλ᾽
wdonka—which is however repudiated by Dindorf himself in Steph.
Thesaur., where he now prefers νέφη divdpa—for he had discovered that
κύφελλα was only Alexandrian Greek. What Auschylus really wrote, it
would not be difficult perhaps to discover.

3H. inserts μὲ between βίᾳ and rapdiac—

4 Such is the text of H. in lieu of τίν᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτᾶς ἔτι πόρον τέμνω
γάμου καὶ λυτήρια.

ὃ Such, I presume, is the version of the text οἵ H. where he has
adopted from Rob. ἴυζε... οὐράνια μέλη λίτανα θεοῖσι and καὶ τέλεα
from Ald. and substituted diac for δὲ μοι πως---

6 H. changes μάχιμα into payav—

THE SUPPLIANTS. 147

Line in Reference to
Greek Text Bohn’s Edit.

781. βίαια μὴ στέρξης ὁρῶν
Do not love to look on forcible acts! page 228 line 15

785-9. γένος γὰρ Αἰγύπτειον ὕβρι

δύσοιστον ἃ ἀρσενογενὲς, οἵ
μετά με δρόμοισι διόμενοι
φυγάδα μάταισι πολυθρόοις
βίαια δίζηνται λαβεῖν.

For an Agyptian insulting race, hard to be
borne, of male birth,’ who, pursuing me an
exile by their racing, seek to lay hold of me
violently through their very clamorous acts
of folly.s the fi rise ove 228 19

793. στρ. δ΄.
Ημιχορ. α΄. ὄ, 6, ἃ, & ὦ,
ὁ ὁ δὲ μάρπτις ὁ νάϊος, γάϊος,
ἦέ, ἠέ.
τῶν πρὸ σὺ, μάρπτι, κάμνοις.
ὁσιόφρονα λύσιν καββασίας ὀλωλ-
via βόαμα φαίνω.
Hemichor. 1. Oh, oh! ah, ah! the seizer [is]
here, by sea and land. Oh! oh! in return
for which, may you, seizer, be introuble. I
am lost and shew forth a crying-out, the
holy-thinking deliverance from a descent
[upon land.} .... ae ἘΣ wve 228 21

799. ἀντιστρ. δ΄.
Ἥμιχορ. β΄. ὁρῶ. ὁρῶ"
τὰ δὲ φροίμι ἐμῶν βιαίων πόνων
ἠέ ne.
βαῖνε φυγᾷ πρὸς ἀλκάν.
βλοσυρόφρονι χλιδᾷ δύσφορα vai τἀγ-

yat’, ἄναξ, προτάσσου.

1-H. alters μὴ φιλεῖς ---η abbreviation, as he supposed, for μὴ φιλήσῃς
—into στέρξῃε---

2 So H. reads, in lieu of γένος yap Αἰγύπτειον ὕβριν diogopoy—and
considers ὕβρι as a neuter adjective.

3 In this remodelled text διόμενοι and δίζηνται are furnished by Rob.,
and οἱ is added from conjecture.

4 In these verses, where the MSS. and early editions present only a
continued series of corruptions, it will be sufficient to give Hermann’s
remodelled text, with a literal English version, leaving the inquisitive
reader to discover from Hermann’s notes the reasons that have led to the
alterations, and by which they are supported.

L2

148 APPENDIX.

Line in
Greek Text.

Hemichor. 2. I see, I see. These are the
preludes of my compulsory troubles. Oh!
oh! go in flight towards strength, O king,
with a haughty-minded pride, do thou be
ordered things hard to be borne on ship-

board and on land.] __.... ΣΕ
805. στρ. ε΄.
ΚΗΡΥΖ. σοῦσθε, σοῦσθ' ἐπὶ βᾶριν ὅπως ποδῶν"
ΧΟΡ. οὐκοῦν, οὐκοῦν μεσῳδ.

τιλμοὶ, τιλμοὶ καὶ στιγμοὶ,
πολυαίμων φόνιος ἀποκοπὰ κρατός.
HERALD. Rush, rush, to the bark, as quick
you can with feet. PE
CHO. There are then tearings and scratch-
ings, and the ee a of heads with much
gore and blood. ke

809. ἀντιστρ. ε΄.
KHP. σοῦσθε, σοῦσθ᾽ ὀλοαὶ μέγ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄμαλα.
HER. Rush, rush, ye lost ἜΗΙ to the sea-
cutting [vessel]. - τος

810. στρ. ς΄.

Ἥμιχορ. α΄. εἴθ᾽ ἀνὰ πολύρυτον
ἁλμιόεντα πόρον
δεσποσίῳ ξὺν ὕβρει
γομφοδέτῳ τε ,δόρει διώλου.
αἵμον᾽ ἴσως σέ γ ἐπ᾿ ἄμαλα
ἥσει δουπίαν τἀπὶ γᾷ.

ΚΗΡ, κελεύω βίᾳ μεθέσθαι σ᾽ ἴχαρ,

φρενὸς ἄφρονα τ᾽ ἄγαν.
Ἥμιχορ. β΄. ἰού, ἰού,
λεῖφ᾽ edpava, ki’ ἐς δόρυ,
ἀτίετος ἀνὰ πόλιν ἀσεβῶν.

Hemichor. 1. I wish that along the much-
flowing and briny path thou hadst perished
utterly with thy lordly insolence and the
bolt-bound bark. Perhaps the [forces] on
land will send thee with blood to the noisy
ship.

HER. I command thee to give up “thy desire

Reference to

to force, and the silly indignation of mind. 229

Hemichor. 2. Oh! oh! Leave the seats. Go
to the ship thou, who art in no honour,
behaving impiously, through the city.

Bohn’s Edit.
228 line 24
229 1
. 229 2
. 229 4
229 6

8
11

- 229

TIIE SUPPLIANTS.

149

Line in Reference to
Bohn’s Edit.

Greek Text.
821. ἀντιστρ. ς΄.
Ἥμιχορ. α΄. μήποτε πάλιν ἴδοιμ᾽
ἀλφεσίβοιον ὕδωρ,
ἔνθεν ἀεξόμενον
ζώφυτον αἷμα βροτοῖσι θάλλει.
γεῖος ἔχω βαθυχάϊος
oes Ρεῖδε; ἐπ θεσαν, γέρον.
KHP. σὺ δ᾽ ἐν val, vat βάσει τάχα
θέλεος, ἀθέλεος.
Hemichor. 1. Never may I again behold the
cattle-feeding water, where the life-blood
being increased is in vigour for mortals. I
possess, as an indigenous person of a high

Achzean [origin], seats, seats, old man. page 229 line 31

HER. But thou on board, on board, shalt 8°
quickly, willing [or] unwilling. . 229

Ἥμιχορ. α΄. Bia, Bia,
φροῦδα πολέα Babi μοι,
πρόκακα TAO ὀλόμενε παλάμαις.
Hemichor. 2. Violence, violence. Out of sight!
go far off from me; suffer, thou lost-one!
previously evils from hands, se ἐπ Ὁ

830. στρ. ζ΄.
Ἥμιχορ. β΄. αἰαῖ, αἰαῖ"
εἰ γὰρ δυσπαλάμως ὅλοιο
δι ἁλίῤῥυτον ἄλσος
κατὰ Σαρπηδόνιον χῶμ-
α πολύψαμμον ἀλαθεὶς
᾿Αερίαισιν αὔραις.
KHP, ἴυξε καὶ λάκαζξε καὶ κάλει θεούς"
Αἰγυπτίαν γὰρ βᾶριν οὐχ ὑπερθορεῖ,
χέουσα καὶ πικρότερον οἰζύος νόμον.

Hemichor. 2. Alas! alas! Would that thou
hadst perished by sad hands in the open
space, where the sea flows, while wandering
along the mound of Sarpedon, [caught] by
the gales from Aeria (gypt.) we 220

HER. Moan and tear thy dress and call upon
the gods. For thou shalt not overleap the
Egyptian bark, while pouring forth a strain
of woe still more bitter. . 229

17

18

20

23

150 APPENDIX.

Line in © Reference to
Greek Text, Bohn’s Edit.

841. ἀντιστρ. ¢.
Ἥμιχορ. β΄. οἰοῖ, οἱοῖ.
λυμανθεὶς σὺ πρὸ γᾶς ὑλάσκοις
περίκομπα βρυάζων.
ὁ δὲ βώτας, ὁ μέγας Νεῖλ-
ος ὑβρίζοντά σ᾽ ἀποτρέψ-
εἰεν ἄοιστον ὕβριν.

KHP. βαίνειν κελεύω βᾶριν εἰς ἀμφίστροφον,
ὅσον τάχιστα, μηδέ τις σχολαζέτω.
᾿ὁλκὴ γὰρ οὔτοι πλόκαμον οὐδάμ᾽ ἄξεται.

Hemichor. 2, Woe! woe! mayest thou, ill-
treated before the land, howl out, although
making great boasts. "May the ‘hourisher,
the great Nile, overturn thee, while insulting

with insult not to be borne, ΠΝ page 229 line 26

HER. I order thee to go the bark, rowed on
both sides, as quickly as possible. Nor let
any one delay. For a dragging Rais no
regard at all to the locks of hair. . 229

850. orp. η΄.
Ἡμιχορ. α΄. olot πάτερ,
βρέτεος ἄρος ἄτα.
ἀμαλάδ᾽ ἄγει ie
ἄραχνος ὡς βάδην νόαρ, νόαρ μέλαν.
0 TO TO TO TOL
pa Ta, pa Ta, Boa
φοβερὸν a ἀπότρεπε.
ὦ Ba, Τὰς παῖ, Ζεῦ,
KHP. οὔτοι φοβοῦμαι δαίμονας τοὺς ἐνθάδε"
οὐ γάρ μ᾽ ἔθρεψαν, οὐδ᾽ ἐγήρασαν τροφῇ.
Hemichor. 1. Alas! father! The protection
an image is a calamity. A phantom, a dark
phantom, is dragging me, step by step, like
a spider, to the sea-cutting bark, Mother
Earth! mother Earth! thr ough my clamour
turn aside what is frightful. Ὃ hing Zeus,
son of the Earth! ἕν . 229
HER, I do not fear the deities, who are here,
For they have not brought me up, nor
have they caused me to Miki old by their
nurture. εν seve ἕν 280

29

32

THE SUPPLIANTS. 151

Linein ~ Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
860, ἀντιστρ. η΄.
Ἥμιχορ. β΄. μαιμᾷ πέλας
δίπους ὄφις,
ἔχιδνα δ᾽ ὥς μέ τις πόδ᾽ ἐνδακοῦσ ἔχει.
ὀ ΤΟ ΤῸ ΤΟ τοῖ.
pa Ta, pa Ta, Boa
φοβερὸν a ἀπότρετε.
ὦ βα, Tas παῖ, Ζεῦ.
ΚΗΡ, εἰ μή τις ἐς ναῦν εἶσιν αἰνέσας τάδε,
λακὶς χιτῶνος ἔργον οὐ κατοικτιεῖ,
Hemichor. 2, There is raging near............
a two-footed serpent, and like some viper it
is laying hold of and biting my foot. Alas!
mother Earth, mother Earth, through [my]
clamour turn aside what is frightful, O king
Zeus, son of the Earth! page 239 line 6
HER. Unless a person goes to the ship, endur-
ing these things, a tearing shall not ΡΗΥ
the work of a garment. - . 230 9
“870. στρ. θ΄.
Ἥμιχορ. α΄. ἰὼ πόλεως a ἀγοὶ πρόμοι, δάμναμαι.
ΚΗΡ, ἕλξειν ἔ ἔοιχ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἀποσπάσας κόμης"
ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀκούετ᾽ ὀξὺ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων.
Hemichor. 1. O leaders [and] chiefs of the city,
I am overcome. 230 6
HER. It seems I shall drag you away, pulling
you by the hair; since you do not hearken
quickly to my words, :
873. ἀντιστρ. θ΄.
“Ausxop. β΄. διωλόμεσθ᾽" ἄελπτ᾽, ἄναξ, πάσχομεν.
KHP. πολλοὺς & ἄνακτας, παῖδας Αἰγύπτου, τάχα
ὄψεσθε" θαρσεῖτ᾽. οὐκ ἐρεῖτ᾽ ἀναρχίαν.
BAS, οὗτος, τί ποιεῖς ; ἐκ τίνος! φρονήματος----
Hemichor. 9. We aré destroyed ; O king, we
are suffering things unexpected,
HER, Kings many ye will quickly see in the
sons of Aigyptus. Be of good cheer, ye will
not call it an anarchy.?
KING. You, fellow, what are you doing ?
From what high thoughts— . 230 19

1 Tn lieu of ἐκ ποίου, H. adopts ἐκ τίνος, as suggested by Briggs,
? H. arranges the speeches as recommended by Heath, whom Dindorf
has improperly refused to follow.

152 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.
882. [After ἐπίστασαι H. marks the loss of a distich
by asterisks. | ἘΠ we ss page 230 line 26
895. λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν ελθὼν----
I will, after coming, [6]]---ὶ ate ans, 29] 1

900. [The tetrastich, which is commonly read here
after στόλον, Ἠ. transposes after 913, αἴρεσθαι
veov. And so I had edited, although 1 Η.
says nothing of what I had done. ] cpus aol 7

902,3. τί σοὶ λέγειν χρὴ τοὔνομ᾽ ; ἐν χρόνῳ μαθὼν
εἴσει σύ τ᾽ αὐτὸς----
Why need I tell you the name? Learning it
in time, both you shall know it yourself—* 231 17
918. εἰ σοὶ τόδ᾽ ἡδὺ, πόλεμον αἴρεσθαι νέον
It this is agreeable to you, to undertake a
new war—’ ..... ἘΠῚ το wnat ΑΘ 22

926, εἰ θυμός ἐστιν εὐτύκους ναίειν δόμους.

If you have a mind to inhabit well-built

abodes.° Ἐπ ὌΝ whe Bol 29
930. ἀτρεστὶ λωτίσασθε
Take without fear—® date dees avis Ok 91
ΘΟ ΘΠ πὰς τὶς ΠΝ ς
εὔτυκος
Every one is......prepared’ pi wee 232 5

1 H. adopts Heath’s λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν in lieu of λέγοις ἂν .---

2 In lieu of εἴσθι γ᾽ αὐτὸς or ἴσως γ᾽ αὐτος, H. adopts Bothe’s εἴσει
σύ τ᾽ avtroc—which he wrongly attributes to myself; while both Haupt
and Ahrens have taken the credit of the restoration to themselves.

3 In lieu of ἴσθι μὲν rad’—H. reads εἰ coi τόδ᾽ 7400—and he ima-
gines that a distich has been lost after νέον, of which the sense was, ‘ See
then whether you are looking well to the benefit of your people, should
you, for the sake of women, involve them in a war.’

* Here, again, H. supposes the existence of a lacuna after βίων, but
without attempting even to guess at the sense of the missing matter.

5 So H. in lieu of Εὐθυμεῖν ἐστιν εὐτυχεῖς ἢ ναίειν : where Et θυμὸς
is due to Bothe and εὐτύκους to Porson.

6 H. reads ἀτρεστὶ λωτίσασθε in lieu of πάρεστι λωτίσασθαι. But
he does not state he was indebted to Canter for Awricao@e, and to myself
for ἄτρεστα, for which he has substituted ἀτρεστὶ, although he con-
fesses that arpeori is not to be found elsewhere.

7 H. reads with Spanheim εὔτυκος in lieu of evrvyoc. But how
εὔτυκος could be here applied to a person, we are not informed.

THE SUPPLIANTS. 153

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

940, [After ra Adora H. supposes a tristich to have
been lost ; for otherwise the two anapzestic
systems will be of a different length.] page 232line 7

944-7, ————xrai ᾿ἀμηνίτῳ
βάξει λαῶν τῶν ἐγχώρων,
Ae φίλαι, δμωΐδας οὕτως

ree with the not-angry language of the people
of the country put in order,! O female
friends, the house-maids in such a ies
that—* ἐν ate ΣΝ wee 232 8

952,3. καί poe | Ta μὲν πραχθέντα πρὸς τοὺς ἐκγενεῖς
μάλ᾽ οὐ πικρῶς ἤκουσαν αὐτανεψίους.
And they have heard not very bitterly what
has been done by me towards degenerate
cousin-germans. sone shee Wend’ ede 13

958-9. τοιῶνδε τυγχάνοντας ἐν πρύμνῃ φρενὸς
χάριν σέβεσθαι τιμιωτέραν θέμις.
And for persons obtaining things so great, it
is just to reverence in the steering-place ot
thought the favour with greater honour. .... 232 20

960. καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἐγγράψασθε πρὸς γεγραμμένοις
And these to boot inscribe ye in addition to
what has been written‘— aoe ww 232 21

1 Ἡ. alters λαῶν ἐν χώρῳ into λαῶν τῶν ἐγχώρων, and takes τάσ-
σεσθε in an active sense, as in Eurip. Heracl. 664. Androm. 1099.

2 So H. in lieu of καί μου τὰ μὲν πραχθέντα πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτενεῖς
φίλου πικρῶς ἤκουσαν αὐτανεψίους in MS. Med. and he renders
ἐκγενεῖς, to which he was probably led by Heath’s ἐγγενεῖς, ‘ dege-
nerate," referring to Soph. (Ed. T. 506, where Dindorf would read
ikl instead of é ἐγγενεῖς.

35 Ἢ, in lieu of εὐπρυμνῆ φρενὸς... τιμιωτέραν ἐμοῦ has given ἐν
πρύμνῃ φρενὺς---τιμιωτέραν θέμις---οὈβογνίηρ that Paley had likewise
suggested ἐν πρύμνῃ---ἃΠὰ so I had edited long ago from my own con-
jecture and that of Valckenaer in Not. MSS., who refers to τὴν τῆς
ψυχῆς ἀκρόπολιν ἴῃ Plato, Rep. VIII. p. 560. 8.

4 So H. instead of ταῦτα piv γράψεσθε---Βυΐ as the daughters are not
told where they are to inscribe the advice of their father, 1 prefer my
conjecture, ταῦτα νῷ ᾽γγράψεσθε----

154 . APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

963. ———yAaooap εὔτυκν . . . -
A well-modelled tongue—! bee page 232 line 24

968. θήραις δὲ κηραίνουσί vw βροτοί" τί μήν ;
And with hunting mortals hurt it. How not? 232 28

969, [After this verse H. has placed between aste-
risks the supplement | of another—
Kal νηκτὰ πάντως ἐστὶν ἁρπάζοντ᾽ ἰδεῖν
‘And it is possible to see swimming animals
seize it altogether’-—* | ve sa woe 29

971: καρπώμαθ, ἃ στάζοντα κηρύσσει Κύπρις,
κἄωρα κωλύουσά θ᾽ ὡς μένειν ὅρῳ:
Fruits, which Venus proclaims as distilling
with drops and unripe, and prohibiting so

as to remain in a boundary.* seis py 29
1002. yapos...... Κυθέρειος
A Cytherean marriage® ics ww. Lod 18

1003. στυγερῶν πέλοι τόδ᾽ ἀἄθλον.
May this be the prize of persons hated 5... 299 19

1012. δέδοται δ᾽ ἁρμονία μοῖρ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτας
The power of se paauae Maree to concord,
has been given.’ seed . 233 23

1 Here again H. has adopted εὔτυκον, the conjecture of Spanheim, in
lieu of εὔτυχον. But as γλῶσσα εὔτυκος is quite unintelligible,—at
least, it is not found elsewhere—H. should have preferred my γλῶσσαν
edTpoxov—found likewise in Eurip. Bacch, 264, and similar to ἐπι-
τρυχάδην ἀγορεύεις, in IX. Τ᾽. 213.

2 Τὴ lieu of θῆρες H. adopts Weiseler’s θήραις, and Linwood’s τί μήν
for τιμήν : although he has neglected to refer to Linwood’s note on
Eumen. in Addend. p. 199.

3 To this verse, inserted after πεδοστιβη from conjecture, it may be
objected that, except in the case of Andromeda, we have not heard of a
fish coming out of the sea to seize upon a maiden; and even that monster
was destroyed by Perseus, before it laid hold of the lady.

4 Such is the literal and to myself unintelligible version of the text of H.;
where, to say nothing of τε, which follows κωλύουσα and couples nothing,
H. seems to have forgotten that unripe fruits cannot be said to distil drops.

5 So H. with one MS., observing that γάμος Κυθέρειος means ‘ an
honorable marriage ;’ an assertion more easily made than proved.

6 So H. has corrected στυγερὸν in Turn.

7 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text. But
how such a meaning can be elicited from the Greek, I must leave for
others to discover.

THE SUPPLIANTS. 155

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1013. ψέδυραι τρίβοι τ᾽ ἐρώτων
And the whispering paths of Loves'.... page 233 line 324

1014, φυγάδεσσιν δ᾽ ἐπινοίαις
On account of my design in flying? wee 233 25

1017,8. τί ποτ᾽ ἔκπλοιαν ἔπραξαν
ταχυπόμποισι διωγμοῖς
Why have they made a sailing: away with a
quick-moving pursuit 79 .. 233 26

1022,2. pera πολλῶν δὲ γάμων ἅδε τελευτὰ
προτερᾶν πέλοι γυναικῶν
But with many marriages of former women
may this end take place! ἘΠ w.. 230 29

1033. τὰ θεῶν μηδὲν ἀγάζειν
Not to bear with San Aggie sent hs the

gods? . 234 2
1036-7, —————edvoar εὖ χειρὶ παι-
ὠνίᾳ
Has treed well with a healing hand® wee 294 4

1 In lieu of ψεδυρὰ in two MSS. H.has edited ψέδυραι, referring to
Hesych.—wéecvpoc> ψίθυρος.

2 Such is the English of the Latin version by H. of his own text ;
where I was the first to edit φυγάδεσσιν, for the sake of the metre, in lieu
of φυγάδες---8ὴ emendation attributed by Scholefield to Wellauer, and
by Paley to Haupt; while Ahrens takes the credit of it to himself. With

regard to the sense, by no process could the words φυγάδεσσιν ἐπινοίαις
mean, what H. fancied they did.

3 Instead of εὔπλοιαν H. reads ἔκπλοιαν, and refers διωγμοῖσι not
to the pursuit of the daughters of Danaus, but to the running-away of
the sons of Aigyptus. But as διωγμὸς never has such a meaning else-
where, it would be hazardous to take it in that sense here; even if the
train of ideas did, what it does not, admit of such an interpretation.

4 Such is the literal and to myself unintelligible version of the text

of H. who has altered πρότερον into προτερᾶν. For most assuredly the
wish in πέλοι, which relates to a future time, is at variance with προ-
ΦΈΒΩΤ, which relates to a past.
5 H. adopts, with Paley, Stanley’ s interpretation of ἀγάζειν, which
Hesych. explains by βαρέως φέρειν.
§ So H. inserts εὖ before xetpi—

156 APPENDIX.

Line in Reference to
Greek Text. Bohn’s Edit.

1037,8. —————xaracrpoday
εὐμενεῖ Bia κτίσας
Making a catastrophe witha kindly force! page 234line 5
1041. καὶ δίκᾳ δίκας ἔπεσθαι
And for justice to follow justice.? wee 234 9

1H. alters κατασχεθὼν into karacrpo¢dy—which means, he says,
either ‘a simple change’ or ‘a refuge.’

2 So H. in the text; but as he says in the Note—‘ Emendavit Bur-
gesius ’—it is evident that he intended to write—dikg rvxac—for such
is my emendation.

PRINTED BY HARRISON AND SONS,
Loudon Gazette Office, St. Martin’s Lane, and Orchard Street, Westminster.

COMPLETE CATALOGUE

OF

BOHN’S LIBRARIES,

CONTAINING

STANDARD WORKS OF EUROPEAN LITERATURE IN THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE, ON HISTORY, BIOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY, ARCH#OLOGY,
THEOLOGY, ANTIQUITIES, SCIENCE, PHILOSOPHY, NATURAL HISTORY,
POETRY, ART, FICTION, WITH DICTIONARIES, AND OTHER BOOKS OF
REFERENCE. THE SERIES COMPRISES TRANSLATIONS FROM THE FRENCH,
GERMAN, ITALIAN, SPANISH, SCANDINAVIAN, ANGLO-SAXON, LATIN, AND
GREEK. PRICE 3s. θα. OR 5s. PER VOLUME (WITH EXCEPTIONS). A
COMPLETE SET IN 621 VOLUMES, PRICE £139 5s.

Catalogues sent Post-free on Application,

LONDON:
GEORGE BELL AND SONS, YORK STREET,
COVENT GARDEN.

1879.

ἢ +

February, 1879. 4

COMPLETE CATALOGUE

OF

;

β BOHN’S LIBRARIES.

STANDARD LIBRARY.

A SERIES OF THE BEST ENGLISH AND FOREIGN AUTHORS, PRINTED
IN Post 8vo.

262 Vols. at 3s. 6d. each, excepting those marked otherwise.

Addison’s Works. With the Notes
of Bishop Hurp, much additional matter,
and upwards of 100 Unpublished Letters.
Edited by H.G. Bonn. Portrait and 8
Engravings on Steet. In 6 vols.

Alfieri’s Tragedies, including those
published posthumously. Translated into
English Verse, and edited with Notes and
Introduction, by Epcar A. Bowkineg, C.B.
2 vols.

Bacon’s Essays, Apophthegms, Wis-
dom of the Ancients, New Atlantis, and
Henry VIL., with Introduction and Notes.
Portraté.

Ballads and Songs of the Peasantry
of England, Edited by Rorert BELL.

Beaumont and Fletcher, a popular |

Selection from, By Lerexn Howt,

Beckmann’s History of Inventions,
Discoveries, and Origins. Revised and
enlarged. Portrazis. In 2 vols.

Bremer’s (Miss) Works. Translated by
Mary Howrrt. Portrait. In 4 vols.
Vol. 1. The Neighbours and other Tales.
Vol. 3. The President’s Daughter.
Vol. 3. The Home, and Strife and Peace.
Vol. 4. A Diary, the H-—- Family, ὅσο.

British Poets, from Milton to Kirke
Wurre. Cabinet Edition. In 4 vols.

Browne’s (Sir Thomas) Works.
Edited by Smron WILKIN. In 3 vols.

Burke’s Works. In 6 Volumes,

Vol. 1. Vindication of Natural Society,
On the Sublime and Beautiful, and
Political Miscellanies,

Vol. 2. French Revolution, &o.

Vol. 3. Appeal from the New to the
Old Whigs ; the Catholic Claims, ὅσο,

Vol. 4. On the Affairs of India, and
Charge against Warren Hastings,

18

|
|

Burke’s Works—continued.
Vol. 5. Conclusion of Charge against
Hastings; on a Regicide Peace, &o. —
Vol. 6. Miscellaneous Speeches, &0.
With a General Index.

Burke’s Speeches on Warren Hast-
ings; and Letters. With Index. In
2 vols. (forming vols, 7 and 8 of the
works),

Life. By Prion. New and
revised Edition. Portratt.

Butler’s (Bp.) Analogy of Religion,
and Sermons, with Notes. Portratt.

Camoéns’ Lusiad, Mickle’s Transla-

tion. Edited by E. R. Hopess.

Cary’s Translation of Dante’s Hea-
ven, Hell, and Purgatory. Copyright
edition, being the only one containing
Cary’s last corrections and additions.

Carafas (The) of Maddaloni: and
Naples under Spanish Dominion. Trans-
lated from the German of Alfred de
Reumont.

Carrel’s Counter Revolution in Eng-
land. Fox’s History: and Lonsdale’s
Memoir of James I. Portrait.

Cellini (Benvenuto), Memoirs of
Translated by Roscoz. Portrazt,

Cervantes’ Galatea, Translated by
GORDON GYLL.

Chaucer’s Works. Edited by RoBERT
Brett. New Edition, improved. With
Introduction by W. W. SKEAT, 4 vols.

Coleridge's (8. 1.) Friend, A Series of —

Essays on Morals, Politics, and Religion.
(5. T.) Biographia Liter-

aria, and two Lay Sermons,
Commines. (See Philip de Commines.)

- BOHN’S VARIOUS LIBRARIES.

Condé’s Dominion of the Arabs in
pci Translated by Mrs. Fostzr. In
vo

Cowper’s Complete Works, Edited,
with Memoir of the Author, by Sourury.
Itustrated with 50 Engravings. In8 vols.

Vols. 1 40 4. Memoir and Correspondence.
Vols. δ and 6. Poetical Works. Plates.
Vol. 7. Homer’s Dliad, Plates.

Vol. 8. Homer’s Odyssey. Plates.”

Coxe’s Memoirs of the Duke of
Marlborough. Portraits. in 3 vols.
*,* An Atlas of the plans of Marlborough’s

campaigns, 4to. 10s. 6d.

History of the House of
Austria. Portraiis. In 4 vols.

Cunningham’s Lives of Eminent
British Painters, New Edition by Mrs.
ae 3 vols.

[ Vol. I. ready.

Defoe’s ‘Works. Edited by sir WALTER
Scorr. In 7 vols.

De Lolme on the Constitution of Eng-

_ land. Hdited, with Notes, by Jour
MaceRecoz.

Emerson’s Works. 2 vols.

Foster’s (John) Life and Correspond-
ence, Edited by J. HZ. Rruanp. In2 vols,

----- Lectures at Broadmead
Chapel. Edited by J. HE, Ryzanp. In
2 vols.

Fostex’s (John) Gritieal Kssays. Edited

by J, E. Ryianp, In 2 vols.

oen=— Essays—On Decision of Cha-

racter, a&c. &o.

Essays—On the Evila of Po-

pular Ignorance, &c.

Fosteriana: Thoughts, Re-
flections, and Criticisms of the late JonNn
Foster, selected from periodical papers,
and Edited by Henny G. Bomn (nearly
600 pages). 65:3.

Fuller’s (Andrew) Principal Works.
With Memoir. Portrait.

Gibbon’s Roman Empire. Complete
gnd Unabridged, with Notes; including,
in addition to the Author’s own, those of
Guizot, Wencx, Niebuhr, Hugo, Neander,
and other foreign scholars; and an ela-
borate Index. Edited by an English
Churchman. Im 7 vols.

Goethe’s Works, Translated into Eng-
lish. In 8 vols,
Vols, 1.and2, Autobiography,20 Books ;
- and Travels in Italy, Trance, and
Switzerland. Portratt.

Goethe’s Works—continued.
Vol. 3. gFaust. Two Parts. ΒΥ Miss
SWAN WICK.

Vol. 4. Novels and Tales, = ~~

Vol. 5. Wilhelm Meister’s ΛΕ 2:55.
ship,

Vol. 6. Conversations with Eckermann
and Soret, Translated by JoHN
OXENFORD,

Vol. 7. Poems and Ballads, including
Hermann and Dorothea. Translated
by E. A. Bowrtne, C.B.

Vol. 8. Dramatic Works—Iphigenia,
Egmont, Tasso, Goetz, &., by ANNA
SwANWICK, Sir W. Scorr, E. A. Bow-
RING.

Correspondence with Schiller.
See Schiller.

Greene, Marlowe, and Ben Jonson,
Poems of. Edited by Rospert BELL.
With Biographies. In 1 vol.

Gregory’s (Dr.) Evidences, Doctrines,
and Duties of the Christian Religion.

Guizot’s Representative Gcvernment,
Translated by A. BR. ScOBLE.

History of the English Revo-

lution of 1640. Translated by WILLIAM

Hazurt. Portratt.

History of Civilization, Trans-

lated by Wit1Am Hazurz. In 3 vols,

Portrait.
Hazlitt’s Table Talk. A New Edition

in one volume,

Lectures on the Comic
Writers, and on the English Poets.

=~=——~- Lectures on the Literature
of the Age of Elizabeth, and on Characters
of Shakespear’s Plays.

Plain Speaker.

Round Table; the Conversa-

tions of James Nortucote, R.A.; Cha-

racteristics, &c.

Sketches and Essays, and
Winterslow (Essays Written there). New
Edition.

Hall’s (Rev. Robert) Miscellaneous
Works and Remains, with Memoir by
Dr. Grecory, and an Essay on his 082-
racter by Jonn Foster. Portrait,

Hawthorne’s Tales, In 2 vols.

Vol. 1. Twice Told Tales, and the
Snow Image.

Vol. 2. Scarlet Letter, and the House
with the seven Gables,

Heine’s Poems, complete, from the
German, by EK, A. Bowrmne, C.B. ὅς.
Hungary: its History and Revolu-
tions; with a Memoir of Kossuth from
new and authentic sources. Portrait,
Hutchinson (Colonel), Memoirs of,

with the Siege of Latham House,

19°

A CATALOGUE OF

Irving’s (Washington) Life and Let-
τσὶ By his Nephew, Prrrex Εἰ, invine.
2 Vols.

Complete Works. In 15
vols.

Vol, 1. Salmagundi and Knickerbocker
Portratt of the Author.

Vol. 2. Sketch Book and Life of Gold-
emi

Vol. 3. Bracebridge Hall and Abbots-
ford and Newstead.

Vol 4. Tales of a Traveller and the
Alhambra.

Vol. 5. Conquest of Granada and Con-
quest of Spain.

Vols. 6 and 7. Tife of Columbus and
Companions of Columbus, with a new
Index. Fine Portrait.

Vol. 8. Astoria and Tour in the Prairies.

Vol. 9. Mahomet and his Successors

Vol. 10. Conqzest of Florida and Ad-
ventures of Captain Bonneville.

Vol. 11. Biographies and Miscellanies.

Vols. 12-15. Life of Washington. Por-
trait.

For separate Works, see Cheap Series.

James’s (6, P. BR.) Richard Coeur-de-
Lion, King of England. Portraits. 2 vols.
Louis XIV. Portraits. 2 vols.

Junius’s Letters, with Notes, Ad-
ditions. and an Index. In 2 vols.

Lamartine’s History of the Girond-
ists. Portraits. In 8 vols.

Restoration of the Monarchy,

with Index. Portrazts. In 4 vols.

French Revolution of 1848,
with a fine Frontispiece.

Lamb’s (Charles) Elia and Eliana.
Complete Edition.

— Dramatic Poets of the Time
of Elizabeth ; including his Selections from
the Garrick Playa.

Lanzi’s History of Painting. Trans-
lated by Roscor. Portraits. In 3 vols.
Lessing’s Dramatic Works. Com-
plete, with Memoir by HELEN ZIMMERN.

Portrait. 2 vols.

Chief Prose Works. Laokoon,
Dramatic Notes, Representation of Death.
Translated by HeLen Zomern.

Locke’s Philosophical Works, con-
taining an Essay on the Human Under-
standing, &c., with Notes and Index by
J. A. Sr. Joan. Portrait. In 2 vols.

Life and Letters, with Ex-

tracts from his Common-Place Books, by
Lord Kixe.
_Luther’s Table Talk, Translated by
Wittmsm Hazurt. Portrait.
20

Machiavelli’s History of Florence,
The Prince, and other Works. Portrait.
Martineau’s,
England, from 1800-15.

History of the Peace, from
1815-1846. 4 vols.

Menzel’s History of Germany. Pore
traits. In 3 vols.

Michelet’s Life of Luther. Translated
by WILLIAM Hazuirr.

Roman Republic. Translated

by ΙΑ Hazzirt.

French Revolution, with In-
dex. Frontispiece.

et’s French Revolution from

1789 to 1814. Portrait.

Milton’s Prose Works, with Index.
Portraits. In & vols.

Mitford’s (Mary R.) Our Village. Im-
proved Ed., complete. Illustrated. 2 vole.

Moliere’s Dramatic Works, Trans-
lated by C. H Watt. In 3 vols, Portrait.

Montesquieu’s Spirit of the Laws.
A new Edition revised and corrected.
2vols. Portrait.

Neander’s Church History. Trans-
lated: with General Index. In 10 vols.

Life of Christ. Translated.

First Planting of Christi-

anity, and Antignostikus. Translated. In
2 vols.

History of Christian Dogmag.

Translated. In 2 vols.

Christian Life in the Early
and Middle Ages, including his ‘ Light in
Dark Places.’ Translated.

Ockley’s History of the Saracens.
Revised and completed. Portrait.

Percy’s Reliques of Ancient English
Poetry. Reprinted from the Original Hdi-
tion, and Edited by J. V. Pricuarp. In

ἃ vols,

Philip de Commines, Memoirs of
containing the Histories of Louis ΧΙ. and
Charles ViIL, and of Charles the Bold,
Duke of Burgundy. To which is added,
The Scandalous Chronicle. or _ Secret
History of Louis Xl. Portratts. In
2 vols.

Poetry of America. Selections from
roo American Poets, from 1776—x876.
Edited by W. J. Linton. Portraii.

Ranke’s History ef the Popes. Trans
lated by Εἰ. Fostrr. In 3 7ols.

Ranke’s Servia and the Servian Re-
volution.

Harriet, History of.

s

BOHN’S VARIOUS LIBRARIES.

Reynolds’ (Sir Joshua) Literary
Works, Portrait. In 2 vols.
Richter (Jean Paul Fr.) Levana

and Autobiography. With Memoir.

Flower, Fruit, and Thorn
Pieces. A Novel.

Roscoe’s Life and Pontificate of
Leo X., with the Copyright Notes, and an
Index. Portraits. In 2 vols.

Life of Lorenzo de Medici,

with the Copyright Notes, &c. Portrait.

Russia, History of, by WALTER K,
ΚΕΙ͂. Portraits. In 2 vols.
Schiller’s Works. Translated into
English. In 6 vols.
Vol. 1. Thirty Years’ War, and Revolt
of the Netherlands.
Vol. 2. Continuation of the Revolt
of the Netherlands; Wallenstein’s

Gamp; the Piccolomini; the Death |

of Wallenstein; and William Tell.
Vol. 3. Don Carlos, Mary Stuart, Maid
of Orleans, and Bride of Messina.

Vol, 4. The Robbers, Fiesco, Love and |

Intrigue, and the Ghost-Seer.

Vol. 5. Poems. Translated by Epcar
Bowerne, C.B.

Vol. 6. Philosophical Letters and Ais-
thetical Essays.

Correspondence with Goethe,

translated by L. Dora ScamitTz. 2 vols.

Schlegel’s Philosophy of Life and

of Language, translated by A.J. W. Mor- |

BISON.

History of Literature, An-
cient and Modern. Now first completely
translated, with General Index.
Philosophy of History.
Translated by J. B. Ropertson. Portratt.

Schlegel’s Dramatic Literature.

Translated. Portrait,
Modern History.
ZEsthetic and Miscellaneous

Works.

Sheridan’s Dramatic Works and
Life. Portrait.

Sismondi’s Literature of the South
of Europe. Translated by Roscoe, J’or-
traits. In 2 vols.

Smith’s (Adam) Theory of the Moral
Sentiments; with his Essay on the Firat
Formation of Languages,

Smyth’s (Professor) Lectures on
Modern History. In 2 vols.

Lectures on the French Re-
volution. In 2 vols.

Sturm’s Morning Comm 8 with
God, or Devotional Meditations for Every
Day in the Year.

Sully, Memoirs of the Duke of, Prime
Minister to Henry the Great. Portraits.
In 4 vola.

Taylor’s (Bishop J, eraany) Holy Living
and Dying. Portrait

Thierry’s Conquest of England by
the Normans. Translated by WILLIAM -
Hazutt. Portrait. In 2 vols.

Ulrici (Dr.) Shakespeare’s Dramatic
Art. Translated by L. D. Schmitz. 2 vols.

Vasari’s Lives of the Painters,
Sculptors, and Architects. Translated by
Mrs. Foster. 6 vols, =

Wesley's (John) Life. By ROBERT
SoutHEy. New and Complete Editicn.
Double volume. With Portrait. 58.

Wheatley on the Book of Common
Prayer. Frontispiece.

HISTORICAL LIBRARY.
21 Vols. at 5s. each.
Evelyn’s Diary and Correspondence, |

TWiustrated with numerous Portraits, ἄσ.
In 4 vols.

Pepys’ Diary and Correspondence.
. Edited by Lord Braybrooke. With Notes,
important Additions, including numerous
Letters. IUustrated with many Portraits.
in4vols. —

Jesse’s Memoirs of the Reign of the
Stuarts, including the Protectorate. With

General Index, Upwards @ 40 Portraits.
ἴῃ 3 vols.

Jesze’s Memoirs ot the Pretenders
and their Adherents. 6 Portraits. -

Nugent’s (Lord) Memorials of
Hampden, his Party, and Times. 12
Portraits. :

Strickland’s (Agnes) Lives of the
Queens of England, from the Norman
Conquest. From official records and
authentic documents, private and public.
Revised Edition, In 6 vols.

Life of Mary Queen of Scots.

2 vols,
21

A OATALOGUE OF

/ ἐν Ἢ γ) ΝΣ

; {Moe

COLLEGIATE SERIES. IS Mo ἱ

6 Vols. at 5s. each. >,

Donaldson’s Theatre of the Greeks. | Herodotus, Wheeler's Analysis and ue i

Illustrated with Lithographs and nu- Summary of, ᾿
merous, Woodcuts. Thucydides, Wheeler’s Analysis ek?

Keightley’s Classical Mythology. ped ee perio ΩΣ Greek. ἢ
eadings ᾿

New Hdition. ‘Revised by. Dr. ἢ} ΜῊ) and Scholz, Parallel References,
Scumitz. With 12 plates. a Critical Introduction and sabre 08,
Tables. Two fac-simites of Greek MSS.

Herodotus, Turner’s (Dawson W.) hy ath or on pena ἢ St. Lexicon ὃ
Notes to. With Map, ὅτο, Separately. 2s. he a

PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY.
11 Vols. at 5s. each, excepting those marked otherwise.

Comte’s Philosophy of the Sciences, | Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason.

By ἃ. H. Lewzs. Translated by J. M. D, ΜΕ κι σοι,
Draper (J. W.) A History of the | Logic; or, the Science of Inference.
Intellectual Development of Europe. By A Popular Manual. By J. Dever.

Joan Wintiam Draper, M.D. LL.D. A | Miller’s (Professor) History Philozo-
New Edition, thoroughly Revised by the phically comstdered. In ἃ vola. 33. 6d.
Author. In 2 vols. each.

Hegel’s Lectures on the Philosophy | Tennemann’s Manual of the History
of History. Translated by J. Srszen, MA. of Philosophy. Continued by J. R. Moret. i

ECCLESIASTICAL AND THEOLOGICAL
LIBRARY.

15 Vols. at 5s. each, excepting those marked otherwise.

Bleek (F.) An Introduction to the | Henry’s (Matthew) Commentary on
Old” Testament, by FRIEDRICH BLEEK. the Psalms, Numerous Illustratton:. |
Edited by Jouann BLenk and ApoLr | Pgargon on the Creed. New Edition,
KAMPHAUSEN, ‘Translated from the Ger- . : 4

coe With Analysis and Notes,
man by ἃ. H. Vunasres, under the 4
supervision of the Rev. E. Venastus, | Philo Judsous, Works of; the con-
Canon of Lincoln, New Edition, In 2 | On are of Josephus. Translated Ὅν
vols. Cc. Ὁ. Yonge. in 4 vols,

A ΜΠ ' Socrates’ Ecclesiastical History, in

Chillingworth’s Religion of Pro- continuation of Husebius With the Notes
testants. 35. 6d. | of Walostus, ἘΜ

ahs bir hi ἐν Sozomen’s Ecclesiastical History,
#usebius’ Keciesiastical History. from A.D. 324-440: and the’ Ecclesiastical

With Notes, | History of Philostorgiue. ‘7

Hardwick’s History of the Articles | igre Sablon bes ni yak ae a ὗ
of Religion. Τὸ which is added a Series of | : ἃ fr ge a road 544. to A.D. 4
Documents from a.D. 1536 to A.D. 1616. | | Se Mom a. cam : Wig
Together with Illustrations from Contem- | Wieseler’s Chronological Synopsis of
porary Sources. New Edition, revised by the Four Gospels. Translated by CANON
Rev. F. Procrer. VENABLES, New Edition, revised. ἥ

22

!
|
|

BOHN’S VARIOUS LIBRARIES.

ANTIQUARIAN LIBRARY.

35 Vols. at 5s. each.

Bede’s Ecclesiastical History, and
the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle.
Bosthius’s Consolation of Philoso-

Bey. In Anglo-Saxon, with the A. 8.
- Metres, and an English Translation, by
the Rev. S. Fox.

Brand's Popular Antiquities of Eng-

of Devizes, Geoffrey de Yinsauf, Lord de |

Joinville.
Dyers British Popular Customs,

Present and Fast. An Account of the
various Games and Customs associated
with different days of the year. By the

| emia mere 4 y Mythology. Fron-
tispriece by

Lepsius’s leven dean from Egypt, Ethio-
pia, and the Peninsula of Sinai.

Hallet’s Northern Antiquities. By
Bishop Percy. With an Abstract of the
Eyrbiggia Sage, by Sir WaxtEr Soore.

Edited by J. A. BLACKWELL.

| Mareo Polo’s Travels. The Trans-
Chronicles of the Crusaders. Richard

Rev. T. F. Toisetton Dyer, M.A. With |

Index.

Early Travels in Palestine. Willi-

bald, Sewulf, Benjamin of Tudela, Man- |

deville, La Brocgniére, and Maundrell;

all unabridged. Edited by Tuomas

Wricut.

Ellis’s Early English Metrical Ro- |

mancee. Revised by J. O. HALLIweELL.

with the Two Continuations : comprising
Annals of English History to the Reign οἱ
Edward L

Gesta Romanorum. Edited by Wyn-

NaRD Hooper, B.A.

Giraldus Cambrensis’ Historical

Works: Topography of Ireland; History ἢ

of the Conqnest of Ireland; Itinerary
‘through Wales; and Description of Wales
With Index. Edited by THos. WRicRT.

Henry of Huntingdon’s History of
the English, from the Roman invasion to

Henry L1.; with the Acts of King Stephen, |

&c,

Ingulph’s Chronicle of the Abbey of
Croyland, with the Con‘inuations by Peter
τῆς Blois and other Writera. By H. Τ,
‘Ricey.

lation of Marsden. Edited by THomas
WRIGHT.
Matthew Paris’s Chronicle. In 5 vols.
First Sxcrion: Roger of Wendover’s
Flowers of English History, from the
Descent of the Saxons to A.D. 1238.
Translated by Dr. Gizes. In 2 vols.
Szconp Section: From 1235 to 1273.
With Index to ‘the entire Work. In
3 vols.

Matthew of W estiminster's Flowers.
of History, y such as relate to the,
affairs of Britain; to A.D. 1307. Translated:
by C. Ὁ. Yonex. in 2 vols.

Ordericus Vitalis’ Ecclesiastical His>.

tery of England and Normandy. Trans-
~~ with Notes, by T. Foruster, MLA.
n 4 vols.

Florence of Worcester’s Chronicle, Pauli’s (Dr. R.) Life of Alfred the

Great. Transiated from the German. To.
which is appended Alfred’s Anglo-Saxon
version of Crosius, with a literal Transla-
tion, and an Anglo-Saxon Grammar and:
Glossary.

Roger De Hoveden’s Annals of Eng:.
tish History; from A.D. 732 to A.D. 1201.
Edited by ΒΗ. T. Rinzey. In Vols.

Six Old English Chronicles, vig.:—=
rarity Life οἱ Alfred, and the Chronicleg.

Ethelwerd, Gildas, Nennius, Geoffrey
of Monmonth, and Richard of Ciren-
cester.

William of Malmesbury’s Chronicle.
οἵ the Kings of Englend. Translated by-
SHARPE. :

Yule-Tide Stories. A Collection of
Scandinavian Tales and Traditions, Eéited
by B. THorpz.

ILLUSTRATED LIBRARY.

83 Vols. at 5s. each, excepting those marked otherwise.

Allen’s Battles of the British Navy.
Revised and enlarged. Nwmerous jins
Portraits. In 2 vols.

Aadersen’s Danish Legends and
Fairy Tales. ‘With many Tales not in any

other edition. Translated by CaxoLine —

PZacHEY. 120 Wood Engravings.

|

Ariosto’s Orlando Furioso. In Eng-
lish Verse. i ee 8. Ross. Twelve jm
Pngravings. 3 vols. ,

Bechstein’s Cage and Chamber Birds.

including Sweet’s Warblere. Enlarged
edition, Numerous plates,
*.* All other editions are

abridged.
With the plates coloured. 78. 6d.
23

A CATALOGUE OF ; Tea:

Bonomi’s Nineveh and its Palaces.
New Edition, revised and considerably
enlarged, both in matter and Plates,
Upwards of 300 Hngravings.

Butler’s Hudibras. With Variorum
Notes, a Biography, and a General Index.
Edited by Hunry G. Bonn. Thirty beau-
tefeel Illustrations. -

; or, further tllustrated with

62 Outline Portraits. In 2vols. 10s.

Cattermole’s Evenings at Haddon
Hall 24 exquisite Engravings on Steel,
from designs by himself tho Letterpress
by the Banonxss Dz CARABELLA.

China, Pictorial, Descriptive, and
Historical, with some Account of Ava and
the Burmese, Siam, and Anam. Nearly
100 Illustrations.

Craik’s (6, L.) Pursuit of Knowledge
under Difficulties, illustrated by Anec-
dotes and Memoirs. Kevised Edition.
With numerous Portraiis.

Cruikshank’s Three Courses and a
Dessert. A Series of Tales, with 50 hes-
morous Illustrations by Cruikshank.

Dante, Translated by I. C. WRicHT,
M.A. New Edition, carefully revised.
Portrait and 34 Illustrations on Steel,
after Flawman.

Didron’s History of Christian Art
in the Middle Ages. From the French.
Upwards of 150 outline Engravings.

Dyer (T. H.) The History of Pompeii;
its Buildings and Antiquities. An account
of the City, with a full description of the
Remains, and an Itinerary for Visitors,
Edited by T. H. Dyer, LL.D. Jllus-
trated with nearly 300 Wood Engrav-

ings, a large Map, and a Plan of the |
Forum.

A New Edition, revised and
brought down to 1874. 78. 6d.

Gil Blas, The Adventures of. 24

Engravings on Steel, after Smirke, and |

10 Hichings by George Cruikshank. 65.

Grimm’e Gammer Grethel; or, Ger-
man Fairy Tales and Popular Stories.
Translated by Epcar TayLor, Numerous
Woodcuts by Cruikshank. 38. 6d.

Holbein’s Dance of Death, and Bible
Cuts. Upwards of 150 subjects, beanti-
Fully engraved in fac-simile, with Iniro-
duction and Descriptions by the late
Franois Dovck and Dr. T. F. Drspin.
ὦ vols. inl. 78. 6d.

Howitt’s (Mary) Pictorial Calendar
of the Seasons. Embodying the whole οἹ
Aiken’s Calendar of Nature. Upwards of
100 Engravings.

(Mary and William) Stories

of English and Foreign Life, Twenty beau-

οὐκ ΤΉ ΘΗΝ

India, Pictorial, Hoanciolive: and

Historical, from the Earliest Times. Up-
wards of 100 fine Engravings on Wood,
and a Map.

Jesse’s Anecdotes of Dogs, New Edi-
tion, with large additions. MWemerous
Woodcuts after Harvey, Bewick, and ot

highly-finished Steel Engrawings. %s. 6d.

King’s Natural History of Precious
Stones, and of the Precious Metals. τρέξῃ
numerous Illustrations. Price 68.

or Decorative Stones. Finely Illustrated.
6s.

Handbook of Engraved Gems.
Finely Illustrated. 6s.

Kitto’s Scripture Lands and Biblical
Atlas. 24 Maps, beautifully engraved on
Steel, with a Consulting Index.

; with the maps coloured, 78. 6a.

Krummacher’s Parables.
from the German. Forty Illustrations by
Clayton, engraved by Dalziel,

Lindsay’s (Lord) Letters on Egypt,
Edom, and the Holy Land. New Edition,
enlarged. Thirty-siz beautiful Engrave
ings, and 2 Maps.

Lodge’s Portraits of Illustrious Per-
sonages of Great Britain, with Memoirs.
Two Hundred; and Forty Portraits, en-
graved on Steel. 8& vols.

Lengfellow’s Poetical Works.
Twenty-four page Hngravings, by Birket
Foster, ane others, and α Portrait. - ;

; or, without illustrations, 98.6 ὦ.

‘Phase Works. 16 page En-
gravings bu Birket Foster, &c.

Loudon’s (Mrs.) Entertaining Natur-
alist. Revised by W. S. Dauuas, F.L.S.
With nearly 500 Woodcuts.

Marryat’s Masterman Ready; or,
The Wreck of the Pacific. 93 Woodcuts.

3s. 6d.

Poor Jack. With 16 Iilus-
trations, after Designs by C. Stanjield,
R.A. 3s. 6d.

Mission; or, Scenes in Af-
rica. (Written for Xoung People.) Zllus-
trated by Gilbert and Daisziel. 3s. 6d.
Pirate; and Three Cutters.
New Edition, with a Memoir of the
Author. With 8 Steel Engravings, from
Drawings by C. Stanfield. R.A. 38 θά.
Privateers- Man One Hun-
dred Years Ago.
Steel, after Stothard. 3s. 6d.

Settlers in Canada, New
Edition. Ten fine γεν by Gilbert
and Dalsied. 38. θᾶ.

; or, with the addition of 34

Natural History of Gems -

Translated

Eight Engravings on © of

BOHNS VARIOUS LIBRARIES.

Maxwell’s Victories of Wellington |

and the British Armies, Steel Hngravings.

Michael Angelo and Raphael, their
Lives and Works. By Duppa and Qua- |

TREMERE DE Quinoy. With 13 Engravings
on Steel.

‘Willer’s History of the Anglo-Sax-
ons.

basis of Sharon Turner. Portrait of

Ι

|

Written in a popular style, on the |

Alfred, Map of Saxon Britain, and i2 |

ate Engravings on Steel.
Milton’s Poetical Works. With a

Memoir by JAmzs Montcomery, Topp’s

Verbal Index to all the Poems, and Ex- |
planatory Notes. With 120 Hngravings |

by Thompson and others, from Drawings
by W. Harvey, 2 vols.
Vol. 1. Paradiso Lost, complete, with
Memoir, Notes, and Index.

Vol 2. Paradise Regained, and other |

Poems, with Verba! Index to 811 the
Poems.

Mudie’s British Birds. Revised by —

W.C.L. Martin. Fifty-two Figures and
1 Plates of Eggs. In 2 vols.

; or, with the plates coloured,
73. 6d. per vol.

Naval and Military Heroes of Great
Britain; or, Calendar of Victory. Being a
Record of British Valour and Conquest
by Sea and Land, on every day in the

ear,
Haale to the Battle of Inkermann.
By Major Jomys, R.M., and Lieutenant
P. H. Nicoras, R.M, "Twenty-four Por-
tratts. 6s.

Nicolini’s History of the Jesuits:
their , Progress, Doctrines, oe De
Fine Portraits of Loyola, Lainés

Xavier, Borgia, Acquaviva, Pére la Chaise, —
Ganganells.

and Pope
Petrarch’s Sonnets, and other Poems,

᾿ Recreations in Shooting:

from the time of William the ©

Translated into English Verse. By various |

hands. With a Life of the Poet, by
Tuomas CAMPBELL. With 16 Engravings.

Pickering’s History of the Races of
Man, with an Analytical Ba at of the
Natural History of Man. By Dr. Hatt.
IWustrated by numerous Portraits.
—— or with the plates colour ed,7s.6d.
*,* An excellent Edition of a work ort-
*ginally published at 30. 3s. _by the
American Government.

Pictorial Handbook of Modern Geo-
a. on ἃ Popular Plan. 328. θᾶ. I1lus-
trated by 150 Engravings and 51 Maps. 63.
: aot eee ἐς maps coloured,
8.

Pope’s Poetical Works. Edited by

KoBERT CARRUTHERS, Numerous En-
gravings. 2 vols,

-

Pope’s Homer’s Iliad, With Intre-
auction and Notes by J. 8. Watson, M.A.
Ttlustrated by the entire Series of Flan-
man’s Desi, beautifully engraved by
Moses (in the full 8v0. size).

o————- Homer's Odyssey, Hymns,
&0., by other translators, including Chap-
man, and Introduction and Notes by J. &.
Watson, M.A. Flammam’s Designs beau-
téfully engraved by Hoses,

Life, Including many of his

Letters. By Robert CARRUTHERS. New

Edition,revised and enlarged. Mlustrations.
The preceding 6 vols. make @ complete

and elegant edition of Pope’s Poetical
Works ana Translations for 258.

Pottery and Porcelain, and other Ob-

jects of Vertu (a Guide to the Knowledge
of). To which is added an Engraved List
of Marks and Monograms, By HENBY
8. Bonn. Numerous Hngravings.
3 or, coloured. 103. 6d.

Prout’s (Father) Reliques. New
Edition, revised and largely augmented.
Twenty-one spirited Etchings by Maclise.
Two volumes in one. 7s. 6d.

By

“Craven.” New Edition, revised and
enlarged. 82 Engravings on Wood, after
Harvey, and 9 Engravings on Steel, cheefly
after A. Cooper, R.A.

Redding’s History and Descriptions
of Wines, Ancient and Modern. TZwenty
beautiful Woodruts.

BRennie’s insect Architecture. Wew
Edition. Revised by the Rev. J. 68. ©
Woop, M.A.

Robinson Crusoe. With Illustrations
by STOTHARD and HARVEY. Twelve beauti-
Jul Engraving: on Steel. and 14 on Wood.

; or, without the Steel tllustra-
tions, 33. 6d.

Rome in the Nineteenth Century,
New Edition. Revised by the Author.
Illustrated by 34 Steel Hngravings.
2 vols.

Sharpe's History of Egypt, from the
Earliest ‘Times till the Conquest by the
Arabs, A.D. 640. By SAMUEL SHABPE.
With 2 Maps and upwards of 400 Illus-
trative Woodcuts. Sixth and Cheaper
Edition. 2 vols.

Southey’s Life of Nelson. With
Additional Notes. Illustrated with 64
Engravings.

Starling’s (Miss) Noble Deeds of
Women; or, Examples of Female Courage,
Fortitude, and Virtue. Fourteen Ilustra-

stuart and Revett’s Antiquities of
Athens, and other Monuments of Greece.
IUustrated in 71 Steel Plates, and nwu-
merous Woodcuts.
25

᾿

A OATALOGUE OF

Tales of the Genii; or, the Delightful
Lessons of Horam. Nwmerous Woodcuts,
‘and 8 Steel Enoravings. after Stothard.

Tasso’s Jerusalem Delivered, Trans-
lated into English Spengerian Verse, with
a Life of the Author. By J. H. Wirren.
Fight Enyravings on Steel, and 2A on
Wood, by Thurston.

Walker's Manly Exercises. Con-

. taining Skating, Riding, Driving, Huating,
Shooting, Sailing, Rowing, Swimming, &c.
New Edition, revised by “ CRAVEN.”
Forty-four Sieel Plates, and numerous
Woodcuts

Walton’s Complete Angler. Edited
by Epwarp Juzssz, Esq. Upwards of
203 Kngravings-

a=; or, with 26 additional page
Itustrations on Steel, 73. 6d.

\ ra

Wellington, Life of. From ΓΝ τοῦς

fi teriale of Maxwell. Highteen Engravings.

Westropp’s Handbook of Archeology —
New Edition, revised. Numerous Τιϊωδ-
trations. 138. 6d,

White’s Natural History of $el-

borne. With Notes by Sir Wmt1aM JaR- _
DINE and EDWAED JESSE, Esq. Iilustrated —

by 40 Engravings.
3 or, with the plates coloured.

18. 6d,

Young, The, Lady’s Book. A ste
nual of Hlegant Recreations, Arts, Sciences,
and Accomplishments. Twelve Hundred
Woodcut Illustrativns, and several Hine
gravings on Steel. ‘Ts. θᾶ, i

; or, cloth gilt, gilt edges, 9s,

CLASSICAL LIBRARY.
93 Vols. at 5s. each, excepting those marited otherwise.

ZEschylus. Literally Translated into
English Prose by an Oxonian. 33. θά.

, Appendix to. Containing
the Readings given in Hermann’: posthu-
mous Edition of Mschylus. By Guorcr
Bureaus, M.A. 38. θᾶ.

Ammianus Marcellinus, History of
Reme from Constantius to Valens. Trans-
lated by GC. D. Yorex.B.A. Dble. vol.,7s..6d.

Antoninus. The Thoughts of the
Emperor Marcus Aurelius. Translated by
Geo. Lone, M.A. 33. θῶ.

Apuleius, the Golden Ass; Death of
Socrates; Florida; and Discours3 on Magic.
To which is added a Metrical Version of
Cupid and Psyche; :nd Mra. Tighe’s
Psyche. Frontispiece,

Aristophanes’ Comedies. Literally
Translated, with Notes and Eixtracte from
Frere’s and other Metrical Versions, by
W. J. Hiokin. 2 vols,

Vol. 1. Acharnians, Knights, Olonds,
Wasps, Peacs, and Birds. ΐ

Vol. 2. Lysistrata, Thesmophoriazusz,
Frogs, Ecclesiazuse, and Plutas.

Avistotle’s Ethics, Literally Trans-
lated by Archdeacon Browne, late Classical
Professor of King’s College

Politics and Economics.
‘translated by E. Waxrorp, M.A.

Metaphysics. Literally Trans-
lated, with Notes, Analysis, Examination
Questions, and Index, by the Rev. Jonny
H. M‘Manon, M.A., and Gold Medailist in
Metaphysics, T.C. D.

26

| Aristotle’s History of Animals. In Ten

Books. Translated, with Notes and Tndex,
by RicHAaRp CRESSWELL, M.A.

Organon; or, Logical Trea-

tises. With Notes, &c. By Ὁ. F.Owsn,M.A,

2 vols,, 3s. 6d. each.

—————= Rhetoric and Poeties. Lite-
rally Translated, with Examination Ques-—
tions and Notes, by an Oxonian, ‘

Athenzus. The Derpnosophists; or,
the Banquet of the Learned. Translated
by Ὁ. D. Yonex, B.A. 3 vols,

Cesar. Complete, with the Alexau-
drian, African, and Spanish Wars. Lite-
rally Translated, with Notes.

Catullus, Tibullus, and the Vigil of
Venus. A Literal Prose Transiation. To
which are added Meirical Versios by
Lang, GRAINGER, and others. rontige |
piece

Cicero’s Grations. Literally
lated by Ὁ. Ὁ. Yonex, B.A. In 4 vols.
Vol. 1. Contains the Orations against
Verres, dic. Portratt.
Vol. 2. Catiline, -Archias.
Law, Rabirius, Murena, Sylia, ὅσο.
Vol. 3. Orations for his House, Plancing,
Sextius, Coslins, Milo, Ligarius, &c.
Vol. 4. Misceilaneons Orations, and
Rhetorical Works; with General se
dex to the four voinmes. \

Divination, Pate, Laws, 8 Republic, ὅσο.
Translated by ὁ. Ὁ. Yonex, B.A, and
¥F, ΒΑΚΗΔΜ, ΨΥ"

Trans-

on the Nature of the Gods,

}
ἤ
τ

hy

BOHN’S VARIOUS LIBRARIES.

Cicero's Academics, De Finibus, and

Juscuian Questions. By C. Ὁ. Yoras,
B.A. With Sketch of the Greek Philo-
sopher.

on Oratory and Orators, By
J.S. Watson, M.A.

Demosthenes’ Orations. Translated,
with Notes, by Ο. Rann Kunnepy. In 5
volumes.

Vol. 1. The Olynthiac, oe χὰ and
other Public Orations. 3s. θά.
me ee En-

Υ.

Vol. 3. Against Leptines, Midias, An-

drotrion, and Aristocrates.

Vol. 4. Private and other Orat

Vol δ. Miscellaneous Orations.

Dictionary of Latin Quotations. [n-
cluding Proverbs, Maxims, Mottoes, Law
Terms, and Phrases; and a Collection οἱ
above 500 Greek Quotations. With all the
quantities marked, & English Translations.

, with Index Verborum. 63.

Index Verborum only. 18.

Diogenes Laertius. Lives and Opin-
fons of the Ancient Philosophers. Trans-
lated, with Notes, by C. Ὁ. Yonex,

Epictetus. Discourses, with Enchei-
ridion and Fragments. Translated with

Notes, by GzorcE Lone, M.A.

Euripides. Literally Translated. 2 vols,

Yol. 1. Hecuba, Orestes, Medes, Hippo-
lytus, Alcestis, Βαοοῆθ, Heraclide,

bigenia in Aulide, and Iphigenia in
auris.

Vol. 2. Hercules Furens, Troades, Ion
Andromache, Suppliants, Helen,
Electra, Cyclops, Rhesus.

Greek Anthology. Literally Trans-
_ lated. With Metrical Versions by various

Authors.

Romances of Weliodorus,
Longus. and Achilles Tanas.

Herodotus. A New and Literal
Transiation, by Henry Carr, M.LA,, οἱ
Worcester College, Oxford.

Hesiod, Callimachus, and Th :
Literally Translated, with Notes, by J.
Banks, M.A.

Homer’s Iliad, Literally Translated.

—— Odyssey, Hymns, &. = _Lite-
rally Translated. ς

Horace. Literally Translated. by
=a Carefully revised by an OxonrAn.
Justin, Cornelius Nepos,

pius. Li _ Translated,
- and Index, by J. 8. Watson, M.A,

and Exutro-

with Notes.

Juvenal, Persius, Sulpicia, and Lu-
cilius. By L. Evans, M.A. With the
Metrical Version by Gifford. Frontispiece

Livy. A new and Literal Translation.
By Dr. Spimman and others. In 4 vols,

Vol 1. Contains Books 1—8,

VoL 2. Books 8—26.

Vol. 3. Books 27—36. ,

Vol. 4. Books 37 to the end; and Index,

Lucan’s Pharsalia. Translated, with
Notes, by H. T. Ritey.

Lucretius, Literally Translated, with
Notes, A the Rev. J. S. Watson, MLA.
And the Metrical Version by J. M. Goop.

Martial’s Epigrams, complete. Lite-
tally Translated. Hach accompanied by
one or more Verse Translations selected
from the Works of English Poets, and
other sources. With a copious Index.
Double volume (660 pages). 7s. 6d.

Ovid’s Works, complete. Literally
Translated. 3 vols.

Vol. 1. Fasti, Tristia, Epistles, &c.

Vol. 2. Metamorphoses.

Voi. 3. Heroides, Art of Love, ὅς.

Pindar, Literally Translated, by Daw-
son W. TUBNEE, and the Metrical Version
by Apranam Moores,

Plato’s Works. Translated by the
Keev. H. Cary and others. In 6 vols.

Vol. 1. The Apology of Socrates, Critc,
Phedo, Gorgias, Protagoras, Phedrus,
Thestetus, Euthyphron, Lysis.

Vol. 2. The Republic, Timeas, & Critias.

Vol 3. Meno, Euthydemus, The So-
phist, Statesman, Cratylus, Parme-
nides, and the Banquet.

Vol. 4. Philebus, Charmides, Laches,
The Two Aictbiades, and Ten other
Dialogues.

Vol. 6. The Laws.

Vol. 6. The Doubtful) Works. With
General Index.

— Dialogues, an Analysis and
Index to. With References to the Trans-
lation in Bohn’s Classical Library. By Dr. —
Day.

Plautus’s Comedies. Literally Trans~
lated, with Notes, by H. 7. Rimzy; B.A.
In 2 vols.

Pliny’s Natural History. Translated,
with Copious Notes, by the late JoHN
Bostoox, M.D., ¥.B.S., and H, T. Rizey,
B.A In 6 vols

Pliny the Younger, The Letters of. |
Metmoru’s Translation revised. By the
Rey. F.C. T. Bosanquet, M.A

Propertius, Petronius, and Johannes
Secundus, and Aristenaetus. Literally
Translated, and accompanied by Poetical
Versions, from various sources,

27

Ϊ

Quintilian’s Institutes of Oratory. | Tacitus.

Literally Translated, with Notes, &c., by
J.S. Watson, MLA. In ἃ vols.

Sallust, Florus, and Velleius Pater-
culus. With Copious Notes, Biographical
Notices, and Index, by J. 8. Watson.

Sophocles. The Oxford Translation
revised.

Standard Library Atlas of Classical
Geography. Twenty-two large coloured
Maps according to the latest authorities.
With a complete Index (accentuated),
giving the latitude and longitude of eve
place named in the Maps. Imp. 8vo. 7s. θά.

Strabo’s Geography. Translated,
with Copious Notes, by W. FaLconee,
M.A., and H. C. Hammon, Esq. With
Index, giving the Ancient and Modern
Names. In 3 vols..

Suetonius’ Lives of the Twelve
Ceesars, and other Works. Thomson’s

Translation, revised, with Notes,j by T. |

FORESTER.

A OATALOGUE OF

Literally Transla
Notes. In 2 vols. J
γον bs Ld rae ape
ol. 2. The tory, Germania, i-
cola, &e. With index. ie —
Terence and Phedrus. By ἐπ Te
Rinzy, B.A, δον
Theocritus, Bion, Moschus, and —
Tyrteos. By J. Banks, M.A. With the |
Metrical Versionsof Chapman. __ ἜΝ |
Thucydides, Literally Translated by
Rev. H. Date. In 2 vols. . 3s, 6d. each.
Virgil, LiterallyTranslated by Davin:
son. New Edition, carefully revised. 3s.6d. _
Xenophon’s Works. in 3 Vols,

Vol. 1. The Anabasis and Memorabilia.
Translated, with Notes, by J.S. Wat
sox, M.A. And a Geographical Com-
mentary, by W. F, Ainsworru, F.S.A.,
F.B.GS., &c.

Yol. 2. Cyropsdia and Hellenics.

J.S. Watson, M.A., and the Rey. H.
DALE.

Yol. 3. The Minor Works. By J. 8.

Watson, M.A,

SCIENTIFIC LIBRARY,

58 Vols. at 5s. each, excepting those marked otherwise.

Agassiz and Gould’s Comparative
Physiology. Enlarged by Dr. WRIGHT.
Upwards of 400 Engravings.

Bacon’s Novum Organum and Ad-
vancemeni of Leeming. Complete, with
Notes, by J. Drvuy, M.A.

Bolley’s Manual of Technical Analy-
sis. A Guide for the Testing of Natural
and Artificial Substances. By B. H. Pavt.

100 Wood Engravings.

BRIDGEWATER TREATISES, =

Bell onthe Hand. Its Mecha-
nism and Vital Endowments as evincing
Design. Seventh Edition Revised.
Kirby on the History, Habits,
and Instincts of Animals. Edited, with
Notes, by T. Rymer Jones, Nwmerous
Engravings, many of which are additional.
In 2 vols.

Kidd on the Adaptation of
External Nature to the Physical Condition
of Man. 3s. θά.

Whewell’s Astronomy and
General Physics, considered with refer-
ence to Natural Theology. 3s. 6d.

Chalmers on the Adaptation

of External Nature to the Moral and In- |

tellectua] Constitution of Man.
28

BRIDGEWATER TREATISES—cont. —

Prout’s Treatise on Chemis-

try, Meteorology, and Digestion. Edited

by Dr. J. W. GRIFFITH...

Buckland’s Geology and
Mineraiogy. 2vols. 16s.

“------ἕ Roget’s Animal and Vege-
table Physiology. JilJustrated, In 2 vols;
6s. each.

Carpenter's (Dr. W. B.) Zoology. A
Systematic View of the Structure, Habits,
Instincts, and Uses, of the principal Fami-
lies of the Animal Kingdom, and of the
chief forms of Fossil Remains. Revised
by W. S. Dattas, F.LS. Illustrated with
many hundred Wood Engravings. In
2 vols. 6s. each.

Mechanical Philosophy, As-
tronomy, and Horology. A Popular Ex- —
position. 183 Illustrations. ΟΝ

Vegetable Physiology and
Systematic Botany. A complete Intro-
duction to the Knowledge of Plants.
Revised, under arrangement with the
Author, by E. Rk, M.D., ὅσ,
Several hundred Iliustrations on Wood, 6s.
Animal Physiology, In part
re-written by the Author. Upwards of

300 capital. Tllaetuntiome ae

Chevreul on Colour.
Principles of Harmony and Dockvesk of

BOHN’S VARIOUS LIBRARIES. |

Containing the |

Lawrence’s Lectures on Coz! .|BRAR*
tive Anatomy, Physiology, Zoology, and tie ©

_ Colours, and their application to the Arts. |

Translated from the French by CHARLES
Marret. Only complete Edition. Several

τ Plates. Or, with an additional series of
16 Plates in Colours. 7s, θά.

Ennemoser’s History of Magic.
Translated by ΑΜ Howirr. With
an Appendix of the most remarkable and
best authenticated Stories of Apparitions.
Dreams, Table-Turning, and Spirit-Rap-
ping, &c. In 2 vols.

Hogeg’s (Jabez) Elements of Experi-
mental and Natural Philosophy. Con-
taining Mechanics, Pneumatics, Hydro-
statics, Hydraulics, Acoustics, tica,
_( loric, Electricity, Voltaism, and
netism. New Edition, enlarged. Up-
wards of 400 Woodcuts.

Hind’s Introduction to Astronomy.
With a Vocabulary, containing an Expla-

- nation’ of all the Terms in present use.
᾿ New Edition, enlarged. Numerous En-
gravings. 3s. 6d.

Humboldt’s Cosmos; or, Sketch ofa .

Physical Description of the Universe.
Translated by E. C. Orré and W. 5.
ΑΙ ΔΑΒ, F.LS. Fine Portrait.
vols. 3s. 6d. each ; excepting Vol. V., 5s.

*,* In this edition the notes are placed
beneath the text, Humboldt’s analytical
Summaries and the es hitherto sup-
pressed are included, and new and com-
prehensive Indices are added.

Travels in America. In 3

vols.

Views of Nature; or, Con-
templations of the Sublime Phenomena of
Creation. Translated by E. C. Orrf and
H.G. Bons. Witha eiieslabn Index.

Hunt’s (Robert) Poetry of Science ;
or, Studies of the Physical Phenomena of
Nature. By Professor Hunt. New Edi-
tion, enlarged. .

Joyce’s Scientific Dialogues.
Dr. GRIFFITH. Numerous Woodcuts,

Introduction to the Arts and
Say ge win Examination Questions.

ight’s (Chas.) Knowledge is Power.
A Popular Manual of Political Economy.

Lectures on Painting. By the Royal

fi ap sree With Introductory Essay,
d Notes by RK. Wosrnum, Esq.

By

Natural History of Man. (Illustrated.
Lilly’s Introduction to Astrology.

With $numeronus Emendations, by
ZADKIEL,
Mantell’s (Dr.) Geologieal Excur-

sions through the Isle of Wight and Dor-
setshire. New Edition, by T. Ruprrt
Jones, Esq. Numerous beautifully ese-
cuted Woodcuts, and a Geological Map.

Medals oof Creation;
or, first Lessons in Geology and the Study
of Organic Remains; including Geologicai
Excursions. New Edition, revised. Co-
loured Plates, and several hundred beau-
tsful Woodcuts. In 2 vols., 7s. θᾶ. each.

Petrifactions and _ their
Teachings. An Illustrated Handbook to
the Organic Remains in the British Mz-
seum. Numerous Engravings. 8s.

Wonders of Geology; or, 8
Familiar ition of Geological Phe-
nomens. New Edition, augmented by T.
Rupert Jones, F.G.S. Coloured Geologica!
Hap of England, Plates, and nearly 200
beautiful Woodcuts. In 2vols., 7s. θά. each.

Morphy’s Games of Chess. Being
the Matches and best Games played by
the American Champion, with lana-
tory and Analytical Notes, by J. Lowzn-
THAL. Portrait and Memoir.

It contains by far the largest collection
of games played by Mr. Morphy extant in

any form, and has received his endorse-
ment and co-operation.
Richardson’s Geology, including

Mineralogy and Paleontology. Revisec

and enlarged, by Dr. T. WgicHT. Upwards
of 400 Illustrations.

Schouw’s Earth, Plants,and Man; and
Kobell’s Sketches from the Mineral King-
dom. Translated by A. HenrrReEy, F.R.S.
Coloured Map of the Geography of Plants.

Smith’s (Pye) Geology and Scrip-
tare; or, The Relation between the Holy
Scriptures and Geological Science.

Stanley’s Classified Synopsis of the
ἘΝ Sees of the Dutch and Fle-

Staunton’s Chess-player’s Handbook.
Numerous Diagrams.

Chess Praxis. A Supplement
to the Chess-player’'s Handbook. Con-
Sapearvomenta in ton Opertings liastiaiea
verents in the us
pyieeial Games; 8 revised Code of Chesa
Laws; and a Selection of Mr. Morphy’s
Games in England and France, &s.

29

GQ Ls CAF

ὉΠ vk, tas

iireies mS SAB 0 ᾿ς Feo

De ; on Odds, Oc
spain ET 4 . : re = Sslection
of Original Proviems.

----Σ Chess Tournament ‘of 1851.
Numerous Wustrations. _

Steckhardt’s Principles of Chemistry,
exemplified in a seriesof simple experi-
ments. ‘Based upon the German work of

_ Professor Stock#annpt, and Edited by C.
=e ey oa aaa of Chemistry at

& Cross Hospital. Upwards of 270
Illustrations. ‘a

τ 4 . Te
KOs

‘ae (ir) o- tio Manufacture
οι Great Brialn, systematically investi-
ested; with an intreductory view of its
comparative state in Foreign Countries,
New Edition, revised by P. L. Smmonns.
One hundred and fifty Mustrations. In
2 vols,

Philosophy of Manufactures ;
or, An Exposition of the Factory System
of Great Britain. Continued by Ρ, L.
SIMMONDS. 47s. 6d.

REFERENCE LIBRARY. 2

Ὡς:

25 Vols. at various prices,

Blair’s Chronological Tables, Revised
and Enlarged. Comprehending the Chro-
nology and History of the World, from
the earliest times. By J. WILLoUGHBY
Rossz. Double Volume,
bound, 103. 6d.

Clark’s (Hugh) Introduction te
Heraldry. With nearly 1000 Illustrations.
18th Edition. Revised and enlarged by J. R.
PLANcHE, Rouge Croix. 5s. Or, with all
the Illustrations coloured, 163.

Chronicles of the Tombs. A Collec-

tion of Remarkable Epitaphe. By T. J.
Perricrew, F.RB.S., F.S.A. 5s.

Handbook of Domestic Medicine. Po-

polarly arranged. By Dr. Henex Davins.
00 pages. With complete Index. ὅδ.

Games. By various Ama-

teurs and Professors. . Comprising
treatises on all the principal Games of
chance, skill, and manual dexterity. In
' all, above 40 games (the Whist, Deanne
and Billiards being especially comprehen-
give). Edited by H. G. Bown. Jileus-
trated by numerous Diagrams. 5s.

Proverbs. Comprising all
Ray’s English Proverbs, with additions;

his Foreign Proverbs; and an Alphabetical,

Index. 5s.

Humphrey’s Coin Collector’s Ma-
Sty otf ih mre

ο « 2g -
me In 2 vols. 108, ea
Index of Dates,

Comprehending the

principal Facts in the Chronology and

30)

102.: or, hali- |

History of the World, from the earliest
time, alphabetically arranged. By J. W.
Rossk. Donble volume, 10s.; or, halt-
bound, 102. θά.

Lowndes’ Bibliographer’s Manual of
English Literature. New Edition, en-
larged, by H.G. Bonn. Parts L to X. (A
to Z). 3s. 6d. each. Part Xl. (the Ap-
pendix Volume). 6s. Or the 11 parts in
4 vols., half morocco, 21. 2s.

Polyglot of Foreign Proverbs. With
English Translations, and a General Index,
bringing the whole into parallels, by H. G.
Bown. 5s.

Political Cyclopsedia. "In 4 vols,
88. 6d. each,

Also in 2 vols. bound. 15s,

Smith’s (Archdeacon) Complete Col-

lection of Synonyms and Antonyms, 5s.

The Epigrammatists. Selections from
the Epigrammatic Literature of Ancient,
Medieval, and Modern Times. With
Notes, Observations, Illustrations, and an
Introduction. By the Rev. Henry Pome
Dovp, M.A., of Pembroke College, Oxford.
Second Edition, revised and considerably
enlarged ; containing many new Epigrams,
principally of an amusing character. 6s. |

| Wheeler’s (W. A., M.A.) Dictionary

of Noted Names of Fictitious Persons and
Places. 65. /

Wright's (T.) Dictionary of Obso’ bee
and Provincial English. In 2 vols/? 5s.
each ; or halt-

ἌΝ ὅθ 95" |]

Γ BOHN’S VARIOUS | ist iB Cant Ie i i

NOVELIST

S’
6 Vols. at 3s. 6d., ae thos

izoni (Alessandro) The Betrothed
romessi Sposi). The only complete
a-lish translation, With numerous
7+ xdcuts. 5s.
¢ @ Tom’s Cabin.
' g Remarks by the Rev. J. ΒΈΣΕΜΑΝ.
inted in a large clear type. Iilustra-
ws. 33. 6d.

Jones ; the History of a Found. |

ᾳ. ΒΥ ” Henry FIELDING. Roscoe’s

ARTISTS’

5 vols. at various prices,

ardo da Vinci's Treatise on
noting. Numerous Plates. New Edition,
ised. 5s.

ché’s History of British Cos- | -

196, Third Edition.
odcuts. 5s.

min’s (A.) Illustrated History of
ns and Armour from the EarliestPeriod.
th nearly 2,000 Illustrations. 7s. 6d.

With numerous

ig Os.,— —e_
With Introduc- |

|

A ee

an

Ξ815ΠΕ31,

Inc, Roscoe’s aes revised, vvium
Illustrations by George Cruikshank. In
lvol. 3s. 6d.
Amelia, By

Roscoe’s Edition, revised.
shank’s Illustrations, 5s.

LIBRARY.

HENRY FIELDING,
With Cruik-

Flazm->
ἣν

A
Seve.
Woode.

BOHN’S CHEAP SER? > Cay ee

7ell’s Life of J-
1808. Includins

ar in Waler

on J. W
gravine

the Hebrides,
᾿ by the Rt.

ents

Term: “καὶ εχ]
iklin’g (Benjamin) ες

lography. From the Origin.
pt. By Jane> Spagxs. 1s, >

thorne’s (Nathaniel) Twice Told
és. First and Second Series. 2 vola in
. 23.5 cloth, 25. θά, Snow Image and
or Tales, 15. Searlet Letter. 1s. 6d.

use with the Seven Gables,
nance, ls. 6d.

itt’s Table Talk. Parts 1, 2,
3. Is. each. Plain Speaker.
ts1,2,and3. 1s. each. Lectures
the English Comic Writers. 1s. 6d.
‘tures on the English Poets. 1s.6d.
stures on the Literature of the
e of Elizabeth. 1s. Lectures

the Characters of Shakespeare’s
8.

18. 6d,

NG. BINDING:

NCROFT&CS| 2
ers €rs| =
ie on 5
and SS
MARKETS
PRANCISCO-.

ene

A }

‘on, and John- |

“ds of 50/7
ΝᾺ 4

2

Ewerso

ok, 1s. 6d.;
__.. veller, 1s. 6d.
Tour on the Prairies. 1s. Con-
quests of Granada and Spain. 2
vols. 1s. 6d. each. Life of Columbus. 2
vols. 1s. 6d. each. Companions of
Columbus, 28. Adventures of
Captain Bonneville. 18. θά. Knick-
erbocker’s New York. 1s. 6d. Tales
of the Alhambra. 1s.6d. Conquest
of Florida, 1s.6d. Abbotsford and
Newstead. 1s. Salm di, 1s. 6d.
Bracebridge Hall, 1s.6d. Astoria. 2s.
wabets Roost, and other Tales.

Lamb's (Charles) Essays of Elia. 1s,
Last Essays of Elia. 1s. Eliana,
with eerie Sketch, 1s.

irate and Three Cutters.

31

og.

τ ποκα ῥξόυνν, Vaart

wegti λῶν πεμρᾷ
- - AR Soe κινς σοι TES ee.

ee αν το -

PT τς ΟΝ ΈΡῳ οὐ
ἃ tae saan MOPEDS την Ape κα κρπ acer: pects ee a
ad Bie a Bin, sip Re midday a = Des See een ie int Unnting
“ > a . “ x ; “7 ὃς ~>
5 ;

ΜΝ guinntatonies tuntemcdnnieeten dn te <n ese tain nse nd enn ben van Move os etnnamnanesbonntil

oem

Fae Teer nent ne ease gmp mm nnme tn ns pea nase! πεσυσσνθοκοτιαιπτπησπππσασεκασπασσπα tie gm στότοσοτοποδνόνσσσσς “ποποδονπενασύσοσος τις κοονλ αν, εκ 4th \Amanaenggimnnnnenersmsianaitne eee ereatenen ten” . Si ᾿ ᾿ wy
Sa a Vt Ne ONTO στ’ εν. Σ

ΩΝ εν ᾿ Σ ξ ios Pico -τ

a pan it weet ἘΞΕΞΞΈΞΞΕΞ ρον
2 > 2 ~

ἐς ῃ
ene mM